Auto Fuel Policy Vision 2025

AUTO FUEL VISION AND POLICY
2025
REPORT OF THE EXPERT COMMITTEE
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
May 2014
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTE NTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................................................................. i
PREFACE .............................................................................................................................................. xii
LIST OF MEMBERS/PARTICIPANTS.............................................................................................................. xx
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS..........................................................................................................................xxii
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 The Background ....................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Auto Fuel Policy 2003 ............................................................................................................... 3

1.2.1 Key Recommendations of Auto Fuel Policy 2003 ............................................................ 4
1.2.2 Other Recommendations ................................................................................................ 4
CHAPTER 2: COMMITTEE FOR AUTO FUEL VISION & POLICY 2025 ...................................................................... 6
2.1 Objectives and Expectation of this Expert Committee ............................................................. 6
2.2 Terms of Reference................................................................................................................... 6
2.3 Members of the Expert Committee .......................................................................................... 7
CHAPTER 3: APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY ADOPTED................................................................................... 9
3.1 Mission Statement ................................................................................................................... 9
3.2 Consultation and Discussion..................................................................................................... 9
3.3 Constitution of Four Working Groups .................................................................................... 10

3.4 Interaction and Consultation.................................................................................................. 10
3.5 Two Dimensions Fuel Economy and Human Health ............................................................ 11

3.5.1 Fuel Economy/GHG Emissions ...................................................................................... 12
3.5.2 Emissions and Human Health ........................................................................................ 13
3.5.3 Objectives of the Committee ........................................................................................ 14
3.6 Issues Examined ..................................................................................................................... 15
CHAPTER 4: REVIEW OF THE EXPERIENCE .................................................................................................... 17
4.1 Review of Initiatives to Improve Fuel Quality & Emissions ..................................................... 17

4.1.1 Gasoline Quality Improvement ..................................................................................... 19
4.1.2 Diesel Quality Improvement ......................................................................................... 23
4.2 Some Learnings of the Past Decade ....................................................................................... 27
4.3 Status of Compliance of Auto Fuels and Automobiles............................................................ 27
4.4 Status of Recommendations of the Auto Fuel Policy (2003) .................................................. 28
4.5 Extension of BS IV Auto Fuels Coverage to 50 Cities .............................................................. 30
4.6 Key Issues Regarding BS IV Quality Auto Fuels....................................................................... 31
Report of the Expert Committee on Auto Fuel Vision & Policy 2025
i
Table of Contents
4.7 Lessons for Geographical Fuel Standard Integrity.................................................................. 33
4.8 Review of Initiatives Taken to Upgrade Quality of Automotive Fuels .................................... 34
4.9 Fuel Efficiency of Indias Road Transportation Vehicles ......................................................... 35
CHAPTER 5: HEALTH RELATED ISSUES OF EMISSIONS AND THE SOURCE APPORTIONMENT STUDIES BY CENTRAL
POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD IN SIX CITIES .................................................................................................. 37
5.1 Human Health, Source Apportionment and Continuous Monitoring ..................................... 37
5.2 Human Health and Vehicular Emissions................................................................................. 37

5.2.1 Principal Harmful Components in Vehicular Emission .................................................. 38
5.3 Harmful Emissions from Motor Vehicles ................................................................................ 39
5.4 Impact of Specific Pollutants on Human Health ..................................................................... 40

5.4.1 World Health Organisation (WHO) ................................................................................ 40
5.4.2 Global Burden of Disease (GBD) Study .......................................................................... 41
5.5 Causal Linkages between Vehicular Pollution and Human Health ......................................... 42
5.5.1 The Panel Report of the Health Effects Institute ........................................................... 44
5.5.2 Overall Comments on Public Health Impact.................................................................. 49
5.6 Source Apportionment Study ................................................................................................. 50

5.6.1 Air Pollution Coming From Different Sources ............................................................... 51
5.6.2 Sources of Air Pollution in Europe ................................................................................. 51
5.6.3 Sources of Air Pollution in USA...................................................................................... 54
5.7 Background of Source Apportionment Study 2010 ................................................................ 55
5.8 Scope of the Study .................................................................................................................. 57
5.9 Some Findings From the Study ............................................................................................... 57

5.9.1 Change in Air Quality in Delhi Over Time ...................................................................... 57
5.9.2 Comparison of Air Pollution Levels & Trends in Some Indian Cities ........................ 59
5.9.3 Source-wise Contribution to Air Pollution Inventory Indian Cities ............................. 62
5.10 Summary of Source Apportionment Study Findings ............................................................... 64
5.11 Steps Required for Improving Air Quality ............................................................................... 65
5.12 Towards Better Understanding of the Emission Inventory ..................................................... 66

5.12.1 Problems in the Existing Research................................................................................. 66
5.12.2 Improvements Required in the Research ...................................................................... 68
5.13 Need for a Monitoring & Analysis System on Continuous Basis ............................................. 70
5.13.1 Recommendation for Further Technical Investigations and Studies During Rollout of
AFV&P 2025 and Beyond ................................................................................................................ 70
5.13.2 Type of Studies/Activities .............................................................................................. 71
5.13.3 Monitoring and Assessment .......................................................................................... 71
5.13.4 Typical Studies/Activities ............................................................................................... 72
CHAPTER 6: GLOBAL EXPERIENCE AND DEVELOPMENTS ON AUTO FUEL STANDARDS ............................................ 75
6.1 Direction of Thinking on Emission Standards Worldwide ....................................................... 75
6.2 Factors Driving Achievement of Better Air Quality................................................................. 76
ii
Table of Contents
6.3 Trends in Global Auto Fuel Standards .................................................................................... 77
6.4 Expected Sulphur Content in Automotive Fuels ..................................................................... 81
6.5 Review of Indias Current Fuel Specification .......................................................................... 82

6.5.1 BS IV Auto Fuel Standard ............................................................................................... 82
6.5.2 Review of Auto Fuel Quality Specifications in USA, Europe, Japan, South Korea and
China vis--vis India ........................................................................................................................ 83
6.5.3 Flash Point ..................................................................................................................... 87
6.6 Reducing Sulphur in Auto Fuel................................................................................................ 88

6.6.1 Behaviour of After Treatment Devices with Improved Fuel Quality ............................. 88
6.6.2 Benefits from Reducing Sulphur to 10 ppm .................................................................. 90
6.7 Specifications for BS V Auto Fuels .......................................................................................... 91

6.7.1 Gasoline or Motor Spirit ................................................................................................ 91
6.7.2 Diesel ............................................................................................................................. 95
6.8 Standards for Euro VI ............................................................................................................. 97
6.9 Bottlenecks in North East India .............................................................................................. 97

6.9.1 Diesel Cetane Number................................................................................................... 98
6.9.2 Assam Refineries and Aromatics Content in Gasoline .................................................. 99
CHAPTER 7: PRODUCTION CAPACITY FOR HIGHER QUALITY AUTOMOTIVE FUELS IN INDIA.................................... 100
7.1 BS IV and BS V Auto Fuel Production Capability ................................................................... 100
7.2 Changes in the Refining Business ......................................................................................... 100

7.2.1 Investments Made to the Configuration and Complexity of Indian Refineries for
Compliance with BS IV/V Automotive Fuels ................................................................................. 102
7.2.2 Technology and Options .............................................................................................. 103
7.3 Specifications for BS V Automotive Fuels ............................................................................. 104
7.4 Capability to Produce BS IV and BS V Grade Automotive Fuels ............................................ 105

7.4.1 Motor Spirit or Gasoline .............................................................................................. 108
7.4.1.1 Status in 2016 .............................................................................................................. 108
7.4.1.2 Status in 2017 .............................................................................................................. 108
7.4.1.3 Status in 2020 .............................................................................................................. 109
7.4.1.4 Status in 2025 .............................................................................................................. 109
7.4.1.5 Refinery Wise Status for Gasoline Year Wise ........................................................... 110
7.4.1.6 Facilities Required for Producing BS IV/BS V Gasoline ................................................ 110
7.4.1.7 Capital Investment Requirement for Gasoline Quality Improvement ........................ 110
7.4.1.8 Actual Position ............................................................................................................. 110
7.4.2 Diesel ........................................................................................................................... 113
7.4.2.1 Status in 2016 .............................................................................................................. 113
7.4.2.2 Status in 2017 .............................................................................................................. 113
7.4.2.3 Status in 2020 .............................................................................................................. 114
7.4.2.4 Status in 2025 .............................................................................................................. 114
7.4.2.5 Refinery Wise Status for Diesel Year Wise ............................................................... 114
7.4.2.6 Facilities Required for Producing BS IV/BS V Diesel .................................................... 117
7.4.2.7 Capital Investment Requirement for Diesel Quality Improvement ............................. 117
7.4.2.8 Actual Position ............................................................................................................. 117
iii
Table of Contents
7.5 The Issue of Fuel Supply Logistics ......................................................................................... 118

7.5.1 Segment-wise Gasoline/Diesel Demand ..................................................................... 118
7.5.1.1 Gasoline ....................................................................................................................... 118
7.5.1.2 Diesel ........................................................................................................................... 118
7.6 Current Level of BS III and BS IV Gasoline & Diesel Output .................................................. 119
CHAPTER 8: DEVELOPMENTS IN THE INDIAN AUTOMOBILE INDUSTRY .............................................................. 121
8.1 Indias Automotive Industry ................................................................................................. 121
8.2 Automotive Industry Growth and Challenges ................................................................... 122
8.3 India The Fuel/Emission Road Map ................................................................................... 123
8.4 In-Use Vehicle Management/Inspection & Maintenance Programme ................................ 123
8.5 History of Emission Regulation in India ................................................................................ 124
8.6 Need for Standardised Fuel Across the Country ................................................................... 125
8.7 Fuel Quality Related to the Ability to Meet Emission Norms ............................................... 126
8.7.1 Fuel Quality at Retail Outlets....................................................................................... 126
8.8 Specifications for Gaseous Fuel ............................................................................................ 127
8.9 Test Driving Cycles ................................................................................................................ 129

8.9.1 Two and Three Wheelers ............................................................................................ 130
8.9.2 Passenger Cars............................................................................................................. 131
8.10 Emission Norms for Two Wheelers ....................................................................................... 132

8.10.1 Characteristic of the Indian Two/Three Wheeler Industry.......................................... 132
8.10.2 Development of Emission Norms in India for 2-wheelers ........................................... 133
8.10.3 BS IV Emission Norms for Gasoline Two Wheelers ..................................................... 134
8.10.4 Introduction of Evaporative Emission Control for 2-Wheelers ................................... 137
8.10.5 Control of Crank Case Emission for BS IV Two Wheelers ............................................ 138
8.10.6 BS V Emission Norms for Indian Two Wheelers .......................................................... 138
8.10.7 Mass Emission Limits for BS V for Classes 1, 2 and 3 .................................................. 138
8.10.8 .......... BS V Emission Norms Two Wheelers with cc < 50 and Vmax < 50 km/h and Diesel Two
Wheelers ....................................................................................................................................... 139
8.11 Emission Norms for Three Wheeler for BS IV and BS V Regimes .......................................... 139
8.11.1 Development of Emission Norms in India for 3 Wheelers .......................................... 140
8.11.2 Proposed BS IV Emission Norms for 3 Wheelers ......................................................... 140
8.11.3 Emission Norms for Indian 3-Wheelers for BS V ......................................................... 141
8.12 Emission Norms for Passenger Cars/Light Commercial Vehicles up to 3.5 T GVW and Heavy
Duty Vehicles > 3.5 T ......................................................................................................................... 143
8.12.1 On Board Diagnostics .................................................................................................. 145
8.12.2 Emission Roadmap for BS V and BS VI for 4 Wheelers Weight of < 3,500 kg .............. 145
8.12.3 Deterioration Factors .................................................................................................. 147
8.12.4 Emission Norms for Heavy Duty Vehicles > 3.5 T GVW ............................................... 148
8.13 Cost Implication of Next Stage Emission Norms................................................................... 149

8.13.1 Two Wheelers.............................................................................................................. 149
8.13.2 Three Wheelers ........................................................................................................... 150
iv
Table of Contents
8.13.3 Passenger Cars & LCV .................................................................................................. 151

8.13.4 Heavy Duty Vehicles .................................................................................................... 151
8.14 Other Cost Implication ......................................................................................................... 151

8.14.1 Investment Cost .......................................................................................................... 151
8.14.2 Impact of BS V on Growth of Small Vehicles ............................................................... 152
8.14.3 Contribution of Small Vehicles .................................................................................... 153
8.14.4 Cost Impact of implementing BS V on Growth of Small Vehicles ................................ 154
8.14.5 Impact of Fuel Economy Regulation ............................................................................ 155
8.15 Issues Relating to Prospective Improvement in Fuel Efficiency ............................................ 155

8.15.1 Labels ........................................................................................................................... 158
CHAPTER 9: ROADMAP FOR THE ROLL OUT OF BS IV GASOLINE/DIESEL THROUGHOUT INDIA.............................. 159
9.1 Decision on Full Nationwide Coverage by Jan-Mar Quarter 2017 ....................................... 159
9.2 Intermediate Milestones in 2015 and 2016 ......................................................................... 160
9.3 Some Logistics Issues that will need to be Taken Care of ..................................................... 162
9.3.1 Key Success Factors ..................................................................................................... 162
9.3.2 Issues of Assistance from Railways, Compensation of Taxes and Costs ..................... 163
9.3.3 Assistance from Ministry of Shipping .......................................................................... 163
9.4 Roll Out of BS V .................................................................................................................... 164

9.4.1 Introduction of BS V Fuels Logistical Issues .............................................................. 165
CHAPTER 10: ALTERNATIVE AUTO FUELS ................................................................................................... 172
10.1 Alternative Fuels................................................................................................................... 172

10.1.1 Natural Gas A Low Hanging Fruit .............................................................................. 172
10.1.2 Major Benefits for Switching Over From Liquid Fuels to NG/CNG .............................. 173
10.1.3 Economics of Using CNG as Fuel ................................................................................. 174
10.1.4 Pre-requisites for Gas as a Transport Fuel on Nation-wide Basis................................ 175
10.1.5 Position of Automobile Industry ................................................................................. 176
10.1.6 Major Issues & Govt. Support Required for Making Gas a Popular Choice in Auto Fuel Policy
...................................................................................................................................................... 176
10.1.7 Conclusion ................................................................................................................... 177
10.2 Auto-Gas/Auto LPG .............................................................................................................. 177

10.2.1 Auto LPG as Fuel in India ............................................................................................. 178
10.2.2 LPG Vehicle Population and Potential ......................................................................... 179
10.2.3 Drivers/Issues Relevant to Auto LPG ........................................................................... 179
10.2.4 Auto LPG Price Differential with Gasoline ................................................................... 180
10.2.5 Cost of Conversion ...................................................................................................... 180
10.2.6 Safety & Inspection Requirement in LPG Vehicles ...................................................... 181
10.2.7 Survey by Nielsen for Petroleum Planning and Analysis Cell (PPAC) .......................... 181
10.2.8 Two wheelers, a Fundamental Form for Transportation in India................................ 181
10.2.9 Customer Perspective - Economic Competitiveness ................................................... 182
10.2.10 Infrastructure .............................................................................................................. 182
10.2.11 International Scenario ................................................................................................. 183
10.2.12 Conclusions.................................................................................................................. 183
10.3 Use of Di-Methyl Ether (DME) & Methanol as Auto Fuels.................................................... 183
v
Table of Contents
10.3.1 Methanol as a Transport Fuel ..................................................................................... 184

10.3.2 Is Methanol a Safe Fuel to Use in India? ..................................................................... 184
10.4 Ethanol as a Transport Fuel.................................................................................................. 185

10.4.1 Studies Conducted by IOC (R&D) and ARAI with 10% Ethanol Blended Petrol ........... 185
10.4.2 The Ethanol Blending Programme ............................................................................... 186
10.4.3 Status of Ethanol Blended Petrol (EBP) ....................................................................... 187
10.4.4 Issues of Pricing & Imports .......................................................................................... 187
10.4.5 Economics of Using Ethanol ........................................................................................ 187
10.5 Hydrogen as a Transport Fuel .............................................................................................. 188

10.5.1 Environmental Benefits of Hydrogen as an Energy Carrier ......................................... 188
10.5.2 Comparison of Vehicular Emission from Different Fuel .............................................. 189
10.5.3 Hydrogen Economy ..................................................................................................... 189
10.5.4 Safety ........................................................................................................................... 190
10.5.5 Main Causes for a Catastrophic Event ......................................................................... 191
10.5.6 Codes and Standards ................................................................................................... 191
10.5.7 World Wide Hydrogen Fuelling Stations ..................................................................... 191
10.5.8 Indian Status Towards Hydrogen Economy ................................................................. 191
10.5.9 Path Forward as per NHEB Road Map ......................................................................... 192
10.6 Electric Mobility.................................................................................................................... 193

10.6.1 National Electric Mobility Mission Plan (NEMMP) 2020 ............................................. 193
10.6.2 Need For Electric Mobility ........................................................................................... 194
10.6.3 Global Scenario ............................................................................................................ 194
10.6.4 Indian Scenario ............................................................................................................ 195
10.6.5 Challenges to Adoption of Electric Mobility ................................................................ 195
10.6.6 Government Support for Implementation .................................................................. 196
CHAPTER 11: PUBLIC POLICY, REGULATORY AND FISCAL CONSIDERATIONS ....................................................... 197
11.1 The Public Policy Framework ................................................................................................ 197

11.1.1 Vehicle Tailpipe Emissions and the Larger Challenge of Air Quality ........................... 197
11.2 Imperatives for Success ........................................................................................................ 198
11.3 Investment Requirement by Refineries ................................................................................ 199
11.4 Investment Needed to Meet BS IV and BS V Fuel Quality Needs .......................................... 200
11.5 Incremental Operating Costs for BS IV and BS V Fuels ......................................................... 201

11.5.1 Cost Based Approach................................................................................................... 201
11.5.2 Price Differentials in the Retail Market in the US ........................................................ 203
11.5.3 Price Differentials in the International (Asian) market ............................................... 205
11.5.4 Extant Practice and Background .................................................................................. 206
11.5.5 Full Compensation and Cognizance of Cost Differentials ............................................ 207
11.6 Fiscal Support Sought ........................................................................................................... 208

11.6.1 Refineries Case ........................................................................................................... 209
11.6.2 Alternative Fuels.......................................................................................................... 210
11.6.3 Relative Prices of BS III vis--vis BS IV Auto Fuels........................................................ 211
11.6.4 Equalising Retail Prices of BS III with BS IV automotive fuels ...................................... 212
11.6.5 Special Cess on Auto Fuels for Financing Refinery Upgradation ................................. 213
vi
Table of Contents
11.6.6 Tax Related Issues ....................................................................................................... 214

11.6.6.1 Import Duty on Crude Oil and LNG.............................................................................. 214
11.6.6.2 Incidence of Central Excise Duties on Product Sourced from SEZ/EOU ...................... 215
11.6.6.3 Treatment of Import Duty for Computing Under Recoveries ..................................... 215
11.6.6.4 State Taxes on R-LNG/CNG/LPG Auto Gas on vis--vis Diesel ..................................... 216
11.6.6.5 Swapping Costs Connected with Tax ........................................................................... 217
11.6.6.6 Rationalising Rates of Central Excise Duty on Gasoline & Diesel ................................ 218
11.6.6.7 Dilution and other costs .............................................................................................. 219
11.6.6.8 Other Tax Concessions Sought .................................................................................... 220
11.7 Other Regulatory Issues ....................................................................................................... 220

11.7.1 ........ Actions Required for Ensuring Inspection and Maintenance of Vehicles Related Issues
...................................................................................................................................................... 220
11.7.2 Retrofitting NOx Control Devices Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) ..................... 221
11.7.3 Retrofitting of Particulate Emission Control Devices .................................................. 222
11.7.4 Time-bound Retro Fitting Requirement for Commercial Vehicles .............................. 222
11.7.5 Manufacturing Specification for Motor Gasoline and Diesel ...................................... 223
CHAPTER 12: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................................ 224
12.1 Approach .............................................................................................................................. 224
12.2 Key Issues ............................................................................................................................. 226
12.3 Proposed Roadmap for Auto Fuel Quality Upgradation in Refineries .................................. 227
12.4 Major Issues for Refineries ................................................................................................... 227

12.4.1 Specifications for Assam Refineries ............................................................................. 228
12.5 Roadmap for Rollout of BS IV Gasoline Diesel Throughout India ......................................... 229
12.6 Introduction of BS V Gasoline/Diesel.................................................................................... 230
12.7 Emission Norms for Different Vehicles Categories ............................................................... 231

12.7.1 Two Wheelers.............................................................................................................. 231
12.7.2 Three Wheelers ........................................................................................................... 232
12.7.3 Four Wheelers ............................................................................................................. 232
12.7.4 BS VI Emission Norms with effect from 1 April 2024 .................................................. 233
12.8 Fiscal Support Sought ........................................................................................................... 234

12.8.1 Price Differentials for BS III and BS IV .......................................................................... 234
12.8.2 Equalisation of BS III retail price with BS IV & High Sulphur Cess ............................... 234
12.8.3 Special Fuel Upgradation Cess..................................................................................... 235
12.8.4 Rationalisation of Rates of Central Excise Duty ........................................................... 236
12.9 Actions Required for Ensuring Inspection and Maintenance of Vehicles Related Issues ...... 237
12.10 Phasing out of In-use Vehicles ......................................................................................... 238

12.10.1 Retrofitting NOx Control Devices Selective Catalytic Reduction ............................... 238
12.10.2 Retrofitting of Particulate Emission Control Devices .................................................. 239
12.10.3 Time-bound Retro Fitting Requirement for Commercial Vehicles .............................. 239
12.11 Vapour Recovery System.................................................................................................. 239
12.12 Studies to be Carried Out and Other Recommendations ................................................. 240
vii
Table of Contents
12.13 Interim Review ................................................................................................................. 241
ANNEXURE 1: Constitution of the 4 Working Groups ........................................................................ 242
ANNEXURE 2: Trend in Air Quality Parameters (SO 2, NO2 and PM10) in 50 Cities during 2008 to 2012
........................................................................................................................................................... 244
ANNEXURE 3.1: Gasoline BS III & BS IV Specification ........................................................................ 247
ANNEXURE 3.2: Diesel BS III & BS IV Specification ............................................................................ 248
ANNEXURE 4.1: Gasoline BS V Specification ..................................................................................... 249
ANNEXURE 4.2: Diesel BS V Specification .......................................................................................... 250
ANNEXURE 5: Gasoline (Motor Spirit) Specifications in Different Countries ..................................... 251
ANNEXURE 6: Diesel Specifications in Different Countries ................................................................ 252
ANNEXURE 7: Process Units Installed for Fuel Quality Improvements .............................................. 253
ANNEXURE 8: Gasoline Production Numbers .................................................................................... 254
ANNEXURE 9: Diesel Production Numbers ........................................................................................ 256
ANNEXURE 10: Gazette Notification of Fuel Efficiency Norms .......................................................... 259
ANNEXURE 11: Order Constituting Expert Committee for Preparing a Draft Auto Fuel Vision & Policy
2025 .................................................................................................................................................. 265
viii
List of Tables, Charts and Maps
LIST OF TABLES
LIST OF TABLES, CHARTS AND MA PS
Table 4.1: Summary of Status of Recommendations of the Auto Fuel Policy (2003) .......................... 28
Table 4.2: Number of Vehicles of Different Classes Sold in the Domestic Market Compliant with BS III
and BS IV Fuel & Emission Norms ...................................................................................................... 32
Table 4.3: Automotive Fuels Sold in the Domestic Market Conforming to BS III and BS IV Fuel
Standards All Oil Marketing Companies ............................................................................................ 32
Table 6.1: Expected Regional Sulphur Content in Gasoline and Diesel ............................................... 81
Table 6.2: Key Parameters for Motor Spirit or Gasoline..................................................................... 82
Table 6.3: Key Parameters for High Speed Diesel .............................................................................. 82
Table 6.4: Select Physical Properties for Diesel.................................................................................. 83
Table 6.5: Gasoline vis--vis Diesel Consumption in Select Regions/Countries in 2010 ...................... 84
Table 6.6: Proposed BS V Specifications for Motor Spirit/Gasoline ................................................... 92
Table 6.7: Proposed BS V Specifications for Diesel ............................................................................ 93
Table 7.1: Key Parameters: Comparison of Euro V and BS V Fuel Specifications (A. Gasoline & B.
Diesel) ............................................................................................................................................. 104
Table 7.2: Demand & Production Capacity to 2025.......................................................................... 105
Table 7.3: Production Capacity Prospective to 2025 (A. Gasoline/Motor Spirit & B. Diesel) ............ 107
Table 7.4: Refinery Wise Status of Producing Different BS Quality Gasoline .................................... 111
Table 7.5: Refinery Wise Status of Producing Different BS Quality Diesel ........................................ 115
Table 7.6: Current Potential Output of BS III and BS IV Fuels ........................................................... 120
Table 8.1: Fuel Specification of Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) for Automotive Purposes: IS 15958:
2012 ................................................................................................................................................ 128
Table 8.2: Fuel Specification of Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) for Automotive Purposes: IS 14861:
2000 ................................................................................................................................................ 128
Table 8.3: Mass Emission Norms for BS IV for Two Wheelers .......................................................... 136
Table 8.4: Emission Limits Based on Evaporative Emission Norms for 2-Wheelers .......................... 137
Table 8.5: BS V Emission Norms for All Classes of Two Wheelers .................................................... 138
Table 8.6: Three Wheeler Emission Norms for SI And CI Engines ..................................................... 140
ix
Table 8.7: Three Wheeler Emission Norms for SI And CI Engines BS IV ......................................... 141
Table 8.8: Three Wheeler Emission Norms for SI And CI Engines BS V .......................................... 142
Table 8.9: Description of 4 (or more) Wheeler Vehicle Categories ................................................... 144
Table 8.10: BS IV/V and European Emission Norms for Positive Ignition (PI) Engines ...................... 144
Table 8.11: BS IV/V and European Emission Norms for Compression Ignition Engines .................... 145
Table 8.12: Schematic of Transition of Roadmap to BS V and BS VI ................................................. 146
Table 8.13: Deterioration Factors .................................................................................................... 147
Table 8.14: Emission Norms for Diesel Engines > 3.5 Tonnes GVW .................................................. 148
Table 8.15: Emission Norms for CNG or LPG Engines > 3.5 tonnes GVW .......................................... 148
Table 8.16: Fixed Deterioration Factors for Heavy Duty Vehicles (alternative to DF based on service
accumulation) ................................................................................................................................. 148
Table 11.1: Investments Required by Indian Refineries to Meet BS IV/V Standards ........................ 200
Table 11.2: Estimated Incremental Cost for Asian Refineries for 12 Countries to Produce Low/Ultra
Low Sulphur Diesel .......................................................................................................................... 202
Table 11.3: Weekly Retail Prices of Different Grades of Gasoline and Diesel in the USA Reported by
US EIA.............................................................................................................................................. 204
Table 11.4: Differentials for Sulphur in Diesel & Gasoline and Octane Rating (RON) in Gasoline ..... 205
LIST OF CHARTS
Chart 5.1: WHO World Map of Exposure to Particulate Matter ......................................................... 43
Chart 5.2: Generation of Air Pollutants in Europe in Recent Years ..................................................... 52
Chart 5.3: Share of Road Transportation to the Total Load of Air Pollutants in EU ............................ 53
Chart 5.4: Levels (annual average) of Critical Air Pollutants in Delhi Over the Past 23 Years ............. 58
Chart 5.5: Concentrations (annual average) of Nitrogen Oxides in Four Metropolitan Cities ............. 60
Chart 5.6: Concentrations (annual average) of PM10 in Four Metropolitan Cities .............................. 60
Chart 5.7: Comparison of Air Pollution in Four Indian Metropolitan Cities in Winter Season (2008-
2009) ................................................................................................................................................. 61
x
Chart 5.8: Source Wise Contribution to Air Pollution in Six Indian Metropolitan Cities ..................... 63
Chart 7.1: Worldwide Refining Capacity .......................................................................................... 102
Chart 8.1: European Union Emission Implementation Phases ......................................................... 124
Chart 8.2: Two Wheelers Sales in India ............................................................................................ 132
Chart 8.3: Improvement in Emission Regulations from 1991 to 2010 .............................................. 134
Chart 8.4: Proposed Roll Out of BS IV, BS V and BS VI Countrywide ................................................ 146
Chart 8.5: Fuel Standard Transition in India vis--vis European Union ............................................. 147
Chart 8.6: Emission Road Map for BS IV/BS V/BS VI Implementation in India ................................. 149
Chart 8.7: CO2 Contribution by Vehicle Type ................................................................................... 153
Chart 8.8: Fuel Efficiency Regulation for Passenger Cars in India ..................................................... 156
Chart 8.9: Labels for Fuel Efficiency Mandatory and Voluntary..................................................... 158
LIST OF MAPS
Map 9.1: Cities with BS IV as on Date .............................................................................................. 166
Map 9.2: Proposed Conversion to BS IV by 1 April 2015 .................................................................. 167
Map 9.5: Proposed Conversion to BS V by 1 April 2019 ................................................................... 170
Map 9.6: Proposed Conversion to BS V by 1 April 2020 ................................................................... 171
xi
Preface
PREFACE
PREFACE
The Committee to prepare the Auto Fuel Vision & Policy 2025 was constituted
in continuation to the previous Expert Committee chaired by Dr. R.A. Mashelkar in
2003 that had ushered in BS III and BS IV automotive fuels.
I have seen the task of this Expert Committee to first lay down a feasible
roadmap for complete and rapid transition across the country to BS IV automotive
fuels which with 50 ppm sulphur are able to support a level of after treatment devices
that can ensure BS IV emission norms, which have much lower limits than BS III
emission standards. Second, to lay down a feasible and early road map for a
countrywide shift to BS V automotive fuels (10 ppm sulphur) and therefore to BS V
emission norms, which will constitute a qualitative improvement on the present
situation.
The primary reason for mandating stringent fuel and emission standards that
imply huge investments in refineries on the one hand and in the automobile sector on
the other, is the overwhelming concern for public health. It is true that deterioration
in ambient air quality is not the sole source of stress on the lives and health of our
citizens. Nor is vehicular tailpipe emissions the only source of air borne pollutants.
However, vehicular emissions are indeed a large contributor to air borne pollution.
And in seeking to shape public policy in a manner that protects human health from
the multifarious hazards of modern life, it is vital to resolve these issues one by one,
separately and eventually jointly.
The evidence on emission levels in the country shows that there has been a
positive impact consequent to the various steps that have been taken in the past to
limit emission of air pollutants. But these efforts are being offset by the increase in
urban density, in associated road transportation and in consequence of vehicular
tailpipe emissions. As the country grows, people will continue to move away from
farming as the mainstay of livelihood, urbanisation will intensify, disposable incomes
rise and with it will increase the needs of urban transportation.
xii
Preface
Across the world over the last many decades, atmospheric air quality has been
adversely impacted by emission from automobile tailpipe exhaust, industrial smoke
stacks, thermal power plants, construction dust & debris and the other by-products of
a crowded and modernised urban existence. Simultaneously the rising incidence of a
range of health effects has been recorded and there is compelling evidence of a
causative link from the former to the latter, some very direct, some somewhat direct
and some in an associated sense along with other factors. That cleaning up the air will
be good for citizens well-being is thus not just a gut feeling, but clearly established in
the research literature.
The World Health Organisation (WHO) has consistently red-lined the danger
to human health from air pollutants. Findings from the latest systematic study have
been published in the Global Burden of Disease (2010). This is the largest ever
systematic effort to describe the global distribution and causes of a wide array of
major diseases, injuries and health risk factors.
This new analysis identifies especially high risk levels in the developing
countries of Asia where air pollution levels are the highest in the world. Overall GBD
2010 estimates that over 2 million premature deaths and 52 million years of healthy
life were lost in 2010, due to ambient fine particle air pollution. Among other risk
factors studied in the GBD, outdoor air pollution ranked fourth in mortality and
health burden in East Asia where it contributed to 1.2 million deaths in 2010, and
sixth in South Asia where it is said to have contributed to over 7 lakh deaths in 2010.
The analysis found that reducing the burden of disease due to air pollution in Asia will
require substantial decreases in the high levels of air pollution in those regions.
There have been attempts to place a monetary value on the health cost of
outdoor air pollution. To my mind the evidence of a causative association between
high levels of air pollution both in the form of potentially toxic chemicals and fine
particulate matter and the large magnitude of the health impact is sufficiently
compelling for public policy to seek quick reduction in the incidence of air pollution
from specific activities, and especially where such reduction is clearly within the
domain of technological possibility. Measuring the cost of human life and suffering
most often translates into estimates of income foregone. One is acutely
xiii
Preface
uncomfortable with this view of the value of human life and especially so in the public
policy context.
Moreover, that there is harm caused to human health by outdoor air pollution
and that automobile tailpipe exhaust is a major contributor is self-evident. Further,
we know that the scale of urbanisation will increase and so will the number of
automobiles on the road and that too by a large factor. Reducing the unit emissions
that is per vehicle kilometre travelled is obviously the only appropriate way to
respond to this. Doubtless rolling out of urban mass transit like suburban rail/metro
and/or electric buses will help further, but these initiatives will need to be
implemented over and above reducing the emissions on per vehicle kilometre
travelled.
Therefore, the Expert Committee took the view that the principal objective
should be to ensure the nationwide rollout of BS IV emission norms as fast as possible
and then the earliest possible rollout of BS V emission norms. That implied that BS IV
grade automotive fuels should become available across the country as quickly as
possible, followed by the earliest possible rollout of BS V grade fuels.
Accepting this as the paradigm within which the recommendations were to be

framed, the next question was to ask how to ensure the most efficient manner of
rollout given the technical constraints limiting the output of BS IV and BS V fuels.
It was noted that even at present, the penetration of BS IV motor spirit or

gasoline in the domestic market was 24% and that for BS IV grade high speed diesel
(HSD) was 16% even four years after introduction of the BS IV regime in
metropolitan cities. Indeed not much headway has been made since 2010-11. The
reason for the lower penetration, especially in the case of diesel, was felt to be the
fact that in the periphery of the designated BS IV cities, BS III vehicles could be
registered; BS IV vehicles (especially heavy duty vehicles) were more expensive and
BS III fuel was cheaper than the BS IV equivalent. Thus, the economics tended to
subvert the desired course of the statutory mandate.
To address this problem it is recommended that the retail price of BS III fuel
should be made equal to BS IV fuel. It has been separately recommended that the
quality differential in price as between the two grades of fuel should be 75 paise per
xiv
Preface
litre; therefore the excess collected by re-pricing of BS III fuel would also be 75 paise
per litre. However, this amount should not go to the oil companies but accrue as a
cess to the OIDB. The cess may be called high sulphur cess, since that is what it is in
fact; and in order to distinguish it from the fuel upgradation cess that is discussed
subsequently. The amounts collected as high sulphur cess will rapidly decline as the
three-phase rollout to complete BS IV standards is completed and will become in
early 2017. Assuming it is made effective from July 2014, the total collections before
full rollout of BS IV will be of the order of Rs 10,000 crore.
If BS IV fuel could be rolled out at one shot across the country within a year
that would undoubtedly be the best solution. However, refineries even working to a
very tight schedule would take much longer to switch over to complete BS IV output,
therefore requiring the changeover to be a graduated process. There is also a
problem where if BS IV vehicles are tanked up with BS III fuels, significant damage is
possible to the engine and systems.
It was seen that if things move at the Business as Usual speed the
changeover to BS IV will take many years and that to BS V would have taken even
more and go up to 2025 or even beyond.
This was not felt to be acceptable. As stated earlier, the mission was seen to
be the earliest possible roll out to first BS IV and then to BS V. Could we have
leapfrogged nationwide to BS V straightaway without passing through the BS IV
stage? Yes, but that would not be technically possible before 2020 and we would
then have had to continue for 6 more years hoping that BS IV penetration increases
beyond present levels. The course that this Committee has recommended will ensure
major increases in BS IV penetration from 2015 onwards and 100% coverage by April
2017. The net benefit to be had would be enormous, even as the changeover to BS V
remains on course to be rolled out countrywide between April 2019 and April 2020.
In view of the experience of the last few years, it was felt that the best course
of action will be to lock up entire geographies, in stages to the BS IV standard. In this
manner the phased transition identified several States at one go, often including
neighbouring districts of other States to ensure the greatest integrity to the targeted
transition. It would have been convenient had there been more BS IV fuel available in
xv
Preface
2015 and 2016, but the plan in order to be feasible had to work within the constraints
of the technically feasible space available.
In this way, the transition in the first phase scheduled for 1 April 2015 will
cover the whole of North India Jammu & Kashmir, Punjab, Himachal, Haryana,
Uttarakhand, western Uttar Pradesh and several bordering districts of Rajasthan. In
the next phase scheduled for 1 April 2016, Kerala, Karnataka, Telangana, Odisha, Goa,
several Union Territories and parts of Maharashtra will be converted entirely to BS IV.
Finally on 1 April 2017, the entire country will move to BS IV. Then on April 2019, the
whole of North India and on April 2020 the rest of the country will switch to BS V
automotive fuel and emission regime.
This was the best that could be done given the technical constraints. However,
the roadmap that has been made out on the basis of what has been described in the
report as the Accelerated Transition Path assumes that the financial constraints
which operate in the Business as Usual scenario can be substantially relaxed. The oil
companies and their refineries have been operating with stretched finances and
therefore the financial constraints are operative. It is estimated that the capital costs
in terms of new plant & equipment and some refurbishment of existing equipment
which the refineries will have to incur in order to be able to switch to 100% BS V
automotive fuel by 2019-2020 is of the order of Rs 80,000 crore.
It is proposed to levy a special fuel upgradation cess of 75 paise per litre on

all gasoline and diesel sold in the country for seven years up to 2021. Assuming that
this cess can be made effective from 1 July 2014, then over the course of the next
seven years a total of Rs 64,000 crore would be collected assuming a modest rate of
annual growth in domestic consumption. This cess will accrue to the OIDB which will
make the funds available to the oil companies for investments which are necessary to
achieve the upgrading of quality of fuel produced. After seven years, this cess will be
discontinued.
The collections to the OIDB on account of both the special fuel upgradation
cess and the high sulphur cess will thus be of the order of Rs 74,000 crore, which
comes close to the estimate of Rs 80,000 crore referred to above required to
meaningfully relax the financial constraints that can enable the refineries to proceed
xvi
Preface
on the accelerated transition path. These funds will be extended for use to the
refineries in terms of the OIDBs mandate and rules. The Committee has
recommended that it is desirable, considering the financially stretched conditions of
the oil companies and the statutory nature of the investment obligation, that the
Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas make the funds available from OIDB on relatively
easy terms, both in respect of interest cost and repayment period.
The retrofitting of catalytic after-treatment devices on the stock of older

commercial vehicles has to be energetically pursued. Commercial vehicles come up
for renewal of licences. Once an area is switched over entirely to BS IV, the existing
stock of commercial vehicles, especially heavy duty diesel units, should be directed to
compulsorily get after-treatment devices that dramatically reduce particulate and
NOx emissions retro-fitted within two years, failing which their licence should not
be renewed.
The point has repeatedly been made in the course of the deliberations of the
Committee that the vexed issue of pollutant stress on air quality and health cannot be
addressed solely through improving fuel quality and emission norms. This is entirely
true. Long traffic jams and slow moving traffic are regular phenomena in our cities. In
these conditions emissions will be higher than with smoothly flowing traffic. Urban
mass transit reduces the passenger load on roads and is also a great convenience to
the citizens of the country.
It is imperative that Government at all levels address itself ever more

energetically to building by passes, over passes and expressways that can ease traffic
flow.
There are several other constructive avenues that should be pursued with
vigour. One is to put electric trolley buses on the roads as in the case of many cities
in the developed world. Another is to encourage hybrid personal cars. However,
these tend to be expensive but there are cheaper hybrid options that have the
further virtue of being able to be retrofitted to existing vehicles. At the overall level,
policy must encourage the rapid development of mid-sized cities and large towns to
ease the pressure on the metropolises as part of a broader strategy of urbanisation.
xvii
Preface
It is my sincere hope and I am sure all of my colleagues on the Committee,

who have given so generously of their time and effort over the past two years, that
the recommendations of this Expert Committee will lead the country on a rapid path
of transition to lower emissions from road traffic and in consequence will help all of
our fellow citizens to breathe easier.
I must thank the Ministry of Petroleum & Natural gas on the behalf of
members of the Committee and on my own behalf for entrusting this very important
task to us.
My thanks are due to all the members of the Committee, particularly to the
Chairpersons of the various Working Groups that were constituted, who have given
so generously of their time and effort to the deliberations and progress of this
Committee. Special mention is due to S/Shri L N Gupta and R K Singh, who were
sequentially the two member secretaries to this Committee; to Shri B.D. Ghosh, CHT
and his team S/Shri R. Krishnamurthy and A. K. Agarwal in CHT for their massive effort
in the finalisation of the work of this Committee; to Shri Rajkumar Ghosh, IOC; to Dr.
S.C. Sharma in the Planning Commission for his unremitting patience and diligence; to
Dr. B. Sengupta and Dr. Leena Srivastava who articulated the health and
environmental concerns so well and helped lend depth to the quality of deliberations;
to Prof Shantanu Roy who lent clarity to technical issues; to Shri Ashok Dhar, RIL who
gave freely of his vast experience of the field; to S/Shri K.K. Gandhi and Atanu Ganguli
of SIAM, Shri I.V. Rao, Maruti Suzuki who put in so much effort; Shri P. Harsha Sivaji,
IOC and his colleagues for the huge job of working out the logistics detail which has
made the rapid rollout of BS IV and BS V a possibility; to Shri Susobhan Sarkar, IOC
and technical officers of the other oil companies who gave so generously to the
workings of this Committee; to senior management of the two and three wheeler
industry who gave freely of their time and effort in giving final shape to this report; to
S/Shri B.K. Namdeo, K. Anand Rao and V. Ratanraj in HPCL and S/Shri Prasad Panicker,
C.K. Soman, Thomas George and others in BPCL, Kochi and Shri P. P. Upadhya, MRPL
who helped me better understand the contours of the challenges involved in
accelerating the transition; to Shri C.F. Dias and his colleagues at Emitec Emission
Control Technologies who helped me better understand how after treatment devices
work. I am also indebted to S/Shri Alan Lloyd, Michael Walsh and A. Bandivadekar of
xviii
Preface
the International Council of Clean Transportation (ICCT) who spent time and effort to
interact with the Committee and some of the Working Groups. My thanks are also
due to the two and three wheeler manufacturers who spent time with the Committee
to explain their situation and took a constructive approach to problem resolution.
My personal staff needs a special word of appreciation, especially Shri Sanjay

Vasnik who has bravely worked through completing this report on time, even if it has
meant very late nights and foregone weekends.
Finally, I would like to place on record my deep sense of gratitude to Shri B.K.
Chaturvedi, Member, Planning Commission, who is the best sounding board any
person can ever hope for.
SAUMITRA CHAUDHURI
Member, Planning Commission and
Chairman, Auto Fuel Vision & Policy 2025
Dated: 2nd May 2014, New Delhi
xix
List of Members/Participants
LIST OF MEMBERS/PARTICIPANTS
LIST OF ME MBERS /PARTI CIPA NTS
Sl No Name Organization Role in the

Committee
A. Government of India
1 Shri Saumitra Chaudhuri Member, Planning Commission Chairman
2 Shri R K Singh Joint Secretary (Refineries), Member Secretary
MoP&NG
3 Shri L N Gupta Secretary, Oil Industry Initial Member
Development Board Secretary
4 Shri S Bandopadhayaya Joint Secretary, MoRTH Member
5 Shri Ambuj Sharma Formerly Jt Secy (now AS), Dept Member
of Heavy Industry (DHI)
6 Shri Niraj Kumar Director, Department of Heavy Representing DHI
Industry (DHI)
7 Dr. Rashid Hasan Advisor, MoE&F Representing MoE&F
B. Experts from Academia

8 Dr. B Sengupta Former Member Secretary, Member
Central Pollution Control Board
9 Prof. L M Das Professor, IIT, Delhi Member
10 Dr. Leena Srivastava Executive Director, TERI Member
11 Prof Shantanu Roy Professor, IIT, Delhi Member
C. Oil & Gas Companies

12 Shri Rajkumar Ghosh Director (Refineries), IOC Member
13 Shri B K Namdeo Director (Refineries), HPCL Member
14 Dr R K Malhotra Director (R&D), IOC Member
15 Shri Prabhat Singh Director (Marketing), GAIL Member
16 Shri B D Ghosh Executive Director (CHT), IOC Member
17 Shri Ashok Dhar President (Industrial Marketing), Member
Reliance Industries
18 Shri Abhay Bakre Executive Director, PCRA Member
19 Shri B K Datta Director (Refineries), BPCL Invitee
20 Shri C. Manoharan Director (Refinery) Essar Oil Ltd Invitee
D. Automobile Industry
21 Shri K K Gandhi Executive Director, SIAM Member
22 Shri I V Rao Executive Advisor, Maruti Suzuki Member
Ltd
23 Shri Shrikant Marathe Director, Automotive Research Member
Association of India (ARAI)
xx
List of Members/Participants
Sl No Name Organization Role in the

Committee
E. Senior officials/executives who actively participated
24 Dr. Suresh C Sharma OSD (Petroleum), Planning Participant
Commission
25 Shri K Balachandran Chief of Operations (Jamnagar Participant
Refinery), RIL
26 Shri P. Raghavendran President (Refinery Business), RIL Participant
27 Shri Susobhan Sarkar General Manager (Technical), IOC Participant
28 Shri P. Harsha Sivaji General Manager (S&D) IOC Participant
29 Dr. A A Gupta General Manager (Fuels), IOC Participant
30 Shri Atanu Ganguli Senior Director, SIAM Participant
31 Shri Mohan Lal Deputy Secretary, MoP&NG Participant
32 Shri M R Karandikar Executive Director (Supplies), IOC Participant
33 Shri S K Handa Executive Director, EIL Participant
34 Shri R Ganesh Chief Manager (Projects), BPCL Participant
35 Shri E A Vimalnathan General Manager (S&D), BPCL Participant
36 Shri Vijay Mudgal General Manager, GAIL Participant
37 Dr. Shrikant Thipse General Manager (R&D), ARAI Participant
38 Shri U. Venkata Ramana General Manager (Technical), IOC Participant
39 Shri C J Iyer General Manager (Technical), Participant
BPCL
40 Shri R Krishnamurthy Director, CHT Participant
41 Shri A K Agarwal Advisor, CHT Participant
42 Shri Anoop Bhat General Manager, Maruti Suzuki Participant
43 Shri Sunil Bahl Director (Technical), PCRA Participant
44 Shri V Ramachandran Deputy General Manager (S&D), Participant
BPCL
45 Shri C S Sanal Kumar Dy General Manager Participant
(Distribution), HPCL
46 Shri Reji Mathai Chief Manager, IOC (R&D) Participant
47 Shri Sumit Arora Chief Manager (S&D), IOC Participant
48 Shri Rohit Dawar Additional Director, PPAC Participant
49 Shri Pramod Sisodia Chief Distribution Manager, BPCL Participant
50 Shri S Dhawale Manager, Essar Oil Participant
51 Shri K Srinivas Deputy Director, ARAI Participant
52 Shri Anurag Sharma Sr. Manager, GAIL Participant
xxi
List of Abbreviations
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
AAQ Ambient Air Quality

AFP Auto Fuel Policy 2003
AFV&P Auto Fuel Vision and Policy-2025
AIIMS All India Institute of Medical Sciences
AKI Anti-Knock Index
ALDS Auto LPG Dispensing Station
APM Administered Price Mechanism
ARAI Automotive Research Association of India
ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials
BCD Basic Customs Duty
BENSAT Benzene Saturation Unit
BEV Battery Electric Vehicle
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
BLEVE Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion
BORL Bharat Oman Refinery Limited
BPCL Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited
BS Bharat Stage
CAD Current Account Deficit
CARB California Air Resources Board
CAT Catalytic Converter
CCRU Continuous Catalytic Regeneration Unit
CEN European Committee for Standardisation
CGD City Gas Distribution
CH4 Methane
CHT Centre for High Technology
CI Compression Ignition
CMB Chemical Mass Balance
CNG Compressed Natural Gas
CO Carbon Mono-oxide
CO2 Carbon Dioxide
CONCAWE Conservation of Clean Air and Water in Europe
CoP Conformity of Production
COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CPCL Chennai Petroleum Corporation Limited
CPCL-CBR CPCL-Cauveri Basin Refinery
CRU Catalytic Reforming Unit
CSIO Central Scientific Instruments Organisation
CSIR Council of Scientific & Industrial Research
CST Central Sales Tax
DeNox De-nitrification (Reduction of NOx)
DEP Diesel Exhaust Particulate
DF Deterioration Factor
DG Diesel Generators
DHDS Diesel Hydro De-sulphurisation Unit
xxii
DHDT Diesel Hydro-Treating Unit

DHI Department of Heavy Industry
DME Di-Methyl Ether
DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DOC Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
DPF Diesel Particulate Filter
DTA Domestic Tariff Area
E70, E100, E150 Volume Percentage of Fuel that Evaporates at 70C, 100C, 150C
EBP Ethanol Blended Petrol
EC Elemental Carbon
ECE Economic Commission for Europe
ECU Electronic Control Unit
ED Executive Director
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation
EIL Engineers India Limited
EOU Export Oriented Unit
EPA Environmental Protection Agency, US Government
EPPR Environmental and Propulsion Performance Requirements
ER-EV Extended-Range Electric Vehicle
ESC European Stationary Cycle
ETC European Transient Cycle
EU European Union
FBP Final Boiling Point
FCC GDS FCC Gasoline Desulphurisation Unit
FCCU Fluidised Catalytic Cracking Unit
FIE Fuel Injection Equipment
FO Furnace Oil
GAIL GAIL (India) Limited
GBD Global Burden of Disease
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GDS Gateway Digital Switch
GHG Green House Gas
GIFT Green Initiatives for Future Transport
GIP Green Initiative for Power Generation
GRDP Greening of Regional Development Programme
GRPE Report of the Working Party on Pollution and Energy
GST Goods and Services Tax
GTR-2 Global Technical Regulation No. 2
GVW Gross Vehicle Weight
H2 Hydrogen
HC Hydrocarbon
HCU Hydro-cracking Unit
HCV Heavy Commercial Vehicle
HEI Health Effects Institute
HEV Hybrid Electric Vehicle
HFRR High Frequency Reciprocating Rig
HIV/AIDS Human Immuno-deficiency Virus/Acquired Immuno-deficiency Syndrome
HMEL HPCLMittal Energy Limited
xxiii
HPCL Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited

I&M Inspection & Maintenance
ICB International Competitive Bidding
ICE Internal Combustion Engine
IDC Indian Driving Cycle
IgE Immunoglobulin E
IHS U.S. based organization which does market forecasts and analysis for automotive
OEMs
IIP Indian Institute of Petroleum
IIT Indian Institute of Technology
INOVEV France based automotive data analysis organization
IOC (M) Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. (Marketing)
IOCL Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.
IPP Import Parity Price
IREP Integrated Refinery Expansion Project
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
ISOM Isomerisation Unit
ITRC Industrial Toxicology Research Centre
JAMA Japan Automobile Manufacturers Association
JNNURM Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission
KV Kinematic Viscosity
LCV Light Commercial Vehicle
LDO Light Diesel Oil
LNT Lean NOx Traps
LPG/LP Gas Liquefied Petroleum Gas
LSHS Low Sulphur Heavy Stock
MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
MMBTU Million Metric British Thermal Units
MMSCMD Million Metric Standard Cubic Meter Per Day
MMT Million Metric Tonnes
MMTPA Million Metric Tonnes Per Annum (~ Twenty Thousand Barrels Per Day)
MNRE Ministry of New and Renewable Energy
MoE&F Ministry of Environment & Forests
MON Motor Octane Number
MoP&NG Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas
MoRT&H Ministry of Road Transport & Highways
MoST Ministry of Surface Transport
MRPL Mangalore Refinery and Petrochemicals Limited
MS Motor Spirit
MSAT Mobile Source Air Toxics
MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether
MUV Multi Utility Vehicle
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NBEM National Board for Electric Mobility
NCEM National Council for Electric Mobility
NCR National Capital Region
NA Not Applicable
NE North East
xxiv
NEDC New European Drive Cycle

NEERI National Environmental Engineering Research Institute
NEMMP National Electric Mobility Mission Plan
NG Natural Gas
NHEB National Hydrogen Energy Board
NHT Naphtha Hydro-treating Unit
NMEM National Mission for Electric Mobility
NMHC Non-Methane Hydrocarbon
NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide
NOx Nitrogen Oxides
NPL National Physical Laboratory
NRL Numaligarh Refinery Limited
O2 Oxygen
O3 Ozone
OBD On-Board Diagnostics
OC Organic Carbon
OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OHCU/HCU Once-Through Hydro-Cracker Unit/Hydro-Cracker Unit
OIDB Oil Industry Development Board
OIL Oil India Limited
OMC Oil Marketing Companies
ONGC Oil and Natural Gas Corporation
PAH Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon
Pb Lead
PCRA Petroleum Conservation Research Association
PDRP Paradip Refinery Project
PHEV Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle
PI Positive Ignition
PM Particulate Matter
PM10 Particulate Matter of 10 Microns or smaller in diameter
PM2.5 Particulate Matter of 2.5 microns or smaller in diameter
PN Number of Particles
POL Petroleum, Oil and Lubricants
PPAC Petroleum Planning and Analysis Cell
PPM Parts Per Million
PTW Powered Two Wheelers
PUC Pollution Under Control
PV Passenger Vehicle
R&D Research & Development
R/P Reserve/Production
RC Registration Certificate
RHC Reactive Hydrocarbon
RIL Reliance Industries Limited
RLNG Re-gassified Liquefied Natural Gas
RON Research Octane Number
RSPM Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter
RTA Regional Transport Authority
xxv
RVP Reid Vapour Pressure

RW Reference Weight
SCOE Standing Committee on Emissions
SCR Selective Catalytic Reduction
SCV Small Commercial Vehicles
SEZ Special Economic Zone
SI Spark Ignition
SIAM Society of Indian Automobile Manufacturers
SKO Superior Kerosene Oil
SO2 Sulphur Dioxide
SPCBs State Pollution Control Boards
SPM Suspended Particulate Matter
T85 Temperature at which 85% vol. of the fuel evaporates
TAME Tertiary Amyl Methyl Ether
TAMP Tariff Authority for Major Ports
TAP Type Approval Procedure
TERI The Energy Research Institute
THC Total Hydrocarbon
TMT Thousand Metric Tonnes
TPP Tariff Parity Price
TSP Total Suspended Particulate
UFP Ultra Fine Particles
ULSD Ultra Low Sulphur Diesel
ULSFs Ultra Low Sulphur Fuels
UNECE United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
USA United States of America
VAT Value Added Tax
VGO Vacuum Gas Oil
VLCC Very Large Crude Carriers
VLGC Very Large Gas Carriers
VLI Vapour Lock Index
Vmax Maximum Speed
VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
WHO World Health Organisation
WHSC World Harmonised Stationary Cycle
WHTC World Harmonised Transient Cycle
WMTC Worldwide Motorcycle Test Cycle
WOO World Oil Outlook
WP.29 World Forum for Harmonisation of Vehicle Regulations
WSD Wear Scar Diameter
XEVs Full Range of Hybrid and Electric Vehicles
xxvi
The Background
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTI ON
INTRODUCTION
1.1 THE BACKGROUND
Air quality is an issue of social concern worldwide in the backdrop of rising

industrial and vehicular air pollution. While pollution does arise from many
different sources, vehicular exhaust is an important source of pollution of
ambient air and there is an urgent need to check the extent of vehicular
pollution, especially since there has and is likely to continue to be a large
increase in the stock of road vehicle traffic in the country.
Though considerable work had been done in the past to improve the auto
fuel quality, India did not have a comprehensive Auto Fuel Policy before
2001, prior to the establishment of the first Expert Committee set up under
the chairmanship of Dr. R.A. Mashelkar.
Liquid fuels namely, gasoline and diesel are the most common automobile
fuels everywhere as also in India. Personal vehicles include two wheelers and
motor cars. Two wheelers run only on gasoline, while personal cars mostly
use gasoline but some use diesel. Three wheelers and cars operating as
commercial vehicles run on gasoline, diesel and CNG. Some private cars have
also switched to CNG use. Public/commercial transport such as buses, trucks
and other light and heavy duty vehicles run mainly on diesel. Though CNG
and LPG have been in use in India as alternative auto fuels for more than a
decade, their share is low. CNG is presently being used in about fifty cities
and towns, including Delhi and Mumbai metropolitan regions.
The quality of automotive fuels is governed by extant vehicular emission

norms and vehicle technology. Management of air quality within acceptable
limits is the principal objective of regulating vehicle emission regimes and
also forms the underlying control factor for regulating fuel quality. Overall
Report of the Expert Committee on Auto Fuel Vision & Policy 2025 1
The Background
vehicle emissions are determined by combinations of vehicle technology,

automotive fuel quality, vehicle maintenance, driving patterns and various
other factors.
Another public policy objective is continuous improvement in fuel efficiency

which operates in conjunction with the emission oriented outcomes that fuel
standards and emission norms are expected to generate.
It is the tailpipe emissions and not the fuel per se that determine the impact
on ambient air quality. Therefore, the technology solution space comprise of
the combination of engine technology and fuel quality which meet the
prescribed vehicular emission norms. This is the approach taken worldwide.
In India, automotive fuels are produced in petroleum refineries as per BIS

standards. These standards are amended from time to time to meet
environmental as well as other quality aspects and are mandatory.
Vehicular emission norms in India was first introduced in 1991 and tightened
thereafter in 1996, when most vehicle manufacturers had to incorporate
technology up-gradation such as catalytic converter to reduce exhaust
emission. This necessitated the use of lead free and low sulphur fuels.
Initially, refineries were enjoined to supply lead free gasoline to NCR and
major cities and subsequently in the rest of the country.
Fuel specifications based on environmental consideration were for the first

time notified in the country by the Ministry of Environment & Forests in April
1996 for achievement by 2000. These norms were incorporated in the BIS
2000 standards.
Further, based on the Supreme Court order of April 1999, Ministry of Surface
Transport (MoST) notified Bharat Stage-I (BIS 2000) and Bharat Stage-II
vehicle emission norms broadly equivalent to Euro I and Euro II for
introduction in entire India and NCR respectively.
In line with the Auto Fuel Policy (2003), starting from 2005, fuel conforming
to BS III norms was introduced in 13 major cities, while BS II fuel was made
Auto Fuel Policy 2003
available elsewhere in the country and BS I quality fuel phased out. From
April 2010, BS IV fuel was implemented in 13 major cities and BS III fuel made
available in the rest of the country from September 2010.
In order to comply with the increasingly stringent auto fuel specifications, oil
companies have made major investments for technological up-gradation and
other changes in the manufacture of gasoline and diesel and in their
transportation over the past decade.
1.2 AUTO FUEL POLICY 2003
The Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas, Government of India notified the
constitution of an Expert Committee, under the Chairmanship of Dr. R.A.
Mashelkar, then Director General, Council of Scientific & Industrial Research
(CSIR) on 13th September 2001 to recommend an Auto Fuel Policy for the
country including major cities; to devise a road map for its implementation;
to recommend suitable auto fuels and their specifications considering the
availability and logistics of fuel supplies, the processing economics of
automotive fuels, and the possibilities of multi-fuel use in different categories
of vehicles; to recommend attributes of automobile technologies, fiscal
measures for ensuring minimisation of social cost of meeting a given level of
environmental quality and institutional mechanisms for certification of
vehicles and fuels, as also the monitoring and enforcement measures.
The Expert Committee submitted their report to the Government of India in

August 2002, which included their recommendations for achieving the
desired objectives. Based on these recommendations, MoP&NG released the
Auto Fuel Policy as approved by the Government in October 2003, which
contained the recommendations for implementation, along-with the time
frame, wherever applicable.
The Auto Fuel Policy (2003) addressed measures to cover various areas in
which action was required viz. vehicular emission norms, fuel quality and
standard of CNG/LPG kits, measures to reduce emissions from in-use
vehicles, vehicle technology, air quality data and Research & Development. It
also covered air quality data and health effects of air pollution.
1.2.1 Key Recommendations of Auto Fuel Policy 2003
Vehicular Fuel/Emission Norms

Road map for fuel standards/emission norms for 4/more wheeled
new vehicles.
ENTIRE COUNTRY
Bharat Stage-II fuel/emission norms from 1st April 2005.
Euro III equivalent fuel/emission norms from 1st April 2010.
In 11 major cities Delhi/NCR, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore,
Hyderabad, Ahmedabad, Pune, Surat, Kanpur and Agra
Euro III equivalent fuel/emission norms for all private vehicles,
city public service vehicles and city commercial vehicles from
1st April 2005.
Euro IV equivalent fuel/emission norms for all private vehicles,
city public service vehicles and city commercial vehicles from
1st April 2010.
Road map for emission norms for new 2 and 3 wheelers.
ENTIRE COUNTRY
Bharat Stage-II emission norms from 1st April 2005.
Euro III equivalent emission norms preferably from 1st April
2008 but not later than 1st April 2010 in any case.
1.2.2 Other Recommendations
Use of CNG/LPG in cities that are affected by higher vehicular

population.
Comprehensive programme for encouraging zero emission vehicles to
accelerate development of alternative fuel vehicles (battery powered,
hydrogen and fuel cell).
Technologies for producing ethanol/bio-fuels from renewable energy
sources and vehicles to utilise these bio fuels.
Replacement of the existing PUC system to a more reliable

computerised system.
Inspection & Maintenance (I&M) system in 11 major cities and further
extension throughout the country.
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD) system for new vehicles in lieu of I&M
system.
Performance checking of catalytic converters and conversion kits.
Promoting public transport to improve urban road traffic.
Linking of vehicle insurance with Inspection and Certification.
Retrofitting old vehicles with new engines or emission control devices.
Developing incentives for replacement of old polluting vehicles.
System to check emission warranty of new vehicles.
Random checking of CNG/LPG kits, any other emission control devices
or retrofit engines for emission performance.
Levying higher motor vehicle tax on old vehicles.
Extending tank lorry locking system for movement of products.
Setting up of consumer pumps by transport companies operating
public transport.
Use of markers on commercial basis to detect and prevent
adulteration.
Making oil companies responsible and accountable for quality of fuels
dispensed from their retail outlets.
Reporting of conversion of vehicles to CNG/LPG to registering
authority.
Objectives and Expectation of this Expert Committee
CHAPTER 2: COMMITTE E FOR AUT O FUEL VIS ION & POLI CY 20 25
CHAPTER 2
COMMITTEE FOR AUTO FUEL VISION & POLICY 2025
2.1 OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATION OF THIS EXPERT COMMITTEE
The Government of Indias Auto Fuel Policy (2003) had envisaged that the
Policy undergo periodic revisions. Technological and other changes which
take place over time must be incorporated in the policy framework. In this
backdrop, it was felt necessary to initiate a process to give form to an AUTO
FUEL VISION & POLICY for the country which would lay a clear roadmap to the
year 2025. Accordingly, the Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas vide Office
Memorandum dated 19 December 2012 constituted an Expert Committee
under the Chairmanship of Shri Saumitra Chaudhuri, Member, Planning
Commission, Government of India to prepare a Draft Auto Fuel Vision &
Policy 2025.
2.2 TERMS OF REFERENCE
1. Recommend a road-map for auto fuel quality till 2025 for the country,
taking into account the achievement under the last Auto Fuel Policy,
emission reduction of in-use vehicles, growth of vehicles and the supply
and availability of fuels.
2. Recommend suitable mix of automotive fuels including natural gas and its
specifications, considering the following:
a) Availability of infrastructure and logistics of fuel supplies,
b) The processing economics of auto fuels, and
c) Improvement in the quality of fuel vis--vis improvement in

vehicle engine technology.
Members of the Expert Committee
3. Recommend vehicular emission norms for various categories of vehicles

and roadmap for their implementation.
4. Recommend use of alternate fuels to minimise impact on environment.
5. Recommend fiscal measures for funding requisite up-gradation of Oil

Refineries, logistics and removal of inter-fuel pricing distortions.
2.3 MEMBERS OF THE EXPERT COMMITTEE
The composition of the committee was as given below.
Name Organisation
1. Shri Saumitra Chaudhuri Member, Planning Commission Chairman
2. Prof. L.M. Das Centre for Energy Studies, IIT Delhi Member
3. Prof. Shantanu Roy Dept. of Chemical Engineering, IIT Member
Delhi
4. Dr. R.K. Malhotra Director (R&D), IOC Member
5. Shri Shrikant R. Marathe Director, ARAI, Pune Member
6. Dr. B. Sengupta Former Member Secretary, Central Member
Pollution Control Board
7. Dr. Leena Srivastava ED, TERI Member
8. Shri Ashok Dhar President, Industrial Marketing, RIL Member
9. Shri I. V. Rao Executive Advisor, Maruti Suzuki Member
India Limited
10. Shri K.K. Gandhi Executive Director (Tech), SIAM Member
11. Shri B.D. Ghosh Executive Director, CHT (for Member
Technical & Secretarial support)
12. Shri L.N. Gupta/ Joint Secretary (R), MoP&NG Member
Shri R.K. Singh Secretary
1. Originally, Shri S. Sundareshan, former Secretary, MoP&NG and later

Department of Heavy Industry, was nominated as a Member. However,
Shri Sundareshan was unable to take it up on account of other
responsibilities that were given to him. Shri L.N. Gupta moved as
Secretary, Oil Industry Development Board. Shri R.K. Singh, who
Members of the Expert Committee
succeeded Shri L.N. Gupta as Joint Secretary (R) in MoP&NG became the
Member Secretary of the Committee. Shri L.N. Gupta was subsequently
involved in the working of the Committee as Special Invitee.
2. Representatives from the following Ministries/Departments not below

the rank of Joint Secretary will be Ex-Officio members of the Committee:
i. Ministry of Environment & Forests

ii. Department of Heavy Industry
iii. Ministry of Road Transport & Highways
iv. Department of Health and Family Welfare
v. Department of Consumer Affairs
3. The Committee may hold formal consultations with different stake

holders and co-opt any Expert for technical assistance in their
deliberations.
4. Technical and Secretarial assistance to the Committee will be provided by

the Centre for High Technology (CHT).
5. Subsequently, Chairman, Director (R) and Director (M) IOC, Director (M)
GAIL, Director (R) HPCL and ED, PCRA were also included as Members to
the Expert Committee for preparing the Draft Auto Fuel Vision & Policy
2025.
Mission Statement
CHAPTER 3: A PPR OACH A ND MET HOD OLOGY AD OPTE D
CHAPTER 3
APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY ADOPTED
3.1 MISSION STATEMENT
The Mission Statement for this Committee may be stated as:
To develop an auto-fuel vision, road-map and an enabling policy framework, going

forward to the year 2025 that aims to minimise the contribution of vehicular use to
(primarily) urban air pollution in the shortest possible time frame and to do so in a
financially sustainable manner. In doing this, due consideration will be given to the
adverse environmental and health impacts of a deteriorating air quality and the
associated socio-economic costs, while acknowledging that vehicular use is just one
of the contributors to ambient air pollution the significance of which carries across
geographies.
3.2 CONSULTATION AND DISCUSSION
The Expert Committee reviewed the initiatives taken by the Government/Oil

Industry for upgrading Auto Fuel Quality and the status of the various
recommendations of the previous Expert Committee on Auto Fuel Policy.
Discussions were focussed on learning from previous auto fuel policy

initiatives, India centric emission standards and fuel quality specifications. It
explored the prospects of using add-on emission control devices or after
treatment devices to reduce emissions and harmonisation of fuel quality and
its impact on the Indian refined petroleum product industry. It also looked at
the impact of DG set emissions on Ambient Air Quality.
Constitution of Four Working Groups
The Source-wise analysis of emissions was studied through Source

Apportionment Studies carried out in six Indian cities by the CPCB, the
findings of which were released in February 2011.
3.3 CONSTITUTION OF FOUR WORKING GROUPS
The Committee inter alia constituted following four Working Groups to

deliberate on the above and recommend roadmap for fuel quality and its
implementation:
i. Air Quality & Vehicular Emission Norms for all Types of Vehicles,
Vehicle Technology and Fuel Quality; Convenor: Dr. R.K.
Malhotra, Director (R&D), IOC.
ii. Automobile Exhaust on Ambient Air Quality & Public Health,

Emission reduction programme, fuel economy, warranty of in-use
vehicles; Convenor: Dr. B. Sengupta, Ex-Member Secretary, CPCB.
iii. Refinery Up-gradation, Technology and Logistics, Funding & Fiscal

Measures; Convenor: Shri R. K. Ghosh, Director (R), IOC.
iv. Suitable Mix of Auto Fuels Including Gas, Logistics, Road

Transport; Convenor: Shri Prabhat Singh, Director (M), GAIL
(India) Ltd.
The details on the membership of these four Working Groups are at

Annexure 1. The minutes of the meetings of the Working Groups have been
compiled and are available as part of the proceedings of the Committee.
3.4 INTERACTION AND CONSULTATION
In the course of the Committees tenure, broad based consultation was

encouraged with research agencies, policy groups and others. Several
Two Dimensions Fuel Economy and Human Health
presentations were made before the working groups and some also to the
Chairman of the Committee.
Groups and bodies forming the eco-system of the fuel-automobile-emission

project, including those involved in production of fuel, vehicle and emission
control devices, met with and interacted with the Committee. The Chairman
separately met with the automotive industry, manufacturers of after
treatment devices and professionals engaged in research and dissemination
on the linkage between emissions and human health.
These wide-ranging interactions played an important role in shaping the

recommendations and the time frame for implementation that has
eventually emerged.
3.5 TWO DIMENSIONS FUEL ECONOMY AND HUMAN HEALTH
There are two outcomes that in the view of the Committee were germane to
the context. First, was to encourage the trend towards greater fuel economy
(or lower GHG emissions) and the other was to create conditions whereby
vehicular emissions would be contained so as to limit the adverse impact on
human health.
The controlling factor on emissions per se is the combination and interaction

of three factors, namely:
Advanced Engine Design

Ultra Low Sulphur1 in the fuel.
Advanced Emission Controls
1
The effort in the first decade of this century was to lower sulphur from >3,000 ppm to 500 ppm
and lower. Ultra Low Sulphur (ULS) is broadly understood to be at the lower end of the scale and
would in most developing countries be identified as 50 ppm. Since 2006, in the USA by law ULS
is defined to be fuels containing up to 15 ppm of sulphur. In the EU presently ULS is regarded by
convention to be fuels containing up to 10 ppm of sulphur, EU V.
3.5.1 Fuel Economy/GHG Emissions
Green House Gas (GHG) emissions are more-or-less another way to express
fuel use efficiency. The better the fuel economy of a vehicle the lower
would be the CO2 emissions, which is the principal component of GHG. For
the most part this is an outcome of improvement in design of the engine and
the rest of the power train, design of the body (reduction of aerodynamic
drag) and kerb weight management. Hybrid technologies of course can
further enhance fuel economy.
Superior engines also require supporting fuel manufactured to appropriate

standards. Fuel efficiency can be defined in terms of kilometres travelled per
litre of fuel or in terms of CO2 emissions per kilometre travelled. For greater
familiarity here fuel efficiency is being presented in terms of kilometres per
litre, although statutory requirements are in terms of CO2 emissions which
are further compounded by the allowable kerb weight of vehicles in the
formula notified.
Driven by concerns about the need to economise on energy use and more
recently climate change, countries around the world have adopted or
proposed vehicle fuel economy or greenhouse gas (GHG) emission standards.
Europe, the United States, China, Japan, South Korea, and Canada have all
been leaders in this area.
India, too, has recently started a process to set national fuel consumption
standards. With over 75% import dependence for liquid petroleum fuels, and
with the rapidly growing transportation sector being the large contributor to
greater petroleum product demand, India has even greater incentive to
tighten fuel economy.
Indian consumers are very sensitive to fuel efficiency and the industry has
been acutely sensitive to this. Purchase decision in the country largely
depends on the fuel efficiency performance of the vehicles. Therefore, the
consumer pressure has always dictated the need for improvement of fuel
efficiency performance of vehicles.
Significant improvement has been done by the automobile industry to

improve fuel efficiency over the years, as preliminary estimates indicate that
the overall average fuel efficiency of Indian passenger vehicles was around
14.5 km/l in the year 2000. The industry data of the year 2010 indicates that
the average fuel efficiency of passenger vehicles sold in India improved to
about 16.5 km/l. This improvement between 2000 and 2010 of by 14%, on an
annualised basis was 1.3%. The expectations in regard of fuel efficiency as
recently prescribed by Government (Gazette Notification, 30 January 2014)
requires a formulaic improvement which broadly is equivalent to that
average fleet fuel efficiency improving to 18.2 km/l by 2016-17 and further to
21 km/l by 2021-22. These targets imply annualised improvement of 1.7%
and 3.0% respectively going forward.
3.5.2 Emissions and Human Health
The human health dimension mostly comes from some of the components of
tailpipe emissions nitrogen oxides (NOx), benzene and other un-combusted
hydrocarbons, combustion products of sulphur and particulate matter,
especially of finer sizes.
These emission products in high concentrations can cause respiratory illness

and in extreme cases contribute to creating conducive conditions for
carcinogenic action.
Better engine design, superior automobiles and standardised fuels can and
does decrease the incidence of hydrocarbons and particulate matter in the
emissions. However, there is, in the final analysis, a trade-off between fuel
economy and NOx emission. The leaner the fuel mixture (high oxygen to fuel
ratio) the better will be the fuel economy, but the greater will be the
generation of NOx and unburnt particulate carbon and vice versa.
The installation of after treatment devices permit the NOx to be scrubbed out
and the particulate matter trapped in filters. Thus, one can maximise fuel
economy with leaner fuel mixtures while keeping NOx and particulate
emission down with the use of after treatment devices.
However, after treatment devices use catalysts which get immobilised by

sulphur. Reduction of sulphur content in fuel to 50 ppm and less permit the
economic application of such after-treatment devices. The lower the sulphur
content, the longer is the life of the catalyst. Hence, in that sense fuels with
sulphur of 10 ppm and less is preferable to 50 ppm and less, provided there is
availability.
The Working Group No. 2 (Automobile Exhaust on Ambient Air Quality &
Public Health, Emission reduction programme, fuel economy, warranty of in-
use vehicles) has highlighted the human health dimension very well. It has
noted that in 83 cities PM10 and PM2.5 are in excess of the extant regulatory
standard. That benzene/PAH are also above the limits and NOx is also
becoming a matter of concern.
Particulate matter is especially high in the northern region, including Delhi

(several times higher than the prescribed limit), while NOx is particularly high
in larger cities such as Delhi, Kolkata and Pune.
Automobile exhaust is certainly not the only contributing factor to the

presence of particulates, NOx and other harmful matter in the ambient air.
Industrial and construction activity play a large part. The peculiar air flow
characteristic in North India also contributes.
3.5.3 Objectives of the Committee
However, having said that, there is little merit in investing energy to exactly
define what contribution was from automobile tailpipe exhaust and what
from other sources. In any case there is an excellent source apportionment
study that has been conducted and which is discussed subsequently.
The key issue as far as the Committee was concerned, was that the human
health dimension has to be kept at the highest priority. If that was tackled
Issues Examined
successfully, at least whatever may be the exact contribution of tailpipe

emissions to the public health problem, this contribution would be contained
to the least afforded under the available technology; and feasible within the
constraints of fuel manufacturing capacity.
Hence the proximate objective must be to roll out BS IV fuels with 50 ppm
and less sulphur at the earliest possible date and set a challenging timeline
for migration to BS V fuels with 10 ppm and less sulphur.
3.6 ISSUES EXAMINED
The Committee went into many issues in the course of its deliberations. The
process was driven by the objective of making the transition to the higher
standards of fuel in as short a time as possible and in a manner that
stretched, but did not deem impractical, the capability of the oil refineries
and logistics involved of taking the product from the refinery to retail outlet.
A summary of the several issues that were gone into is given below:
Review of initiatives taken by the Government and the Oil Industry for
upgrading Auto Fuel Quality.
Learning from the experience of implementation of the previous auto
fuel policy initiatives and the status of various recommendations of
the previous Expert Committee on Auto Fuel Policy.
Health related issues of emissions and review of outcome of the
Source Apportionment Studies in six Indian cities carried out by CPCB,
February 2011.
Global experience and developments on Auto Fuel standards.
Review of current fuel specifications, including investigating possibility
of further tightening of the existing BS IV fuel specification in respect
of sulphur content.
Review of auto fuel quality parameters in Europe, USA, Japan,
Republic of Korea & China vis--vis India.
Simplifications in diesel specification.
Major differences between BS IV and Euro V & VI fuel standards.
Issues Examined
Bottlenecks in North East India in meeting future fuel quality.

Review of refineries capability of producing superior fuels viz. BS IV
and BS V gasoline and diesel.
Change in refinery configuration/complexity needed to meet BS IV
and Euro V similar BS V fuels, including limitations if any, capital
expenditure requirement, timeline etc.
Euro V equivalent BS V fuels specifications.
Fuel supply logistics.
Roll out plan for BS IV gasoline and diesel nationwide.
Public policy: Fuel prices, taxes, standards and regulatory regime in
the context of broader energy policy.
Fuel standards and roadmap for BS V & BS VI to 2025.
Review of Initiatives to Improve Fuel Quality & Emissions
CHAPTER 4: REVIE W OF TH E EXPERIENCE
CHAPTER 4
REVIEW OF THE EXPERIENCE
4.1 REVIEW OF INITIATIVES TO IMPROVE FUEL QUALITY & EMISSIONS
Vehicular emission norms in India was first introduced in 1991 and tightened
in 1996, when most of the vehicle manufacturers had to incorporate
technology up-gradation like catalytic converter to reduce exhaust emission.
This required lead free and low sulphur fuels. It required the refineries to
initially supply lead free gasoline to NCR and major cities and subsequently in
the entire country.
Fuel specifications based on environmental consideration were notified for

the first time in the country by MoE&F in April 1996 to be done by 2000.
These norms were incorporated in BIS 2000 standards. Further, based on the
Supreme Court order of April 1999, MoST notified in April 1999 Bharat Stage-
I (BIS 2000) and Bharat Stage II vehicle emission norms broadly equivalent to
Euro I and Euro II respectively for introduction in rest of the India and NCR
and other Metros respectively.
There was substantive improvement in fuel quality when BIS 2000 vehicle
emission norms came into effect in phases starting with the year 2000. In line
with the Auto Fuel Policy (2003) the BS III and BS II auto fuel quality norms
came into existence from April 2005 for 13 major cities and in the rest of the
country respectively. Likewise, BS IV and BS III auto fuel quality norms came
into effect from April 2010 in 13 major cities and in the rest of the country
respectively.
Auto fuel specifications were gradually made stringent to improve the

ambient air quality. Oil companies have implemented major programmes for
up-gradation of auto fuels (gasoline and diesel) quality in the past few years.
Automotive fuels are governed by vehicular emission norms and vehicle

technology. Air quality is the main issue for vehicle emission regulations and
the same is also the controlling factor for changing the quality of fuel. In
other words, vehicle emissions are determined by combinations of vehicle
technology, auto fuel quality, vehicle maintenance, driving patterns and
various other factors.
It may be mentioned that it is the tailpipe emissions and not the fuel per se
that affect the ambient air quality. Therefore, any combination of engine
technology and fuel meeting the prescribed vehicular emission norms is
acceptable throughout the world, giving choice to the manufacturers, owners
and operators to choose the vehicle type and the fuel.
In India, auto fuels are produced in refineries as per BIS standards. These
standards are amended from time to time to meet environmental as well as
other quality aspects and are mandatory.
In keeping with the worldwide trend and notification issued by MoE&F,

Petroleum sector embarked upon a major quality improvement programme
for supplying desired quality of gasoline and diesel in phased manner.
The first step in this direction was lowering of lead in gasoline and production
of unleaded gasoline by 1 April 2000 in the entire country, incorporation of
benzene limit, reduction of sulphur and increase in octane number. In case of
diesel, major improvements were in respect of sulphur, distillation recovery,
density and Cetane number by the year 2000.
Introduction of Bharat Stage II emission norms for new cars in Delhi in the
year 2000 and subsequent expansion of norms to Mumbai, Kolkata and
Chennai in 2001 followed by another 7 major cities viz. Bangalore,
Hyderabad, Ahmedabad, Pune, Surat, Kanpur and Agra in phases by 1st April
2003 was another step.
As per the Auto Fuel Policy (2003), Bharat Stage III fuels viz. gasoline and
diesel were introduced in 13 major cities (Delhi/NCR, Mumbai, Kolkata,
Chennai, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Ahmedabad, Pune, Surat, Kanpur and Agra
including Lucknow and Sholapur, which were later, added to the list) and
Bharat Stage II fuels in rest of the country with effect from October 2005.
Likewise, BS IV auto fuels were implemented in 13 major cities including NCR

with effect from 1 April 2010 and BS III fuels in rest of the country by
September 2010. Besides this, MoP&NG has decided to expand BS IV auto
fuels to 50 more cities by March 2015.
Of this, BS IV auto fuels have already been expanded to 26 more cities in

addition to 13 cities where this was already implemented in 2010.
Major improvements from BS I to BS II, III & IV gasoline, covered octane

number, sulphur and benzene as well as introduction of criterion to limit
aromatics and olefins in BS III.
As far as diesel is concerned, major changes from BS I to BS II, III & IV were
made in respect of density, Cetane number, sulphur, distillation recovery
including criterion for limiting Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAH).
4.1.1 Gasoline Quality Improvement
Phasing out of Lead
Health effects associated with the use of lead alkyl additive in gasoline have
led to elimination of leaded gasoline in several countries.
Lead content in gasoline in India was removed in 6 years in phases and only
unleaded gasoline is being produced and sold from 01.02.2000. Initial lead
limit of 0.56 g/litre for leaded gasoline was reduced to 0.15 g/litre for low
lead gasoline and then to 0.013 g/litre for unleaded gasoline.
In order to phase out the lead from gasoline, Catalytic Reforming Units
(CRU)/Continuous Catalytic Regeneration Unit (CCRU) and Methyl Tertiary
Butyl Ether (MTBE)/Tertiary Amyl Methyl Ether (TAME) units were put up at
the refineries.
Reduction of Benzene Content
Benzene is a natural constituent of crude oil besides its production during

catalytic reforming operation for making high octane gasoline component. It
is known to be a human carcinogen. An effective way to reduce human
exposure to benzene is to control benzene in gasoline.
There was no benzene specification in gasoline in India till MoE&F notified a

benzene limit of 3% vol. max for 4 Metros and 5% vol. max for rest of the
country from the year 2000.
Benzene in gasoline supplied to NCR of Delhi and Mumbai was further

reduced to 1.0% vol. max since Oct/Nov, 2000. This is at par with Euro III/IV
norms and best of the world.
Refineries had made necessary operational changes like feed cut point
adjustment, severity of operation, blending pattern and installed facilities like
Benzene Saturation (BENSAT) Unit and Isomerisation (ISOM) units, pre & post
reformate and FCC gasoline splitters to meet the above benzene limit for
entire country.
Reduction of Sulphur Content
Reduced sulphur in gasoline results in reduced emissions from all catalyst

equipped vehicles. Sulphur adversely affects exhaust gas sensors besides
affecting efficiency of catalyst used in the after treatment devices.
For BIS 2000 specification, sulphur in gasoline was reduced by 50% from 0.2%
to 0.1% wt max from the year 2000. Further, in line with the MoST Gazette
notification, sulphur in gasoline was further reduced to 0.05% wt. max to
meet Euro II equivalent Bharat Stage-II emission norms in NCR from April,
2000 and expanded to 11 cities by 1st April 2003.
Sulphur content in gasoline was further reduced to 150 and 50 ppm

respectively for BS III and BS IV gasoline supplied in the country and major
cities as per Auto Fuel Policy.
Refineries had installed FCC Gasoline Desulphurisation unit to manage

sulphur content in gasoline.
Octane Number Enhancement
Octane number of gasoline signifies the improved performance of engine.

Loss in octane number due to phasing out of lead was made up by installing
new facilities in the refinery and changes in refinery operation. RON
(Research Octane Number) of gasoline for BIS 2000 spec was increased to 88
(93 for premium grade gasoline supplied in major cities). Anti-Knock Index
(AKI) was added as the new criterion for BIS 2000 as 84 (88 for premium
grade gasoline supplied in major cities).
RON was further increased to 91 for regular grade gasoline meeting BS III &
IV specification respectively.
Refineries had put up Catalytic Reforming Units (CRU/CCRU) as well as

Alkylation units to increase RON of gasoline.
Limiting Olefin and Aromatics Content
Olefin and aromatic content limit was for the first time introduced in BS III
gasoline specification as 21% and 42% vol. max respectively (18% and 42%
vol. max for premium gasoline). Aromatics were further brought down from
42% to 35% vol. in BS IV gasoline. This was done with the objective to reduce
deposit formation and reduced tailpipe emission of reactive hydrocarbons,
undesirable compounds and CO2.
Olefins in gasoline were managed by either hydro-treating FCC feed i.e. VGO
or treating unsaturated FCC gasoline in FCC gasoline Desulphurisation unit or
both.
4.1.2 Diesel Quality Improvement
Reduction of Sulphur Content
Sulphur in diesel fuel contributes to fine Particulate Matter (PM) emissions

through the formation of sulphates both in exhaust and in the atmosphere. It
can also lead to corrosion and wear of engine. Efficiency of some of the after
treatment devices is severely affected at higher sulphur levels and these
work well only with fuel having 50 ppm or less sulphur.
Sulphur in diesel was reduced from 1% max to 0.5% max by weight from April
1996 in 4 metros and Taj Trapezium, and then to 0.25% max from September
1996 for Taj Trapezium. Supply of diesel having 0.25% max sulphur was
started in entire Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata and Chennai w.e.f. April 1998. The
same in the entire country was started from January 2000. Supply of extra
low sulphur diesel with 500 ppm sulphur was started from NCR in April 2000
and then gradually extended to other metros. Sulphur in diesel was reduced
in phases from 2500 ppm for BS I to 500, 350 and 50 ppm respectively for BS
II, III and IV diesel supplied in the country and major cities as per Auto Fuel
Policy.
Refineries had put up Diesel Hydro-desulphurisation (DHDS), Diesel Hydro-

treating (DHDT) and Hydro-cracking units (HCU) to meet the sulphur
specification of diesel.
Increasing Cetane Number
The Cetane number is a measure of compression ignition quality of diesel fuel

and influences cold start-ability, exhaust emissions and combustion noise.
Some increase in smoke is generally seen at Cetane number at levels of
below 45. However, little improvement in performance is seen at Cetane

number above levels of 50.
Cetane number was increased from 42 to 45 in 1995 and further increased to

48 by the end of December 1998 as per MoE&F Gazette notification and BIS
2000 specification. Relaxation of Cetane number to 45 was given for diesel
produced by the refineries processing Assam crude as diesel produced from
Assam Crude has low Cetane.
The Cetane number was increased further from 48 to 51 for diesel in order to
comply with BS III and BS IV specifications. The refineries were able to meet
the specification after installation of DHDT and hydrocracker units, as per
requirement. The lower limit for refineries processing Assam Crude was also
raised to 48.
Changes in Distillation Recovery and Density
Changes in distillation recovery were to improve performance and life of

diesel engines and reduced emission. As per MoE&F Gazette notification,
distillation recovery spec for BS I & II diesel was changed to 85% vol. (min)
(T85) and 95% vol. (min) (T95) at 350C and 370C respectively against 90% vol.
(min) (T90) at 366C earlier. Subsequently, distillation recovery for BS III & IV
diesel was further changed to 360C max for 95% vol. recovery. Density range
for BS I & II diesel was reduced to 820860 kg/m3 as against 820880 kg/m3
earlier. Density range of BS III & IV diesel was further reduced to 820845
kg/m3. The altered specifications for recovery and density were achieved
with feed cut point management and installation of DHDT. However, some of
these changes have been subjected to a review here.
Limiting Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAH) Content
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH) are harmful to human beings. One of

the reasons for presence of PAH in the air is due to burning and incomplete
combustion of diesel or gasoline. Bulk of PAH in the air is of respirable size i.e.
below 7 m.
Criterion for limiting PAH was for the first time introduced for BS III diesel as
11% wt. max., since PAH are believed to be responsible for particulates
emission, its limit was introduced.
Refineries could meet the PAH criterion with the installation of DHDT and
hydrocracker units.
Some Learnings of the Past Decade
4.2 SOME LEARNINGS OF THE PAST DECADE
The first comprehensive Auto Fuel Policy (2003) for the country had given a
clear-cut road map for changes in vehicular technology and corresponding
fuel quality for the whole country. It also proposed measures to reduce
emissions from in-use vehicles.
In line with the Auto Fuel Policy, BS IV auto fuels in 13 major cities were
introduced with effect from 1 April 2010 and BS III fuels in the rest of the
country from September 2010.
MoP&NG had decided to expand coverage of BS IV auto fuels to 50 more

cities by March 2015, thus expanding BS IV coverage to a total of 63 cities. Of
this, BS IV has since been expanded to cover 26 cities, in addition to the first
batch of 13 cities in which BS IV was implemented in 2010.
In order to meet the fuel quality in line with the Auto Fuel Policy, the oil
refineries had to upgrade technology and invest in additional facilities. The oil
refineries have invested over Rs 35,000 crore in upgrading facilities in
refineries and installation of additional facilities in order to be able to gear up
for production of stipulated quality of auto fuels.
4.3 STATUS OF COMPLIANCE OF AUTO FUELS AND AUTOMOBILES
Euro III equivalent Bharat Stage III fuels viz. gasoline and diesel fuels were
introduced in 13 major cities (including Lucknow and Sholapur which were
subsequently added) and Bharat Stage-II fuels in rest of the country from
October 2005.
BS III and BS II emission norms for select cities and the rest of the country
respectively have already been complied with by the vehicle manufacturers
for new vehicles (with the exception of 2 and 3 wheelers which moved to BS
II emission norms across the country) as per Auto Fuel Policy from the year
2005. They have also complied with BS IV and BS III emission norms for select
Status of Recommendations of the Auto Fuel Policy (2003)
cities and rest of the country respectively from year 2010 in line with the
Auto Fuel policy.
4.4 STATUS OF RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE AUTO FUEL POLICY (2003)
While several of the recommendations of the Auto Fuel Policy (2003) have
been implemented, some have not and some are in the process of being
implemented. A tabular presentation of the status is given at Table 4.1.
Table 4.1
Summary of Status of Recommendations of the Auto Fuel Policy (2003)
Table 4. 1: Summary of Status of Recommendations of the A uto Fuel Pol icy (2003)
Sl. No. Recommendations Status
1 BS III/BS IV Auto Fuels Coverage achieved is greater than

recommended
2 Use of CNG/LPG in cities affected by high CNG extended to 60 cities; Auto LPG
vehicular population expanded to ~ 350 cities having ~ 900
dispensing stations
3 Comprehensive programme for zero Initiatives have been taken by MNRE, with
emission vehicles to accelerate limited progress, while some initiatives have
development of alternative fuel vehicles also been taken by Department of Heavy
(battery powered, hydrogen and fuel cell) Industry
4 Technologies for producing ethanol/bio Minimum 5% ethanol blending has been

fuels from renewable energy sources and made mandatory, subject to availability of
vehicles to utilise these bio fuels ethanol
5 Replacement of existing PUC system to Computerized system may not have been
more reliable computerised system widely introduced across the country
6 Inspection & Maintenance (I&M) system in - MoRT&H and ARAI is looking into issues of
11 major cities and further extension PUC and I&M
throughout the country - I&M model Centres to come on PPP mode
- End of life for vehicles is being worked out
7 OBD system for new vehicles in lieu of I&M OBD-II implemented in BS IV vehicles from
system April 2013
Status of Recommendations of the Auto Fuel Policy (2003)
Sl. No. Recommendations Status
8 Performance checking of catalytic Not given effect to

converters and conversion kits
9 Promoting public transport to improve Some progress

urban road traffic
10 Linking of vehicle insurance with Inspection Not in place

and Certification
11 Retrofitting old vehicles with new engines Irregular

or emission control devices. Developing
incentives for replacement of old polluting
vehicle
12 System to check emission warranty of new Not ensured

vehicles
13 Random checking of CNG/LPG kits, any Irregular

other emission control devices or retrofit
engines for emission performance
14 Notification of Fuel Economy Standards CO2 emission, fuel economy yet to be

implemented
15 Levying higher motor vehicle tax on old Not in place

vehicles
16 Extending tank lorry locking system for Has been fully implemented
movement of products
17 Setting up of consumer pumps by Limited implementation through oil

transport companies operating public companies
transport
18 Use of markers on commercial basis to Implemented but discontinued due to

detect and prevent adulteration circumvention. New markers under
development
19 Making oil companies accountable for Implemented

quality of fuels dispensed from their retail
outlets
20 Reporting of conversion of vehicles to Not ensured

CNG/LPG to registering authority
Extension of BS IV Auto Fuels Coverage to 50 Cities
4.5 EXTENSION OF BS IV AUTO FUELS COVERAGE TO 50 CITIES
The transition to first BS III from BS II fuels and then to BS IV fuels in select
metropolitan centres and to BS III fuels across the country was based on
certain premises. First, there was recognition of the need to move in phases,
given the order of changes that were required at the refinery end and in
terms of vehicle production. Second, given the link of fuel standards to
emission outcomes, it was perceived that priority should be accorded to
where the scarcer BS IV quality fuels would be first launched: in the
metropolitan centres where vehicle density and emission standards are the
highest. The benefit from BS IV fuel used in metropolitan centres that have
higher emission loads was viewed to be proportionately higher than in the
rest of the country where the emission load was less severe.
MoP&NG decided to go beyond the recommendations of the Auto Fuel

Policy (2003) and expand BS IV auto fuels to 50 more cities (in addition to the
13 cities covered) by 2015 with preference to most polluted cities, state
capitals and cities with 1 million population subject to logistics constraints.
As per Census 2001, there were 35 cities and Urban Agglomerates with
population of 1 million. This number rose to 51 in Census 2011. The largest
city is Greater Mumbai in Maharashtra with population of 18.4 million
followed by Delhi (16.3 million) and Kolkata (14.1 million). The Committee
constituted by MOPN&G had identified 32 polluted cities. Out of these, 26
cities have already been covered with BS IV fuel.2 Another 4 cities3 will be
covered by end 2014. The remaining extension will be on hold as the three-
stage conversion of the entire country to BS IV is to be carried out between 1
April 2015 and 1 April 2017.
2
Medak, Mehboobnagar and Nizamabad in Andhra Pradesh; Vapi, Jamnagar, Ankleshwar and
Valsad in Gujarat; Hissar, Karnal, Yamuna Nagar and Kurukshetra in Haryana; Bharatpur, Hindon
City and Dholpur in Rajasthan, Puducherry an UT; Mahabaleshwar and Ahmednagar in
Maharashtra, Mathura, Aligarh, Rae Bareli, Unnao, Kosi Kalan and Vrindavan in Uttar Pradesh;
Silvasa, Daman & Diu.
3
Kochi, Trivandrum, Vishakapatnam and Lakshadweep
Key Issues Regarding BS IV Quality Auto Fuels
4.6 KEY ISSUES REGARDING BS IV QUALITY AUTO FUELS
BS IV fuels have sulphur content restricted to a maximum of 50 parts per

million (ppm), at which level sophisticated after treatment devices for
containing both NOx and particulate emission become practical. Sulphur
tends to poison the catalysts that are used in after treatment devices. BS III
fuels which contain up to 350 ppm of sulphur cannot be practically used in
conjunction with after treatment devices.
BS IV fuels cost a bit more than BS III fuels. Motor vehicles equipped with
after treatment devices also cost more than ones without. The more rigorous
the treatment to reduce carbon particulate and NOx emission, the more
expensive becomes the vehicle. Private vehicles both cars and utility
vehicles purchased in metropolitan centres are for the most part registered
there and are therefore BS IV compliant. Thus, the emission outcomes that
is, improvement which were expected from the switch to BS IV fuel and
emission norms did materialise.
However, commercial vehicles have been a different story. The economics

are hugely influenced by the capital cost of the vehicle and the cost of fuel.
These vehicles are diesel vehicles. Commercial vehicles therefore have
tended to get registered where BS III fuel/vehicles are permitted and travel
into metropolitan centres where otherwise BS IV is mandated. Hence, the
expected outcomes on emissions for commercial vehicles have to an extent
been subverted. As a matter of fact almost all light, medium and heavy trucks
sold in the country since 2011 continue to be BS III compliant.
The quantity and composition of vehicle and fuel mix as between BS III and
BS IV over the past few years is presented at Table 4.2 and Table 4.3
respectively. The difference in the experience as between motor
spirit/gasoline and high speed diesel is quite marked. In the case of diesel fuel
sales it is only 16% in 2013-14 (9 months) and that for Medium & Heavy
Commercial vehicles it is 12% and for Light Commercial Vehicles it is 24% in
2013-14 (9 months).
Key Issues Regarding BS IV Quality Auto Fuels
Table 4.2
Number of Vehicles of Different Classes Sold in the Domestic Market
Compliant with BS III and BS IV Fuel & Emission Norms
Table 4.2: Number of Vehicles of D ifferent Classes So ld in the Do mestic Mar ket Co mplia nt with BS II I and BS IV Fuel & Emissio n Nor ms
2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14*

Vehicles Sold in BS III Regions in 000
2 & 3 Wheelers 8,810 12,086 12,372 9,815
Pass. Cars incl. MUV 1,463 1,805 2,069 1,418
LCV 312 227 361 223
M & HCV 276 312 237 127
Vehicles Sold in BS IV Regions in 000
2 & 3 Wheelers 1,658 1,695 1,853 1,419
Pas. Cars incl. MUV 276 312 237 127
LCV 1,463 1,805 2,069 1,417
M & HCV 312 227 361 222
Share of Vehicles Sold in BS IV Region of Total
2 & 3 Wheelers 15.8% 12.3% 13.0% 12.6%
Pass. Cars incl. MUV 29.0% 22.7% 23.0% 22.5%
LCV 17.0% 23.8% 24.2% 24.3%
M & HCV 13.3% 12.0% 11.8% 12.3%
Note: For 2 & 3-wheelers applicable emission norms has been conforming to BS III even
when sold in areas where BS IV norms are applicable to 4-wheelers.
* For the period April-December 2013-14
Including goods and passenger carriers.
Table 4.3
Automotive Fuels Sold in the Domestic Market Conforming to BS III and BS
IV Fuel Standards All Oil Marketing Companies
Table 4.3: Auto mot ive Fuels So ld in t he Do mestic Mar ket Confor ming to BS III a nd BS IV F uel Standar ds All Oil Mar keting Co mpanies
2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14*

BS III Fuel MMT
Motor Spirit/Gasoline 1.35 10.50 11.19 11.84 9.75
High Speed Diesel 0.10 50.30 53.54 57.02 42.30
BS IV Fuel MMT
Motor Spirit/Gasoline nil 3.70 3.80 3.90 3.13
High Speed Diesel nil 9.57 10.27 11.09 8.29
Share of BS IV Fuel of Total
Motor Spirit/Gasoline nil 26.1% 25.3% 24.8% 24.3%
High Speed Diesel nil 15.9% 15.9% 16.0% 16.2%
Note: * For the period April-December 2013-14
Most of the fuel sold in 2009-10 conformed to BS II specifications
Lessons for Geographical Fuel Standard Integrity
4.7 LESSONS FOR GEOGRAPHICAL FUEL STANDARD INTEGRITY
The experience with commercial vehicles however, has been different when
compared with personal vehicles. For commercial vehicles financial logic has
a much more powerful influence in shaping choices within the regulatory
framework. Personal vehicles cover less distance over any length of time and
owners prefer to register the vehicles in the place of their residence for
purpose of convenience, resale and the like. However, for commercial
vehicles the distances travelled are much longer and the cost of fuel is an
overriding element. Moreover, the cost of the vehicle per se is more
expensive in the case of BS IV compliant units, relative to BS III compliant
ones. For commercial vehicles that operate under national, multi-State and
even State wide permits, registering the vehicle in a BS III regulatory regime
and operating it across BS III and BS IV geographies is not a challenge. Neither
is there the issue of inconvenience faced as between a notional place of
residence and place of registration.
In consequence, unless commercial vehicles are required for other reasons to

register in BS IV cities as is the case with city buses for instance they have
registered in BS III centres and continue to ply in all areas capturing the
economic benefit involved. The significantly lower share of BS IV diesel as
compared to BS IV gasoline (see Table 4.3) testifies to this. Even in the case of
gasoline an element of stagnation in terms of penetration seems to have set
in, which in part owes to the continuation of BS III norms for two wheelers. It
also suggests that after the initial coverage of the first set of 13 metropolitan
cities the impact of further expansion to other centres has not had the
desired impact.
One clear lesson to be drawn from this is that insofar as diesel is concerned
the coverage must seek to extend across substantial geographies so that
fuel/region-hopping is disabled. It also underscores that whenever two
standards of fuels are available, the cheaper option will tend to dominate
both in terms of operating and capital servicing cost. Therefore, as long as
two alternative standards (which do not differ significantly on fuel economy)
of fuel are available in adjacent geographies, care must be taken to ensure
Review of Initiatives Taken to Upgrade Quality of Automotive Fuels
that the desired outcomes in terms of emissions are achieved by seeking to

insulate large swathes of area so as to try and ensure geographical integrity
as far as fuel standard is concerned.
It also raises the question whether keeping BS III fuel at a price cheaper than
BS IV fuel on the basis of private cost differentials that are oriented exactly
opposite to public costs is appropriate or whether the public cost point of
view should be allowed to prevail or a meaningful hybrid is adopted. That is,
reimburse the BS IV fuel on cost basis, but either maintain BS III fuel at the
same level or at a higher price based on the higher public costs involved.
4.8 REVIEW OF INITIATIVES TAKEN TO UPGRADE QUALITY OF AUTOMOTIVE FUELS
Oil companies have invested huge sums in the up-gradation of their refineries
from BS II to BS III and BS IV. The total investment of the public sector
companies in this regard has amounted to about Rs 35,000 crore. The
switchover to BS IV in select metropolitan centres and to BS III in the rest of
the country also involved a massive logistics exercise. This was a continuation
of the implementation of the previous upgrading of fuel standards.
Thus, the intensification of improvement in fuel quality in order to permit

improvement in emissions has been a continuing effort involving a large and
steady flow of investments. The automobile companies have also kept up
their side of bargain by upgrading vehicle technology including after
treatment devices.
However, the oil companies feel that their investments have faced a
particularly steep uphill journey as the official pricing regime continues to
operate financially in a sub-optimal fashion.
The automobile companies on the other hand, are unhappy with the pace
with which the transition to higher quality fuels has happened and would
have liked to see the roll out of 10/15 ppm sulphur fuels in the near future,
rather than the medium term.
Fuel Efficiency of Indias Road Transportation Vehicles
The opinion of professionals who look at the impact of emissions on ambient

air quality and on to the health of the citizens tend to reflect the same
impatience to see 10/15 ppm sulphur fuels rolled out shortly.
4.9 FUEL EFFICIENCY OF INDIAS ROAD TRANSPORTATION VEHICLES
There has been a sizeable improvement in the fuel efficiency of both personal
and commercial vehicles in India over the past decade and half for which
reasonable data is available. SIAM has manufacturer wise data on fuel
efficiency (expressed in terms of CO2) which can readily be converted to litres
of fuel per kilometres the more popularly understood measure in the Indian
context. This data is more comprehensive for the last few years but
sufficiently detailed to afford comparison starting 2000.
For the better part, fuel efficiency is an outcome of improvement in design of

the engine and the rest of the power train, design of the body (reduction of
aerodynamic drag) and kerb weight management. Hybrid technologies of
course can further enhance fuel economy. Superior engines require
supporting fuel manufactured to appropriate standards. India is in the
process of setting national fuel consumption standards. With over 75%
import dependence for liquid petroleum fuels, and with the rapidly growing
transportation sector being the large contributor to greater petroleum
product demand, India has even greater incentive to tighten fuel economy
norms.
Indian consumers are very sensitive to fuel efficiency and the industry has
been acutely conscious of this. Purchase decision in the country largely
depends on the fuel efficiency performance of the vehicles. Therefore, the
consumer pressure has always dictated the need for improvement of fuel
efficiency performance of vehicles.
Significant improvements have been carried out by the automobile industry

to improve fuel efficiency over the years, as preliminary estimates indicate
Fuel Efficiency of Indias Road Transportation Vehicles
that the overall average fuel efficiency of Indian passenger vehicles was
around 14.5 km/l in the year 2000.
Industry data for 2010 indicates that average fuel efficiency of passenger
vehicles sold in India improved to about 16.5 km/l. This improvement
between 2000 and 2010 by 14%, on annualised basis was 1.3%. The
expectations in regard of fuel efficiency as recently prescribed by
Government (Gazette Notification, 30 January 2014) requires a formulaic
improvement which is broadly equivalent to average fleet fuel efficiency
improving to 18.2 km/l by 2016-17 and further to 21 km/l by 2021-22. These
targets imply annualised improvement of 1.7% and 3.0% respectively.
Heavy Duty Vehicles (HDVs) have a relatively short history of fuel

consumption regulations. Establishing fuel efficiency norms for HDVs is
significantly more challenging due to their diversity in terms of vehicle size,
configurations and usage patterns.
Japan was the first country to introduce fuel efficiency norms for HDVs in
2005, giving a roadmap for improvement up to 2015. US have finalised HDVs
fuel efficiency standards in 2011, which begin with model year 2014, and
increase in stringency through 2018. Canada has aligned its GHG emission
standards with the US HDV fuel efficiency standards. Europe and China are in
the process of designing HDV efficiency standards. With increasing focus on
the fuel efficiency/GHG emissions of medium and heavy commercial vehicles
across the globe, a number of countries are expected to introduce regulatory
norms in the coming years.
PCRA in India has also embarked upon the process of preparation of Fuel
Efficiency programme for diesel trucks & buses in India by engagement of
ICRA Management Consulting Services Limited (IMaCS) to prepare a Status
Report based on market survey leading to fuel consumption norms for diesel
trucks & buses in India.
Human Health, Source Apportionment and Continuous Monitoring
CHAPTER 5: HEALT H RELATED ISS UES OF EM ISSIONS AND T HE SOURCE APPORTI ONMENT ST UDIES BY CE NTRAL POLLUTI ON CONTROL BOARD IN SI X CITIES
CHAPTER 5
HEALTH RELATED ISSUES OF EMISSIONS AND THE SOURCE

APPORTIONMENT STUDIES BY CENTRAL POLLUTION
CONTROL BOARD IN SIX CITIES
5.1 HUMAN HEALTH, SOURCE APPORTIONMENT AND CONTINUOUS MONITORING
This chapter has three sections. In the first, the issue of how harmful
components that are present in vehicular emissions adversely impact human
health is discussed. This is largely a summary of the report of Working Group
1 & 2 that examined the subject of vehicular emission, public health and the
environment. In the second section, the source apportionment studies that
were conducted by the CPCB, its principal findings and some narration of the
city wise picture are presented. Finally, the issue of how to set up a system
that enable an ongoing and regular monitoring of ambient air quality in our
cities, source apportionment and analysis is proposed.
5.2 HUMAN HEALTH AND VEHICULAR EMISSIONS
As has been stated previously, the primary policy objective of improving fuel
standards is to enable vehicle technology that can permit sharp reduction in
the harmful matter contained in vehicular emissions. There is additionally a
need to enforce standards and compliance. While the first step taken in the
West in regard of mandating norms for automobiles may have been
motivated to improve fuel economy, the principal theme in the discourse
since then has been the issue of the hazard that deterioration of ambient air
quality poses to human health. It has been no different in India. It is the
desire to ensure improved ambient air quality and protect our citizens from
hazardous levels of air pollutants that has motivated the legislative and rule
making agenda of government one in which all stakeholders including
research institutions and civil society have played a valuable role.
Human Health and Vehicular Emissions
This Committee is keenly aware that it is the consideration for better ambient
air quality and protection of human health that drives the process of
upgrading fuel quality and vehicle technology a process that consumes
large resources both human energy and financial. In the first part of this
chapter is a small summary of some of the major concerns in this regard and
in the second part is a summary of the source apportionment study
conducted in six major Indian cities by CPCB.
5.2.1 Principal Harmful Components in Vehicular Emission
The eight items that are classified as being critical pollutants contained in
vehicular emissions are:
1. Lead (Pb)
2. Nitrogen Oxides (NOx)
3. Particulate Matter (PM) PM10 and more so PM2.5
4. Sulphur Oxides (SOx)
5. Ozone (O3) and
6. Carbon Monoxide (CO)
7. Benzene
8. Poly Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH)
Historically, vehicles powered by internal combustion engines have had

emissions with all of these ingredients, although over the years each vehicle
is now a relatively much lower emitter of lead (Pb), SOx, benzene and PAH
and CO, with the phasing out of leaded gasoline, lower sulphur, benzene and
PAH in fuel and improved engine systems. However, PM and NOx continue to
be candidates of serious concern. While PM and NOx are emitted directly
from the tailpipe of vehicles, ozone (O3) is a secondary pollutant formed by
the combination of emissions of NOx and unburnt hydrocarbons.
Of all the pollutants emitted by vehicles, PM, especially the finer PM 2.5 is
arguably the most harmful, having the ability to penetrate deep inside the
Harmful Emissions from Motor Vehicles
lungs and it remain suspended in air for longer periods than coarser particles.
While ambient PM10 may sometimes seem to be a bigger problem because
larger, heavier particles lead to a higher ambient mass concentration,
reducing the PM2.5 fraction will actually have a deeper and more profound
positive impact on public health.
5.3 HARMFUL EMISSIONS FROM MOTOR VEHICLES
Motor vehicles emit large quantities of carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide,

hydrocarbons, nitrogen oxides, particulate matter and substances known as
mobile source air toxics (MSATs) such as benzene, formaldehyde,
acetaldehyde, 1,3-butadiene and lead (at least until unleaded gasoline
replaced leaded gasoline). Each of these items, along with secondary by-
products such as ozone and secondary aerosols (e.g. nitrates and inorganic
and organic acids), can cause adverse effects on health and the environment.
Pollutants from vehicle emissions are related to vehicle type (e.g. light or
heavy duty vehicles) and age, operating and maintenance conditions, exhaust
treatment, type and quality of fuel, wear of parts (e.g. tyres and brakes) and
engine lubricants used.4
Re-suspended road dust, tyre wear and brake wear are sources of non-
combustion PM emissions from motor vehicles, which contains chemical
compounds, such as trace metals. However, current estimates of these
emissions are uncertain. Thus, although they are not regulated in the way
exhaust emissions are, non-combustion emissions may need to be considered
more closely in future assessments of the impact of motor vehicles on health.
Actual measurement of motor vehicle emissions is critically important for

validating emission models. Studies that have sampled the exhaust of moving
vehicles in real world situations (specifically in tunnels) and on roadways
have contributed useful information about the emission rates of the extant
4
Report of the Working Groups 1 & 2.
Impact of Specific Pollutants on Human Health
motor vehicle fleet and have also allowed the evaluation of the impact of
new emission control technologies and fuels on emissions.
5.4 IMPACT OF SPECIFIC POLLUTANTS ON HUMAN HEALTH
Many studies have been conducted over the years by leading Indian
institutions such as Patel Chest Institute, AIIMS, Chittaranjan Cancer Institute,
PG Medical College and Ramachandra Medical College of serious medical
conditions that were attributable to a variety of toxins present in the ambient
air, an important component of which is vehicular emissions.
5.4.1 World Health Organisation (WHO)
The linkage that pollutants in the ambient air, including that arising from
vehicular emissions, have with adverse health consequences on the human
population have been documented over the years. The WHO in its most
recent factsheet on the 10 leading causes of death in the world, 2000 and
2011 lists ischemic heart disease at No.1, stroke at No.2, lower respiratory
infections at No. 3, COPD at No. 4 and diarrheal diseases at No. 5. However,
apart from global figures, the WHO also separately reports for Low Income
Countries, where lower respiratory infections have been the No. 1 killer,
followed by HIV/AIDS, diarrheal disease, stroke and ischemic heart disease.
On outdoor air pollution, the WHO says:
Outdoor air pollution is large and increasing as a consequence of the inefficient

combustion of fuels for transport, power generation and other human activities
like home heating and cooking. Combustion processes produce a complex
mixture of pollutants that comprises of both primary emissions, such as diesel
soot particles and lead, and the products of atmospheric transformation, such as
ozone and sulphate particles.
Urban outdoor air pollution is estimated to cause 1.3 million deaths worldwide
per year. Children are particularly at risk due to the immaturity of their
respiratory organ systems. Those living in middle-income countries
disproportionately experience this burden. Exposure to air pollutants is largely
Impact of Specific Pollutants on Human Health
beyond the control of individuals and requires action by public authorities at the
national, regional and even international levels.5
WHO World Map of Exposure to Particulate Matter
A global map prepared by the WHO on the presence of particulate matter in

the ambient air for the period 2003-2010 is presented at Chart 5.1. It may be
observed that the concentration of particulate matter in developing countries
like India is higher than for the industrialised and developed world,
notwithstanding lower levels of energy use and lower vehicular populations.
5.4.2 Global Burden of Disease (GBD) Study
The first GBD 1990 study quantified the health effects of over 100 diseases
and injuries for 8 regions of the world in 1990. As the WHO says:
A consistent and comparative description of the burden of diseases and injuries

and the risk factors that cause them is an important input to health decision-
making and planning processes. Information that is available on mortality and
health in populations in all regions of the world is fragmentary and sometimes
inconsistent. Thus, a framework for integrating, validating, analysing and
disseminating such information is needed to assess the comparative importance
of diseases, injuries and risk factors in causing premature death, loss of health
and disability in different populations. Countries can combine this type of
evidence along with information about policies and their costs to decide how to
set their health agenda.
More recently, the WHO has been collaborating with the Institute for Health
Metrics and Evaluation and other academic partners in bringing out the
Global Burden of Disease 2010 (GBD 2010). This is the largest ever systematic
effort to describe the global distribution and causes of a wide array of major
diseases, injuries, and health risk factors and which the Lancet journal
decided to publish in a special issue.
It applies consistent methods to the largest global database ever assembled

to estimate risks of premature mortality and contributions to global health
5
WHO Webpage: http://www.who.int/ceh/risks/cehair/en/)
Causal Linkages between Vehicular Pollution and Human Health
burden from a wide variety of risks: smoking, diet, alcohol, HIV/AIDS,

household and outdoor air pollution, and many more. For the first time it
places outdoor air pollution among the top 10 risks worldwide and among
the top five or six risks in the developing countries of Asia. It documents as
well that household air pollution from the burning of solid fuels is responsible
for a substantial burden of disease in low and middle income countries.
This new analysis identifies especially high risk levels in the developing
countries of Asia where air pollution levels are the highest in the world.
Overall GBD 2010 estimates over 2 million premature deaths and 52 million
years of healthy life lost in 2010 due to ambient fine particle air pollution,
fully two thirds of the burden worldwide. Among other risk factors studied in
the GBD, outdoor air pollution ranked 4th in mortality and health burden in
East Asia (China and North Korea) where it contributed to 1.2 million deaths
in 2010, and 6th in South Asia (including India, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Sri
Lanka) where it contributed to 712,000 deaths in 2010. The analysis found
that reducing the burden of disease due to air pollution in Asia will require
substantial decreases in the high levels of air pollution in those regions.
5.5 CAUSAL LINKAGES BETWEEN VEHICULAR POLLUTION AND HUMAN HEALTH
As the evidence has mounted linking exposure to traffic emissions with

adverse human health conditions, increasingly the focus has been to identify
the more virulent elements in traffic pollution even as one, namely lead has
been removed and increasingly strict restrictions placed on emissions and
fuel quality. There has also been a shift away from mere correlation and
towards developing causal linkages.
Chart 5.1
WHO World Map of Exposure to Particulate Matter
Chart 5.1 : WH O World Map of Expos ure to Particul ate Matter
5.5.1 The Panel Report of the Health Effects Institute
The Health Effects Institute (HEI) is a Boston, Massachusetts based research

organisation focused on examining the impact on health of among other
things, outdoor air pollution and had been a partner in the GBD (2010)
research effort. The HEI had constituted an international panel of experts to
review the research done in the area of human health and likely causation
from traffic emissions and this was published in 2010. The discussion that
follows largely follows the way the matter was organised in the HEI report
which in content is similar to reports of other agencies that have gone into
the matter.
Mortality and Traffic Emissions
There have been very few studies that examine the evidence of association of
mortality from all causes or of cardiovascular mortality with long-term
exposure to traffic related emission. In consequence, the conclusions or
inferences that have been developed are classified as suggestive but not
sufficient insofar as a clear causal association goes. The four studies of all-
cause mortality associated with short-term exposure, which met the Panels
criteria, were also classified as suggestive but not sufficient.
In respect of short-term exposure to traffic related emissions, only four time-

series studies of all-cause mortality met the Panels criteria. Hence, these
were classified as suggestive but not sufficient, largely on the strength of
one well-done study.
Many of the issues that applied to studies of all-cause mortality also applied
to studies of cardiovascular mortality associated with long-term exposure
and led, similarly, to a classification of suggestive but not sufficient. Only
two time-series studies of cardiovascular mortality met the inclusion criteria,
and although they both show positive associations, the Panel concluded that,
given the overall paucity of studies, the evidence for effects of short-term
exposure was inadequate and insufficient.
Cardiovascular Morbidity
Studies that documented changes in cardiac physiology after short-term

exposure to traffic related pollution provided strong evidence for a causal
association with exposure. However, failure of some studies to consider
stress and noise as potential confounders led the Panel to classify them as
suggestive but not sufficient in regard to a casual association. Collectively,
the studies made a very strong case for an association between exposure to
traffic related pollutants and atherosclerosis. However, because of the small
number of studies, the Panel classified them as suggestive but not
sufficient to infer a causal association.
There have been a few toxicology studies that examined the cardiovascular
effects of traffic emissions specifically. However, the Panel concluded that
the recent toxicology literature provides suggestive evidence that exposure
to pollutants that are components of traffic emissions, including ambient and
laboratory-generated PM and exhaust from diesel and gasoline-fuelled
engines, alters cardiovascular function. There is also evidence, albeit
inconsistent, for acute effects on vascular homeostasis and suggestive
evidence in animal models that repeated exposures to ambient PM in general
enhance the development of atherosclerosis. Some studies support the
involvement of oxidative stress. Although the evidence from toxicology
studies in isolation is not sufficient in terms of a causal association between
traffic emissions and the incidence or progression of cardiovascular disease,
when viewed together with the epidemiologic evidence, a stronger case
could be made for a potential causal role for traffic-related pollutants in
cardiovascular-disease morbidity and mortality. The extent to which these
associations apply to individuals without underlying cardiovascular disease
cannot be determined from the evidence available at this time.
Asthma and Respiratory Health Problems, Particularly in Children
Asthma is an inflammatory disease of the lung air ways characterised by

episodic obstruction, which can lead to chronic obstructive lung disease. The
most prevalent form of asthma in children and young adults is allergic

asthma. This develops as immune response to inhaled allergens. Individuals
with asthma and other allergic conditions who have an increased tendency to
develop immediate and localised reactions to allergens (e.g. pollens) that are
mediated by immunoglobulin E (IgE) are referred to as atopic.
Extracting from a number of studies, the Panel concluded that living close to
busy roads appears to be an independent risk factor for the onset of
childhood asthma. The Panel considered the evidence for a causal relation to
be in a gray zone between sufficient and suggestive but not sufficient.
The results found across the studies followed a pattern that would be
expected under the plausible assumption that the pollutants really are
causally associated with asthma development, if only among a subset of
children with some accompanying pattern of endogenous or exogenous
susceptibility factors. The conditions that underlie an increased risk for
asthma development among children exposed to traffic-related pollutants
are not known.
Although most of the studies reviewed were not restricted to children with
asthma, all these symptoms were more prevalent among those with asthma,
and it is very likely that there was an exacerbation of asthma. The Panel
concluded that the evidence is sufficient to infer a causal association
between traffic exposure and exacerbations of asthma but that it is
inadequate and insufficient to infer a causal association between exposure
and respiratory symptoms in children without asthma.
In the case of adults, the few human studies in which subjects were exposed
to realistic traffic conditions (a road tunnel or busy street) were found to be
supportive of the possibility that persons with asthma may be more
susceptible to adverse health effects. The Panels evaluation of the
toxicological data on the respiratory system regarding effects of traffic
related air pollution was that such exposures result in mild acute
inflammatory responses in healthy individuals and enhanced allergic
responses in allergic asthmatics and animal models.
Lung Function and Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
The studies reviewed were heterogeneous in their design, approach to

exposure assessment, and lung-function measures. Given their limited
comparability, the Panel concluded that the evidence is suggestive but not
sufficient to infer a causal association between short- and long-term
exposure to traffic-related pollution and decrements in lung function.
However, in the case of long term exposure, there was some coherence in
the data, suggesting that (a) long-term exposure is associated with changes in
lung function in adolescents and young adults; (b) lung-function measures are
lower in people who live in more polluted areas; and (c) changing residence
to a less-polluted area in one study is associated with improvements in lung
function.
The first and second points are consistent with long-lasting effects on lung
structure and/or function. The third point can be interpreted to indicate that
some component of the apparent effects on lung function is reversible or is
more the result of short-term exposure.
Because only two of the COPD studies fulfilled the criteria for inclusion in the
review and their results were not consistent, the Panel concluded that there
is inadequate and insufficient evidence for fixing a causal association
between exposure to traffic pollution and COPD.
Allergy
The toxicology data provided strong mechanistic evidence in respect of the

diesel particle component of traffic-generated pollution and IgE-mediated
allergic reactions and some evidence for NO2 and late-phase response to
allergen. However, the epidemiology studies were not entirely consistent.
The Panel concluded that there is inadequate and insufficient evidence to

infer a causal association, or even a non-causal association, between
exposure to traffic-related pollution and IgE-mediated allergies.
Birth outcome
Although there is a considerable body of data from around the world which
have identified a consistent association between exposure to ambient air
pollution in general and various birth outcome measures (low birth weight,
small for gestational age, and peri-natal mortality), there have been only four
studies that met the reviewing criteria for examining the impact of traffic-
related pollution to birth outcome. The small number of studies and their
limited geographic coverage led the Panel to conclude that there is
inadequate and insufficient evidence to infer causality.
Cancer
The toxicological research summarised included in vitro mutagenicity studies

of exposure of cells to PM from traffic pollution, diesel or biodiesel exhaust,
and organic components of some of these mixtures, as well as animal
carcinogenicity studies after exposure to exhaust from diesel and gasoline-
fuelled engines. Although studies in cells demonstrating the capacity of DEP
to induce DNA-strand breaks, base oxidation, and mutagenicity provide a
possible mechanism for the induction of carcinogenicity by traffic-related
pollution, the applicability of in vitro mutagenicity studies to human risk
assessment has been questioned. Animal studies have demonstrated the
ability of high concentrations of exhaust components in both diesel and
gasoline-fuelled engines to cause tumours in animals. However, caution
needs to be exercised in extrapolating these data to the situation where
people are exposed to much lower concentrations of pollutants, as seen in
the epidemiology studies. Therefore, the Panel concluded that any statement
that tries to relate the toxicological to the epidemiological data would be
premature at this point in time.
Overall the Panel concluded that the evidence was inadequate and
insufficient to make inferences for causality between exposure to traffic
pollution and onset or development of cancer.
5.5.2 Overall Comments on Public Health Impact
Surrogates for traffic-related exposure have played, and are likely to continue
to play, a preeminent role in exposure assessments in epidemiology studies.
The optimal selection of relevant surrogates (especially surrogates that are
single chemicals) depends on accurate knowledge of the degree to which
they represent the chemical and physical properties of the actual primary
traffic-pollution mixtures to which humans are exposed, which, in turn,
depends on accurate knowledge of motor-vehicleemissions composition
and near-source transformation and dispersion. The Panel concluded that
none of the pollutant surrogates (CO, NO2, UFP, EC, and benzene) is unique
to emissions from motor vehicles. Among the surrogates based on traffic-
exposure models, the question remains as to the extent to which the
proximity model (i.e. the simple distance-to-road measures) should be
employed in future epidemiology studies because it is particularly prone to
yielding measures potentially containing extraneous information that can
lead to the confounding of associations between health effects and exposure.
In the Panels view, the hybrid model is the current optimal method of
assigning exposures to primary traffic related pollution.
Many aspects of the epidemiologic and toxicological evidence relating

adverse human health effects to exposure to primary traffic-generated air
pollution remain incomplete. However, the Panel concluded that the
evidence is sufficient to support a causal relationship between exposure to
traffic-related air pollution and exacerbation of asthma. It also found
suggestive evidence of a causal relationship with onset of childhood asthma,
non-asthma respiratory symptoms, impaired lung function, total and
cardiovascular mortality, and cardiovascular morbidity, although the data are
not sufficient to fully support causality. For a number of other health
Source Apportionment Study
outcomes, there was limited evidence of associations, but the data were
either inadequate or insufficient to draw firmer conclusions. The Panels
conclusions have to be considered in the context of the progress made to
reduce emissions from motor vehicles. Since the epidemiology studies are
based on past estimates of exposure from older vehicles, they may not
provide an accurate guide to estimating health associations in the future.
In the light of the large number of people residing close to major roads, the
Panel concludes that the sufficient and suggestive evidence for these health
outcomes indicates that exposures to traffic-related pollution are likely to be
of public health concern and deserve public attention. Although policy
recommendations based on these conclusions are beyond the scope of this
report, the Panel has tried to organise, summarise, and discuss the primary
evidence in ways that will facilitate its usefulness to policy makers in the
years ahead. The review conducted clearly show that traffic-related
emissions impact ambient air quality on a wide range of spatial scales, from
the local road side and to the over-arching urban scale to broadly regional
background scales. Based on a synthesis of the best available evidence, it was
identified that an exposure zone within a range of up to 300 to 500 metres
from a major road, to be the area most highly impacted by traffic emissions.
The range reflects the variable influence of background pollution
concentrations, meteorological conditions, and season.
5.6 SOURCE APPORTIONMENT STUDY
The previous Expert Committee had recognised the fact that the existing air
quality data was insufficient and required major expansion and augmentation
of the existing network of air quality monitoring and supervision, with
necessary funding. It recommended that surveys and studies on the sources
of pollution and their apportionment to different sources should be initiated
in the most polluted cities and the National Capital Territory.
5.6.1 Air Pollution Coming From Different Sources
Source apportionment or similar studies have been carried out elsewhere in

the world especially in the US and European Union. Air pollution,
specifically oxides of sulphur and nitrogen, i.e. SOx and NOx, and particulate
matter (PM) as well as others are generated by a variety of activities and
vehicular traffic exhaust emissions are one of the principal elements amongst
them. The impact of air pollution or rather its severity on human health
varies with geography and season, as well as the time of day. Inland urban
centres are in general more vulnerable than coastal locations and some
seasons are much worse than others on account of varying meteorology. At
times of day of peak economic activity and traffic, pollution conditions
worsen. Within a city there is considerable variation depending on the
location background, residential, commercial, industrial or kerbside.
In order to manage the ambient air quality it is necessary to identify which

source contributes how much to the total inventory of emissions. Only then
can policy/regulatory intervention hope to be successful. The shift from
leaded to unleaded gasoline has resulted in a massive decline in atmospheric
lead pollution in urban centres across the world a case of clear cut
successful achievement of end outcomes.
5.6.2 Sources of Air Pollution in Europe
The aggregate air pollution inventory in the EU is reported at the national

aggregative level and is available in considerable detail. A perusal of the data
shows (Chart 5.2) that there has been a decline in measured air pollution at
the national level, particularly in the case of sulphur (SOx).
Chart 5.2
Generation of Air Pollutants in Europe in Recent Years
Chart 5.2 : Ge neration of Air Polluta nts in E urope in R ecent Year s
Unit: Million metric tonnes per annum
16.0 2.30
SOx, NOx SOx NOx PM 10
14.0 2.20
PM10
12.0 2.10
10.0 2.00
8.0 1.90
6.0 1.80
4.0 1.70
2.0 1.60
0.0 1.50
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011
Source: Air Pollution Database, European Environmental Agency
The contribution of vehicular exhaust and non-exhaust emissions to the total

generation of air pollutants is less than 1% for SOx, about one third for NOx
and 1015% for PM. Even in these ratios, there has been a significant decline
in the contribution of road transportation activities to the total load of
emissions as can be seen from Chart 5.3.
It has been estimated that in the EU, road transport exhaust contributes 33%
to total NOx loading at the aggregate level, while road transport non-exhaust
sources add another 4%. Including railways, shipping and aviation the
aggregate contribution to NOx emission from transportation was found to be
58%, with the balance 42% coming from non-transport activities. In the case
of PM10, road transport is estimated to have contributed 22% to the total
loading, with road transport exhaust accounting for 7% and road transport
non-exhaust adding 6%.
Chart 5.3
Share of Road Transportation to the Total Load of Air Pollutants in EU
Chart 5.3 : Share of Road Transportation to the T otal Load of Air Poll utants i n EU
40% NOx PM 10 SOx 1.0%
35% SOx
NOX and PM 10
30% 0.8%
25%
20% 0.5%
15%
10% 0.3%
5%
0% 0.0%
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011
Source: Air Pollution Database, European Environmental Agency
However, if the estimation is carried out for urban areas separately than for
rural areas at the national level what we get is an aggregation across urban
and rural areas the contribution of road transport exhaust and non-exhaust
is higher. The contribution in urban areas of vehicular traffic to PM 10 is
estimated to be 34%, with the figure likely to be higher for PM2.5 and that for
NOx estimated at 64%.6
Other studies that have examined nature and likely source wise contribution
of particulate matter have shown that in European cities, there is a sizeable
step up in the presence of particulate matter both PM10 and PM2.5 as
between regional background, urban background and road or kerbside.
6
Contribution of Transport to Air Quality, Alfredo Sanchez Vicente, European Environment Agency
(2013)
Further that much of this step up in particulate matter generation is on

account of vehicular traffic and that is even truer for PM2.5.
Studies in several German cities show that first there is about one third
higher concentration of particulate matter in the kerbside compared to the
urban background and that over 60% of this both PM10 and PM2.5 is on
account of vehicular traffic. In the UK, studies showed that the elevation of
particulate matter at the kerbside over the background was much higher at
53% for PM10 and 44% for PM2.5. The contribution of vehicular traffic via
higher elemental carbon was 43% for PM10 and 76% for PM2.5.7
5.6.3 Sources of Air Pollution in USA
Source apportionment studies have been extensively carried out in the USA
as well. Secondary sulphate/coal (from coal combustion) was identified as
the largest or one of the largest sources in studies carried out on particulate
source apportionment.8 Secondary organic matter/mobile sources (from
road traffic), was also identified major source in nearly all the sites. Nitrate
(ammonium nitrate and also sulphate) was also found to be a large
contributor and the source activity was agricultural activity. Biomass burning,
industrial and other activities were also flagged as sources.
The source apportionment study carried out for 8 sites in the USA for PM 2.5
showed that coal combustion (mostly in coal fired power plants) contributed
a median value of 38% of total PM2.5, while mobile sources (traffic)
contributed a median value of 23%. Ammonium nitrate made up for 15%. In
the capital, Washington DC, mobile sources (traffic) accounted for 28% and
coal combustion for 46%.9
7
Second Position Paper on Particulate Matter, CAF, European Environment Agency, Dec 2004.
8
Compilation of Existing Studies on Source Apportionment for PM2.5, Second Draft Technical
Report, prepared for US EPA, August 2003.
9
Final Report, Eight Site Source Apportionment of PM2.5 Speciation Trends Data, prepared for US
EPA, Sept 2003.
Background of Source Apportionment Study 2010
In the USA, the trend over time indicates that there has been a reduction in
the degree of air pollution. The EPA notes that:
Since 1990, nationwide air quality has improved significantly for

the six common air pollutants . . . (namely) . . . ground level ozone,
particle pollution (PM2.5, PM10), lead, nitrogen dioxide, carbon
monoxide and sulphur dioxide.10
The EPA document notes that the order of decline in air pollution has been
significant: 45% for annual levels of nitrogen dioxide, 75% for sulphur dioxide,
24% for PM2.5. It however points out that nearly 40% of the population
resided in districts where the national standards were regularly exceeded in
respect of one or more parameters.
In the national emissions inventory for 2008,11 it is estimated that the

contribution of on road vehicles to air pollution is highest in the case of
carbon monoxide (58%), nitrogen oxides (40%) and volatile carbon
compounds (23%). The share of on-road vehicles towards sulphur oxides is a
mere 1% and that to PM2.5 is surprisingly low at 6.7%. However, if the focus is
shifted from the national inventory to urban locales, the share of on-road
vehicles to PM2.5 may be substantially higher.
5.7 BACKGROUND OF SOURCE APPORTIONMENT STUDY 2010
The petroleum industry initiated the Air Quality Monitoring, Emission

Inventory, Source Apportionment Studies and Emission Factor Determination
Projects at an estimated cost of Rs 13.50 crore in August 2003. IOCL, HPCL,
BPCL and RIL began this project in collaboration with leading research
institutes, viz. National Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI),
Nagpur; The Energy & Resources Institute (TERI), New Delhi and Automotive
10
Our Nations Air: Status and Trends Through 2012, US EPA-454/R-12-001, Feb 2012,
11
2008 Report on National Emissions Inventory: Review, Analysis and Highlights, US EPA, May 2013.
Background of Source Apportionment Study 2010
Research Association of India (ARAI), Pune. The Air Quality Monitoring (AQM)
and source apportionment studies were undertaken as indicated below:
Delhi - NEERI
Bangalore - TERI
Pune - ARAI
Mumbai - NEERI
Chennai - IIT Madras
Kanpur - IIT Kanpur
In addition to air quality monitoring, ARAI was also assigned the responsibility
for development of Emission Factors for Vehicles. The IIT, Mumbai was
identified to take up source profiling for non-vehicular sources, while ARAI
was to take up source profiling for vehicles.
MoE&F is the regulator and enforcement agency for environmental standards

and was requested by the oil industry to lead the AQM projects thus
initiated. MoE&F took ownership of these studies in October 2005. It
constituted a Steering & Technical Committees with representatives from
MoP&NG, MoRT&H, MoE&F, CPCB, SPCBs, NEERI, ARAI, TERI, SIAM and Oil
Companies. The Steering Committee under the Chair of Secretary, MoE&F
monitored progress of the programme. The Technical Committee chaired by
Chairman, CPCB, provided technical guidance and support.
In order to ensure that the studies produce consistent and comparable

results, CPCB reviewed the scope of work and methodology and made some
modifications. Some of these were as under:
a) Besides PM10, monitoring/source apportionment of PM2.5 was

included.
b) The survey and preparation of detailed emission inventory for zone of
influence (2x2 km2area) around each Ambient Air Quality (AAQ)
monitoring location was incorporated.
c) Two new studies on developing profiles for vehicular and other
sources (construction activities, roadside dust, DG sets, combustion
etc.) were included in the scope.
Scope of the Study
5.8 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
1) Building of emission inventories;

2) Monitoring of ambient air quality for various pollutants viz. SPM, PM10,
PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, O3, Benzene etc.
3) Chemical speciation of ambient PM10 & PM2.5 and that of source
emissions for applying dispersion;
4) Future projections and evaluation of various control options to develop
cost effective action plans.
5.9 SOME FINDINGS FROM THE STUDY
The final report on Source Apportionment Study undertaken at 6 cities viz.

Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Bangalore, Pune and Kanpur was brought out by
CPCB in February 2011.12 Some of the findings of the report are discussed
here to highlight the emerging trends. Along with this, select observations on
air quality over a longer time period is reproduced here to give a sense of the
direction of the change and of its principal components.
5.9.1 Change in Air Quality in Delhi Over Time
Some of the findings of the report are discussed here to highlight the pattern
of development. The air quality in Delhi has been of particular concern, both
on account of the intensity of generation of pollutants from diverse factors,
including vehicular exhaust and the meteorological characteristics of this
inland locations that results in inversion in the winter months resulting in
particular severe deterioration of ambient air quality. The data is also
available for Delhi over a slightly longer time period.
There are several specifics that are notable in Chart 5.4. First, the sharp
reduction in sulphur oxides (SOx) content which increased rapidly from 8.9
micrograms ( gms) per cubic metre (m3) in 1989 to over 19 in the nineties,
12
Air quality monitoring, emission inventory and source apportionment study for Indian cities, Dec
2010, CPCB
Some Findings From the Study
before declining in the course of the 2010s to 6.0 gms/m3 in 2012. The
reduction in sulphur content in automotive fuel perhaps played a part in this,
as must have the relocation of industries away from the capital city.
Chart 5.4
Levels (annual average) of Critical Air Pollutants in Delhi over the Past 23 Years
Chart 5.4 : Level s (annual average) of Criti cal Air Polluta nts in D elhi Over the Past 23 Y ears
100 NOx SPM PM 10 SOx 500

NOx. SOx SPM, PM10
90 gms/m3 gms/m3
450
80
400
70
350
60
50 300
40
250
30
200
20
150
10
0 100
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: Compiled from White Paper on Pollution in Delhi, Dr B Senguptas presentation

(2011), Towards Cleaner Air, Delhi Pollution Control Board and data directly from
CPCB.
Second is the steady pick-up in nitrogen oxides after a few dips in the early
years of 2000s and then again in 2008 and 2009. As we have seen in USA and
Europe a large share of the contribution to NOx comes from vehicular tailpipe
exhaust.
Third, is the fairly steady level of PM10 concentrations up to 2005, which may
be contrasted with the pick up in PM2.5 concentrations from the middle of the
decade of the 2000s. Again the global data referred previously tends to
suggest that in urban locales, the pick up of PM 2.5 is most often from the
increase in elemental and organic carbon that can be sources to the tailpipe
exhaust of internal combustion engines both on road and stationary. That
is, in the Indian and particularly Delhi context to motor vehicle tailpipe and
diesel generating set exhaust.
5.9.2 Comparison of Air Pollution Levels & Trends in Some Indian Cities
There are significant differences between first the level of air pollution in the
different cities of India and even amongst the metropolitan cities and in the
manner in which they have changed over the course of the years. In Charts
5.5 and 5.6, the principal air pollutants (annual average) have been plotted
for the years 2001 to 2012. What stands out is the big difference between
the higher levels of air pollution in Delhi and Kolkata, compared to Mumbai
and Chennai. This is true both for nitrogen oxides and for particulate matter
(PM10).
Second, in Delhi, while NO2 levels seems to have not increased significantly
over time, that of PM10 has increased quite sharply in recent years. On the
other hand in Kolkata, NO2 seems to have abated a bit, as also PM10.
However, in both cities, the levels are much above the National Ambient Air
Quality Standard (NAAQS) over the entire time period.
Third, in Mumbai and Chennai, the NO2 levels have and continue to remain
within the NAAQS, although since 2007 the PM10 in Mumbai is staying well
above the NAAQS. Not so Chennai which remains compliant.
Chart 5.5
Concentrations (annual average) of Nitrogen Oxides in Four Metropolitan Cities
National Ambient Air Quality Standard: 40 gms per cubic metre
Chart 5.5 : Concentrations (annual av erage) of Nitroge n Oxi des i n Four M etropolitan Cities
NOx in Delhi Kolkata Mumbai

90
gms/m3
Chennai NAAQS
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
Source: Compiled from data from Central Pollution Control Board
Chart 5.6
Concentrations (annual average) of PM10 in Four Metropolitan Cities
National Ambient Air Quality Standard: 60 gms per cubic metre
Chart 5.6 : Concentrations (annual av erage) of PM10 i n Four Metropolita n Citie s
300 PM10 in Delhi Kolkata Mumbai

gms/m3
Chennai NAAQS
250
200
150
100
50
0
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
Source: Compiled from data from Central Pollution Control Board
At Chart 5.7, the levels of NO2, SO2, PM10 and PM2.5 in four cities separated in
terms of principal economic activity namely, background, residential,
industrial and kerbside has been presented for the Winter season 2008-09. In
all of these cities, the seasonal air pollution in winter is much above that in
Summer and the Post-Monsoon. In order to bring out the wide difference in
levels the scale on the two vertical axes has been kept constant, which brings
out the massive difference in pollution levels between Delhi and Mumbai,
and that between these two cities vis--vis Bangalore and Chennai.
Chart 5.7
Comparison of Air Pollution in Four Indian Metropolitan Cities
in Winter Season (2008-2009)
PM10 & PM2.5 on LHS Axis and NO2 & SO2 on RHS Axis
Chart 5.7 : Com paris on of Air Polluti on i n Four I ndi an Metr opolitan Cities in Wint er Season (2008 -200 9)
Unit: grams per cubic metre

NO2 SO2 PM10 PM2.5 NO2 SO2 PM10 PM2.5
600 200 600 200
Delhi 175
Mumbai 175
500 500
150 150
400 400
125 125
300 100 300 100

75
75 200
200
50
50
100
100 25
25
0 0
0 0
Background Residential Industrial Kerbside
Background Residential Industrial Kerbside
NO2 SO2 PM10 PM2.5 NO2 SO2 PM10 PM2.5

600 200 600 200
Bangalore 175 Chennai 175
500 500
150 150
400 400
125 125
300 100 300 100
75 75
200 200
50 50
100 100
25 25
0 0 0 0
Background Residential Industrial Kerbside Background Residential Industrial Kerbside
Source: Compiled from data in Air Quality Monitoring, Emission Inventory and Source
Apportionment Study for Indian Cities, National Summary Report, CPCB, Dec 2010,
Table 3.2, pp 2425
The other element of note is that air pollution levels in industrial and
kerbside are of similar import and in the case of Delhi, the levels in the
industrial areas are higher than that for the kerbside NO2, SO2 and PM10,
though not for PM2.5. This actually reflects the high proportion of non-
vehicular contribution to the air pollution inventory in Delhi and other cities.
Trend of air quality with respect to SO2, NO2 and PM10 in 50 major Indian
metropolitan cities during the last five years (2008 to 2012) is tabulated in
Annexure 2.
5.9.3 Source-wise Contribution to Air Pollution Inventory Indian Cities
Expectedly the contribution to air pollution in the six cities studied was seen
to be coming from a variety of source both stationary and mobile.
Stationary sources included on the one hand dust from paved and unpaved
roads, dust from construction activities and on the other thermal power
plants, industrial activity, domestic combustion of LPG, kerosene and solid
fuels, bakeries, garbage burning, crematoria and diesel generating (DG) sets.
Mobile sources primarily encompassed on road vehicle exhaust, but also
diesel locomotives and marine transport the two of which were significant
sources in Mumbai. The city wise and pollutant wise variation is depicted at
Chart 5.8.
In four of the six cities, nitrogen oxides were found to be coming mostly from
on road vehicular traffic. In two Delhi and Mumbai the most important
source was found to be coal thermal power stations. In Bangalore, DG sets
was seen to be the second most important sources of NOx and in Mumbai it
was diesel locomotives. The primary source of sulphur dioxide was found to
be thermal power plants (in Delhi and Mumbai) and industry (in Mumbai,
Kanpur, Bangalore and Pune). Only in Chennai was vehicular exhaust seen to
be a significantly large source (48%).
Source contribution in particulate matter varied as between PM 10 and PM2.5.

The coarser and broader PM10 particles were seen to originate primarily from
road dust (73% in Chennai, 61% in Pune and 53% in Delhi) and industry (32%
in Kanpur and 22% in Delhi). Vehicular exhaust was found to be a major

source only in Bangalore (41%).
In the case of PM2.5, there was a more varied picture with vehicular exhaust
seen to be a bigger contributor to PM2.5 than to PM10. However, only in
Bangalore was vehicular exhaust the principal contributor (48%), followed by
DG sets (28%). In Delhi the lead was taken by domestic kitchen fuels (57%),
followed by vehicular exhaust (22%). In Chennai vehicular exhaust (27%), coal
burning (27%) and road dust (24%) were the leading contributors. In Kanpur
domestic fuels (28%), vehicular exhaust (24%) and DG sets (18%) were the
leading contributors.
Chart 5.8
Source Wise Contribution to Air Pollution in Six Indian Metropolitan Cities
Chart 5.8 : Sour ce Wise Contri buti on to Air Poll ution in Six Indian Metropolita n Cities
Unit: per cent of total

Vehicle DG set Industry/Power Domestic Vehicle DG set Industry/Power Domestic
100% 100%
NO2 SO2
80% 80%
60% 60%
40% 40%
20% 20%
0% 0%
DEL BOM BLR PNQ MAA KNU
DEL BOM BLR PNQ MAA KNU
Vehicle Dust Construction Industry Domestic Vehicle DG set Industry/Power Domestic

80% 60%
PM10 PM2.5
50%
60%
40%
40% 30%
20%
20%
10%
0% 0%
DEL BOM BLR PNQ MAA KNU DEL BLR PNQ MAA KNU
Note: DEL=Delhi; BOM=Mumbai; BLR=Bangalore; PNQ=Pune; MAA-Chennai; KNU=Kanpur

Source: Compiled from data in Air Quality Monitoring, Emission Inventory and Source
Apportionment Study for Indian Cities, National Summary Report, CPCB, Dec 2010,
pp 6266
Summary of Source Apportionment Study Findings
5.10 SUMMARY OF SOURCE APPORTIONMENT STUDY FINDINGS
The major findings of the Source Apportionment Study described above for
Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Bangalore, Pune and Kanpur were:
i. Annual RSPM average exceeded norms in all cities in all years except for
Chennai.
ii. Generally NO2 levels are within standard, but it is an emerging pollutant.
iii. The SO2 levels are within standard and the decreasing trend is largely
attributed to sulphur reduction in diesel (from BS II levels). Sulphur is
emitted from tailpipes as sulphate or sulphur oxides, which are major
contributors to the most dangerous pollutant for human health, ultra-fine
particles (i.e. PM2.5)
iv. RSPM is the most important pollution parameter in urban areas. PM
pollution problem is severe.
v. Levels of PM10 and PM2.5 in ambient air are significantly high irrespective
of the type of locations.
vi. The presence of SPM, PM10, PM2.5 exceeded norms at almost all locations
and in all seasons in Delhi and Kanpur.
vii. Even background locations indicate considerable levels of particulates,
which could be occurring naturally and/or due to transport of finer dust.
viii. PM pollution problem is severe and NO2 is the emerging pollutant.
ix. Concentration of pollutants is relatively higher at kerbside/roadside due
to density of vehicular movement. Morning and evening peaks in CO
levels correspond to intensity of vehicular movement.
x. Significant sources of particulate pollution arise from soil and road dust
and this contributes to coarser fraction of PM10.
xi. Re-suspension of road dust and combustion sources including vehicles,
refuse burning & DG sets emerge as prominent sources of PM in all cities.
xii. Combustion sources including vehicles, DG sets, refuse burning etc. emit
particles in the finer size (< PM2.5).
xiii. Benzene levels are higher at Bangalore, Pune and Kanpur, while
formaldehyde is a matter of concern in Mumbai, Pune and Bangalore.
xiv. Within the transport sector, PM10 contribution in terms of emission load
is mainly from heavy duty diesel vehicles in almost all cities. In case of
Kanpur, contribution from 3-wheelers is the highest. Heavy duty vehicles
are the major contributor of NOx emission.
Steps Required for Improving Air Quality
xv. Elemental carbon (EC) and Organic carbon (OC) contribution to PM 2.5 is
more than what it is to PM10. It signifies that PM2.5 is more toxic than
PM10 that mostly come from combustion sources like vehicles, coal,
biomass, garbage combustion and others.
5.11 STEPS REQUIRED FOR IMPROVING AIR QUALITY
Based on the findings of the study, the steps that were identified for
improving the air quality in urban areas were as under:
i. Better maintenance of roads, paving of unpaved roads, footpaths or low-

elevation concreting of unpaved surfaces along major roads with high
traffic.
ii. Preparation of guidelines by agencies responsible for road construction
and maintenance for reducing silt load on roads.
iii. Progressive tightening of emission regulations.
iv. Universal use of BS IV norms throughout the country and subsequently
introduction of BS V regulations, taking into account environmental and
economic factors.
v. Ensuring nation-wide same quality of fuel.
vi. Restricting entry of polluting trucks and heavy duty goods vehicles and
banning of old commercial vehicles in the cities.
vii. Need for comprehensive vehicle scrapping policy.
viii. Mandatory periodical inspection and maintenance in place of existing
PUC system.
ix. Synchronising traffic signals, staggering business hours, restricting
vehicular movements in certain areas with high pollution levels, fiscal
incentives/disincentives, banning of odd/even vehicles on major roads.
x. Development of mass rapid transport system.
xi. Financial incentives for non-polluting vehicles electric, hybrid etc.
xii. Identification of highly polluting areas as low emission zone.
xiii. Banning of garbage/refuse burning.
xiv. Reduction in use of DG sets by ensuring adequate power supply.
Towards Better Understanding of the Emission Inventory
Besides the introduction of CNG for city transport few years back, BS IV fuels
in 13 major cities and BS III fuels in rest of the country were introduced in
2010 in line with the Auto Fuel Policy (2003). Although there have been
significant improvements in air quality after introduction of cleaner fuels,
gains to some extent, are getting neutralised due to increase in vehicular
population and construction activities. Further, there have not been any
significant scientific studies after the Source Apportionment Study mentioned
above in India to assess the impact of improvement in air quality after
introduction of cleaner fuels.
5.12 TOWARDS BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE EMISSION INVENTORY
Aside for the extensive work presented in the CPCB (2010) Report, recent
years has seen numerous publications appearing in the scientific and
technical literature on air quality in Indian cities. Most of these studies have
been conducted by educational and research institutions in India, through
Government funded projects; but not necessarily in a coordinated effort.
Thus, there is a large diversity in the methods employed, parameters studied,
and in some cases, the way in which the conclusions are deduced. Clearly,
studies conducted by medical doctors seem to have very specific medical and
toxicological perspective, while those from engineering institutions seem to
be focussed mainly on receptor modelling and source apportionment.
However, it is a rich body of literature and it is pertinent for the workings of
this Committee, in as much as these complement the findings of the 2010
Source Apportionment Study. This may also form the basis for commissioning
of future studies.
5.12.1 Problems in the Existing Research
India is a large and diverse country, and not surprisingly studies have drawn
widely differing conclusions. Even within individual Indian cities, different
authors have come to widely varying conclusions over source attribution and
apportionment, and this may to some extent be a result of using different

sampling locations and seasons. Most of the reported studies have identified
vehicle emissions and soil/road dust as a major contribution to the fine and
coarse fractions respectively, but differentiation of these from industrial
emissions and other sources such as construction activity has not been very
clearly achieved. The studies conducted to date seem to produce, in toto, a
confused picture from a quantitative perspective even though a clear
qualitative picture seems to be evolving.
The efforts which led to the CPCB (2010) report set a benchmark for this kind
of work in India. Also, it produced valuable data of the kind that had not been
done in the past, even though some scientific critique of that work has been
reported by several experts [summarised for example, by Pant & Harrison
(2012)]. However, this must be followed up by more studies of this kind, and
perhaps involving the numerous experts around the country whose expertise
should be tapped for this national effort. It is also important that the results
be peer-reviewed and discussed, perhaps amongst these experts and also
internationally, probably through publications in peer-reviewed journals. The
latter is happening a lot, as seen from the vast body of work being reported,
but the authors of these high quality pieces do not seem to be part of a
coordinated umbrella effort.
Some other points need to be recorded for further discussion. First, most of
studies have used multivariate statistical methods which have yielded factors
represented by combinations of elemental and ionic constituents which
cannot be unequivocally attributed to any specific source. Faced with factors
associating often strange combinations of chemical components, authors feel
obliged to attribute a source, but in many cases these are under question.
The possible reasons are many and include genuine co-linearity of sources, or
more likely an inadequate number of samples relative to the number of
species analysed leading to instability in the statistical model.
Most of the studies used well under 100 samples. It is imperative that studies
using multivariate statistical methods collect many more samples (100 is
hardly a statistically significant number for this kind of work), and this must
be done on a regular basis and also through various seasonal and local
meteorological events. Such an exercise under the pressure of time in a short
term time-bound project is unlikely to yield results. Long-term and sustained
effort is therefore a requisite for a better understanding of the facts.
5.12.2 Improvements Required in the Research
The other major reason for a mixed picture is inadequate data to discriminate
the background, both regional and local. The failure has been in most cases
the inability to distinguish vehicle exhaust from non-exhaust vehicle
emissions, particularly re-suspension of road dust, and/or inability to
differentiate regional crustal sources (e.g. desert dust), from local wind-
blown soils and from re-suspended road dust.
Making a distinction between road dust and local soils can be difficult under
any circumstances if the soils are polluted by vehicle emissions or the road
dusts contain a significant soil contribution.
However, separating these sources, and in particular quantifying the vehicle

exhaust contribution alone, and differentiating regional crustal sources from
local soils and road dust is crucial, as the policy response depends heavily
upon these insights. In this light, there is also the need to develop multi-site
studies Wherever these exist, they tend to use multiple sites within a city
(e.g. CPCB report of 2010) rather than using urban/rural contrasts to
elucidate the importance of emissions within the city relative to the regional
background.
The above two points would ensure (or definitely improve) the issues related
to mass closure in the different source apportionment studies. As mentioned
clearly in the CPCB (2010) report, mass closure has been a challenge.
Equally important is to develop, through actual experimentation and

modelling, better emission factors for non-vehicular sources. The ARAI effort
in putting together emission factors for vehicular emission is of high quality,
but unfortunately that is not matched with the same for non-vehicular
sources. Thus, the final source apportionment gets plagued by this limitation.
Indeed, this has been a criticism of the CPCB (2010) effort as well, as reported
by various authors.
Though there are some studies reported on secondary pollutants, most

studies pay little attention to them. Sulphate, which in developed countries is
almost exclusively secondary, tends to be attributed to local primary sources
and regional transport processes are largely ignored. Similarly, nitrate
receives little attention despite its complex atmospheric chemistry and
frequent association with regional processes in developed countries
(Abdalmogith and Harrison, 2005). Secondary organic aerosol may be an
important contributor to PM mass in India as the conditions exist to facilitate
its formation from both anthropogenic and biogenic precursors, but the
literature as well as past reports, ignore it.
There has been insufficient use of size fractionation of particulate matter.

Most studies have focused upon TSP or PM 10, therefore not benefiting from
the additional insights to be gained from separating coarse from fine
particles, and in doing so achieving a crude separation of crustal/soil/road
dust/construction sources from those associated with high temperature
processes (fuel combustion, metallurgical industries, etc.) and gas-to-particle
conversion to form secondary pollutants.
While the CPCB report (2010) as well as literature seems to recognise that
the PM2.5 is coming mainly from vehicular sources, measurements thus far
have been few. Clearly as we move forward, a better assessment of the
policy decisions on the crucial PM2.5 fraction is imperative to have.
There has, to date, been insufficient use of organic molecular markers. While
these alone will not answer all source apportionment questions, they are an
important tool in the development of receptor modelling and could help to
sharpen up both CMB and multivariate model studies.
Need for a Monitoring & Analysis System on Continuous Basis
5.13 NEED FOR A MONITORING & ANALYSIS SYSTEM ON CONTINUOUS BASIS
There is a clear need to have an integrated, co-ordinated and standardised

system that monitors and analyses the ambient air conditions in the major
cities of India and does source apportionment on a continuous basis. This
system should produce an annual status report and have a programme to
cover the major cities on a rotation basis with greater frequency for the large
metropolitan centres.
5.13.1 Recommendation for Further Technical Investigations and Studies During

Rollout of AFV&P 2025 and Beyond
Past experience with the previous Auto Fuel Policy and other such policies
have demonstrated the critical importance of continuously monitoring its
progress, both the policy implementation as well as the expected outcomes
for which it was defined, to ensure its success. For this to happen at a
national scale, it is imperative to create the required monitoring and
evaluation protocols, supported as necessary by on-going research, and
involve a number of institutional and civil society partners to assist the
process. In the case of the AFV&P 2025, substantial investments would be
made by the petroleum and automobile sectors to upgrade their fuel quality
and vehicular technology to ensure better ambient air qualities in Indias
cities and to minimise the adverse health impacts of ambient air pollution.
These investments would need to be supported by appropriate

incentive/penal mechanisms, adequate awareness generation on right
practices as well as policies that would address other non-automotive
sources of pollution. As such, the monitoring and evaluation studies that
would need to be undertaken would have a multi-dimensional character and
would necessarily have to be built on adequate quantifiable baseline datasets
for proper impact assessment. Further, such studies will likely shape the
course of future policy interventions, as well as direct mid-term course
corrections of the implemented policies, as required.
5.13.2 Type of Studies/Activities
The kind of studies that will be required to be carried out can be broadly
classified into three categories:
Technology related, such as those relating to fuel quality, the refinery

and fuel processing technology leading to a certain quality of fuel,
modifications in engine technology, standardising driving cycles,
developments in after-treatment devices and their operation in Indian
context, use of alternative fuels, etc. Additionally, this set of activities
should also ensure that the equipment and tools used for measuring
and monitoring are standardised, calibrated and that the human
capacities needed to interpret results are more uniformly endowed
across the country.
Environmental impact, health impact and toxicology related, such as
periodic source apportionment studies in various cities and regions,
assessment of background pollution, studying effect of certain kinds of
pollution amongst various cohort groups, developing and
implementing statistical tools for analysis and mining of such data, etc.
Economics, policy and market related, such as demand analyses and
pricing of various fuel types, adequacy of Institutional mechanisms for
effective implementation of AFV&P, behavioural responses to energy
and related policies having an impact on urban ambient air pollution,
economic valuation of health impacts, etc.
5.13.3 Monitoring and Assessment
It is recommended to establish an Empowered Monitoring & Evaluation

Committee with the Secretariat being provided by CPCB and with members
drawn from all the stakeholders as well as independent experts
knowledgeable in the various aspects (including technical, financial, health,
social, environmental and institutional), to define the studies and analyses
that would be undertaken for effective implementation of the AFV&P. Such a
Standing Committee, resourced adequately, should meet several times a year
and review new project proposals (against specific calls), oversee
implementation of on-going projects in a time-bound manner, review final
project reports, and most importantly, be empowered to make specific

recommendations for policy interventions by distilling the key findings from
various studies. The committee should also be empowered to consult various
subject matter experts based in India and elsewhere for review of project
proposals and reports so as to ensure the high quality of work through high
level peer-review.
The process of project funding and implementation should be clearly laid out.
It is recommended that the projects may be funded based on specific
needs identified by the committee and awarded to qualified research
groups around the country, or through an open call for proposals for major
initiatives, or smaller-budget projects to be awarded in an ongoing manner.
In all cases, key markers for implementation should be high technical merit
(determined by a peer-review process) and the ability to extract key findings
to shape future policy making in broad areas on interest (listed above).
5.13.4 Typical Studies/Activities
Based on the AFV&P 2025 report and deliberations over the past few
months, it is clear that some of the topics that require further investigation
would be as follows.
Technological
Process innovations that may be required for reaching ULSD levels in
diesel, over and beyond existing brute-force methods. Alternate
protocols for reaching the ULSD levels in petroleum derivatives should be
encouraged.
Assessment of impact of increasing octane number on fuel efficiency of
gasoline vehicles and financial/operational impact on refineries.
Assess the effect of enhancing T95 point of diesel fuel on emissions of
vehicles. There is considerable debate in literature over this, however it is
worth assessing this impact since if the emissions are controllable, then
this can add considerably to the diesel pool in the country.
Assessment of performance of vehicular after-treatment devices with

partially adulterated fuel, which may be realistic in Indian circumstances
but never tested when many of these devices are developed in foreign
countries.
Assessment of on-road performance of the after-treatment devices
(which is known to be distinct from testing on-chassis in well-defined
laboratory conditions).
Process innovations in after-treatment devices, such as partial filter DPFs,
lean NOx traps etc. However, such projects should be undertaken in
association with interested automobile industry partners.
Auditing of inspection and maintenance facilities including calibration of
the analysers used.
Development of calibration protocol for PM10/PM2.5 sampler.
Accreditation of suppliers of PM10/PM2.5 sampler by national institute like
NEERI/CPCB/CSIO/NPL etc.
Science/Process
Following up on the MoE&F CPCB 2010 Source Apportionment Study by
repeating the study in the six cities of that report, and extending the scope
to other cities. Periodicity of such studies should be established (such as
once in 3 to 5 years in the most polluted cities, once in 5 years in the next
class of pollution cities, etc.). Air quality management and source
apportionment studies to be carried out on continuous basis and shall be
part of periodic review for policy and measures.
Standardisation of measurement procedures should be upgraded and
made at par with international standards, and the same should be
communicated to all participating organisation and institutes. It is
noteworthy that standardising the measurement of ultra-low
concentrations, such as very small mass fraction of PM2.5, or fine sulphate
concentrations, is in itself a non-trivial research objective and should be
taken up as a separate study from the source apportionment studies.
Development of calibration protocol for continuous ambient air quality
analysers (SO2, NOx, Hydrocarbon, Benzene, Ozone, PM2.5 etc.).
Conducting regularly chemical characterisation of PM2.5 samples for OC,
EC, Sulphate, Nitrate, Toxic and heavy metals etc.
Black carbon measurement in ambient air using remote sensing
techniques as well as manual sampler.
Posting of source apportionment study findings in websites of

CPCB/MoE&F.
Development of air quality index and display of index in website as well as
in various prominent location in cities.
Development of suitable methodology for studying the effect of vehicular
air pollution on health and applying the same in sample cities.
Market/Policy
Defining regulatory strategies to ensure effective I&M of vehicles.
Comparative studies on mobility demand patterns across cities with
different modal mixes.
Effectiveness of Institutional frameworks at state/city levels for ensuring
clean air to its citizens.
Aligning fiscal strategies with reduced urban air pollution.
Cost-benefit analyses of auto-fuel policy interventions on the environment
and health of urban populations.
Capacity Building
All the above activities would need careful, well-thought out capacity
building to take place in various agencies/institutions. A full programme
would need to be drawn up for the purpose and funded separately.
Direction of Thinking on Emission Standards Worldwide
CHAPTER 6: GLOBAL E XPERIE NCE AND DEVELOPMENTS ON A UT O FUEL STA NDARDS
CHAPTER 6
GLOBAL EXPERIENCE AND DEVELOPMENTS ON AUTO FUEL

STANDARDS
6.1 DIRECTION OF THINKING ON EMISSION STANDARDS WORLDWIDE
As mentioned previously the first step at regulating vehicle performance was

in the area of fuel efficiency in response to the oil shocks of the seventies.
However, thereafter there was a shift focusing on mitigating the impact on
deteriorating ambient air quality from vehicular emissions. This has had many
elements to it including changes in engine technology, vehicle design,
automotive fuel quality, incorporation of after treatment devices for tailpipe
emissions and in petroleum refining to enable production of appropriate
fuels, amongst others.
These changes were driven by regulatory initiatives, and enjoyed broad

public support. Significant improvement in processes and technologies in
both oil refining and automotive technology helped the process to bear fruit.
While the broader move was to lower emissions of toxic products of fuel
combustion, the emphasis primarily was on lowering NOx and particulate
emissions, combined with other co-objectives such as reduction in benzene
and other aromatics. In the process of seeking to achieve these outcomes,
reduction of sulphur in automotive fuel became the proximate target, for
without drastic lowering of sulphur none of the other emission related
objectives could be attained.
At the very high sulphur levels historically in use (3,000 to 5,000 ppm),
sulphur oxides participated with other emission products to generate harmful
mists and hazes. This was particularly true of diesel. As the sulphur levels
were lowered to 500 ppm and below, the issue became one of matching
Factors Driving Achievement of Better Air Quality
after-treatment devices to limit the emission of harmful NOx and carbon

particulate matter, which for viability of the catalysts involved, required fuel
of sulphur content of 50 ppm and lower. To the extent sulphur content could
be lowered towards 10 ppm, economics of the catalyst use improved by
lengthening its life; the economics and efficiency of after treatment devices
improve, correspondingly leading to much better tailpipe emission regime.
6.2 FACTORS DRIVING ACHIEVEMENT OF BETTER AIR QUALITY
In the Auto Fuel Policy (2003) India had broadly aligned with the Euro norms
on both fuel quality and tail pipe emissions. It may be mentioned that some
of the particulars of the context for raising the ambient air quality standards
in advanced countries were somewhat different than was the case with India.
EU: In part to comply with the Kyoto protocol and pushing

for CO2 emission reduction
USA: Ground level Ozone and CO in some cities
Japan: Trade-off between particulates and NOx in diesel

engines and cost benefit approach
India: Considerations of concentration of particulate matter

(PM10 & PM2.5).
It may be noted from the above that the key drivers for better air quality in
India are more in line with Japan than other countries, even as we have
implemented auto fuel quality standards conforming to that of Europe. Base
levels of Particulate matters (PM10 & PM2.5) are high in India owing to road
dust and other local issues.
India also gets a large part of its vehicle technology from Japan and Korea.
Hence there is a case for examining a broader menu of options and keeping
the needs of India in the forefront when it comes to aligning or similarising
fuel quality standards.
Trends in Global Auto Fuel Standards
6.3 TRENDS IN GLOBAL AUTO FUEL STANDARDS
The rising number of passenger cars and commercial vehicles, the increasing
number of diesel fuelled vehicles and an aging car fleet, all contribute to the
increase in vehicle emissions from the transportation sector. To reduce the
effect of these air pollutants, European countries have regulated vehicle
emissions. In 1980, The EU developed an integrated policy to reduce the
impact of transportation on air quality. European institutions have set a
number of directives since the 1980s relating to emissions of gases and
particulates from either light duty passenger cars or heavy duty buses and
trucks. EU standards are commonly referred to as Euro standards. Tightening
of emission norms was adopted at about the same time by all developed
countries.
As of now, most developing countries that have followed the EU standards

framework have implemented Euro III equivalent fuel specification having
sulphur content of 150 ppm for gasoline and 350 ppm for diesel. Some of
these developing countries have also introduced Euro IV equivalent fuels with
50 ppm sulphur in both gasoline and diesel, either nationally or in select hot
spot cities. India is amongst the latter group.
Most developed countries have moved to lower sulphur content of 1020

ppm. Euro V requires maximum of 10 ppm sulphur and that is also the case
with the extant Japanese standards. In the USA the limit is 15 ppm for diesel
and varying for gasoline. The situation in major countries has been
summarised for developed (OECD) and non-OECD countries separately. While
the emphasis in the summary is on the prescribed maxima for sulphur in
diesel, there are considerable differences as between countries in respect of
other components of fuel standards as well such as benzene content,
aromatics content, research octane number for gasoline, Cetane for diesel
and in other properties.
OECD Countries
European Union (27)
The European Union (27 countries) have introduced 10 ppm sulphur Euro V
gasoline and diesel fuels since 2008-09 and has moved to Euro VI fuels
which also limit sulphur to 10 ppm in 2014.
USA
Sulphur content in diesel across USA is limited to 15 ppm. There are varying
limits for sulphur in gasoline. It is 80 ppm for the country with the exception
of California, where different grades of ultra-low sulphur gasoline are in use
with limits of 15, 20 and 30 ppm. However, for the country (except California)
refiners are constrained within an annual average of 30 ppm sulphur in
gasoline. The (annual) average limit for benzene in gasoline from July 2012
has been restricted to 1.3% by volume. For diesel, the specification requires
either minimum Cetane index of 40, or max total aromatics of 35% volume.
Japan
Japan moved to 10 ppm sulphur fuels both diesel and gasoline in 2008.
Canada
Canada limits sulphur in gasoline to 80 ppm, while that for diesel is 15 ppm.
Further, all primary suppliers must meet a sulphur average of 30 ppm. The
per gallon cap for Benzene is 1.5% vol. max with an annual pool average of
0.95% vol., or, a flat batch limit of 1.0% vol.
Australia
In 2009 Australia moved to 10 ppm limits for sulphur in gasoline and diesel,
from 50 ppm previously, in effect from 2006 for diesel and 2008 for gasoline.
Korea, Republic of
Korea limited sulphur in both gasoline and diesel to 10 ppm, starting 2009.
Mexico
Sulphur content in gasoline is 80 ppm, with 30 ppm gasoline available in

three major metropolitan areas, which is proposed to be extended
nationwide. The limit for sulphur in diesel is 500 ppm country wide. In three
major metropolitan areas and on the US border diesel with 15 ppm is
available. It is proposed to set the standard at 50 ppm for diesel country wide
from 2015.
Non-OECD Countries
India
As discussed elsewhere from 2010 onwards BS IV fuel with 50 ppm max

sulphur is sold in select cities (now 39 in number) and BS III elsewhere.
China
China has selectively introduced Euro IV equivalent fuels in Beijing, Shanghai

and Guangdong, while Euro III equivalent fuels are sold in rest of the country.
In February 2013, China announced a timeline for implementation of 10 ppm

sulphur fuel standards China V standards for both gasoline and diesel. It
ought to be noted that while the China V standard reduces sulphur content
to 10 ppm, the specifications for aromatics & olefins in gasoline and Cetane
number for diesel still falls short of BS IV standards. The timeline for
implementation of the China V fuel specification is:
Nationwide China IV gasoline fuel quality standard to be phased-in

by the end of 2013 and that of diesel by 2014.
Nationwide China V gasoline and diesel fuel quality standards to be
phased-in by the end of 2017.
Hong Kong, Taiwan and Singapore
Auto fuel sulphur content in all three has been restricted to 10 ppm.
Brazil
For diesel, Brazil in 2010 entered in a phase of transition from 1,800 ppm
sulphur to 500 ppm, set to go countrywide from 2014. Further timelines have
not been indicated. Gasoline sulphur country wide used to be 1,000 ppm till
2013 and from 2014 is set to a maximum of 50 ppm. In select metropolitan
centres and regions the stipulated sulphur limits are set at lower levels.
South Africa
In South Africa, there are national level and specific tighter local norms. The
national sulphur limit for diesel was 500 ppm generally and 50 ppm in
specified locations. In 2017, country wide the sulphur limit is set to be
reduced to 10 ppm. The present sulphur limit for gasoline is 500 ppm, but
this is set to be reduced to 10 ppm starting 2017.
Russia
The present limit for sulphur in diesel and gasoline is 350 ppm and 150 ppm
respectively. These are proposed to be reduced for both diesel and gasoline
to 50 ppm in 2015 and to 10 ppm in 2016.
Thailand
The sulphur limit for both diesel and gasoline has been set to 150 ppm since
2005, which is proposed to be lowered to 50 ppm from 2017.
Malaysia
The sulphur limit for both diesel and gasoline has been set at 500 ppm. The
changeover to 50 ppm is expected from 2015.
Indonesia
The sulphur limit for both diesel and gasoline is set at 500 ppm. There are
proposals to lower the threshold to 50 ppm.
Expected Sulphur Content in Automotive Fuels
6.4 EXPECTED SULPHUR CONTENT IN AUTOMOTIVE FUELS
The World Oil Outlook 2013, published by OPEC has dealt extensively with
the issue of reduction of sulphur in automotive fuels, mostly on account of
regulatory mandates and the implications this will have on the refinery
business. It has projected regional averages of sulphur content in gasoline
and diesel starting from 2013 to 2035. What is of particular relevance to this
Committee is the projection going forward to 2025. This is at Table 6.1.
Table 6.1
Expected Regional Sulphur Content in Gasoline and Diesel
Table 6.1: Ex pected Regio nal Sulphur Content in Gaso line and Diesel
2013 2015 2020 2025

Ppm
Gasoline
Europe 12 10 10 10
US & Canada 30 30 10 10
Latin America 435 195 80 45
Middle East 500 280 75 20
Russia & Caspian 180 105 45 17
Africa 875 575 235 175
Asia Pacific 195 135 70 40
Diesel
Europe 13 10 10 10
US & Canada 15 15 15 10
Latin America 870 400 155 40
Middle East 1,130 385 130 50
Russia & Caspian 400 220 80 25
Africa 3,350 2,110 890 400
Asia Pacific 325 190 105 45
Source: World Oil Outlook 2013, OPEC, Tables 5.3 & 5.4 pp. 204-205
The timelines that the Committee has worked towards has been on the lines
of the expected trajectory in developed economies to 10 ppm sulphur in
2020, even if the rest of the world is not quite expected to keep pace. The
timeline under the Accelerated Transition Path will result in bringing average
sulphur content to 50 ppm by 2017 and to 10 ppm by 2019-2020.
Review of Indias Current Fuel Specification
6.5 REVIEW OF INDIAS CURRENT FUEL SPECIFICATION
6.5.1 BS IV Auto Fuel Standard
The complete BS III and BS IV specifications for gasoline and diesel are at
Annexure 3.1 and 3.2 respectively. Some key parameters of BS III and BS IV
gasoline and diesel fuel are presented here in Table 6.2 and Table 6.3.
Table 6.2
Key Parameters for Motor Spirit or Gasoline
Table 6.2: Key Para meters for Motor Spir it or Gasoline
Attribute Unit BS III BS IV
Regular Premium Regular Premium

1 Density at 15C kg/m3 720775 720775 720775 720775
2 Sulphur ppm max 150 150 50 50
3 RON min 91 95 91 95
MON min 81 85 81 85
4 Benzene % vol. max 1 1 1 1
5 Aromatics % vol. max 42 42 35 35
6 Olefin % vol. max 21 18 21 18
Table 6.3
Key Parameters for High Speed Diesel
Table 6.3: Key Para meters for Hig h Speed D iesel
Attribute Unit BS III BS IV
1 Density @ 15C kg/m3 820845 820845

2 Distillation: 95% volume recovery
C 360 360
@ C max
3 Sulphur ppm max 350 50
4 Cetane Number Min 51 51
5 Cetane Index Min 46 46
6 Flash Point, Abel, min C 35 35
7 KV @ 40C cSt 2.04.5 2.04.5
8 Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon
% wt. 11 11
(PAH), max
Note: i) For diesel processed from Assam crude, relaxation of Cetane Number & Cetane
Index by 3 units and relaxation in density shall be applicable as provided in the
present BIS specification.
ii) Density and 95% distillation recovery temperature limits shall be company pool
average values. However, all samples shall meet the density @ 15C limit of 820-
860 kg/m3 and 95% minimum recovery at 370C
6.5.2 Review of Auto Fuel Quality Specifications in USA, Europe, Japan, South
Korea and China vis--vis India
The global parameters for gasoline and diesel fuel quality in some major
regions/countries such as the European Union, USA, Japan, South Korea and
China is placed at Annexure 5 & Annexure 6 respectively. Select quality
parameters for diesel across the world are summarised at Table 6.4. It is clear
that different countries have different quality parameters for diesel especially
in respect of density, distillation recovery, viscosity etc.
Table 6.4
Select Physical Properties for Diesel
Table 6.4: Select Physical Pro perties for Diesel
Attribute Unit India USA EU Japan South China

Korea
1 Density @ 15C, kg/m3 820 820 860 815 810 850

845 845 max 835 @ 20C
2 Recovery 95% vol.
360 360 365
Recovery C max
90% vol.
282 360 360 355
Recovery C max
338
3 Kinematic @ 40C, cSt 2.0 1.9 2.0 1.7 1.9 3.0 8.0
Viscosity 4.5 4.1 4.5 2.7 5.5 @ 20C
In regard of diesel density, the USA does not have prescribed specifications,
but only requires it to be reported, while Japan has a density specification of
860 kg/m3 max as against 820845 kg/m3 for India. In both Japan and South
Korea the distillation recovery specification, namely T90 is at 360 C, while it is
T95 at 360 C in the case of India. It was initially felt that there might be a
scope to revise Indian diesel specification without impacting emissions and
ambient air quality as also efficiency and performance of vehicular engine.
Indias Diesel Demand Pattern
Gasoline and diesel consumption pattern in India is different as compared to

developed countries like the USA, Europe and Japan. Our diesel to gasoline
ratio is almost 4:1 (Table 6.5). This results in a requirement to
proportionately produce much more diesel in the refinery than elsewhere.
Relative prices of gasoline vis--vis diesel are a contributing factor. The
taxation regime has historically been lighter on diesel than on gasoline. In the
last many years subsidies extended to diesel has further contributed to
skewing preference. These factors are absent in the developed world.
Table 6.5
Gasoline vis--vis Diesel Consumption in Select Regions/Countries in 2010
Table 6.5: Gasoline vis--vis Diesel Consumptio n in Select Regio ns/Co untries in 2010
Region/Country Gasoline Diesel MTPA Share of

MTPA Diesel
1 India 14 60 81.0%
2 European Union 93 287 75.6%
3 Korea Republic 8 19 70.4%
4 China 69 147 68.0%
5 Australia 14 16 54.4%
6 Japan 43 41 48.9%
7 Canada 32 27 45.2%
8 USA 385 186 32.6%
In order to sustain proportionately much higher production of diesel in India,

the physical quality parameters that inhibit diesel output with nil or negligible
impact on emissions were re-examined. There was a view that with minor
changes in some of these specifications, the quantity of diesel that can be
incrementally produced could be significant.
Effect of T95 on Engine Performance and Emission Characteristics of Diesel-

Fuelled Vehicles
In order to find out the effect of T95 limits on engine performance and
emission characteristics of diesel vehicles, a sub-committee was constituted
by the convenors of Working Group 1 & 2, with Prof. L.M. Das of IIT Delhi,
who is a Member of this Committee, functioning as Convenor. The outcome
of this study is summarised below.
Fuel properties affect the overall response characteristics of the engine in

different ways. While fuel viscosity affects the fuel injection system,
contribution of sulphur to aerosol and fine particulate emission has been
well-documented.
The distillation process of diesel fuel indicates the amount of fuel that will
boil off at a given temperature. In other words, T95 is the temperature at
which 95% of a particular fuel distils in a standardised distillation test (ASTM
D86).
Lower values for T95 simply shift to kerosene-oriented diesel fuels. This can
decrease efficiency and mileage, as well as increase the maintenance
requirements. Higher values for T95 indicate more of heavy end distillates
and/or spiking with inappropriate components. Higher values can increase
the soot going to the emission control system or into the atmosphere and
can increase maintenance requirements.
Various studies had been conducted across the world in the past to assess
the impact of T95 on engine performance and emission of diesel fuelled
vehicles. While some of the studies show that reduction in T 95 point reduces
PM, but it results in increase of NOx emissions. Another study showed that
reducing the T95 does not have any impact on NOx, while another study
showed that T90 did not affect PM or NOx. Most of the studies indicated that
with lowering of T95, PM is reduced while NOx levels tended to be increased.
The Sub-committee felt that while, there was no conclusive evidence of

effect of T95 on different emission parameters, it is necessary to bear in mind
that with any relaxation in T95, there is a possibility of slight increase in PM
emissions as the downside and the possible slight reduction in NOx as a

potential upside. This is pertinent particularly so, since the effort is to fast
forward the roll out of 50 ppm sulphur diesel which would enable the
installation of after treatment devices that directly go towards significantly
reducing NOx emissions.
However, domains in the developed economies do maintain T90 and T95 at

levels lower than their theoretical maximum, as indeed is the case with both
Euro IV & V and with BS III and BS IV. The automobile industry also submitted
that they had concerns about higher particulate and NOx emission if the T95
was increased.
Relaxation of Physical Properties in Fuel Specification Recommendations
The Working Group-3 made the following suggestions in BS III & BS IV auto
fuel specifications. However, some of the academic members wanted this
matter to be studied further.
Either density to be made a reporting parameter in line with USA or

revise it to 860 kg/m3 maximum in line with Japanese standards.
Revise T95 from 360 C max to 370 C max; or set the standard to T90
at 360 C max in line with Japan and Korea.
Modify viscosity specification from 2.04.5 cSt @ 40 C to 1.85.0 cSt
which will also enable greater absorption of some refinery streams
thereby enhancing BS IV diesel output in coming years.
However, following on the deliberations in the main Committee, it was

decided that the specifications for BS IV as per the report of the Auto Fuel
Committee (2003) will not be changed.13 In any case for BS V the physical
parameters for the above cited properties were to be reverted to be in line
with Euro V.
13
The Auto Fuel Vision Policy 2003 document had stated in a footnote to the specifications for BS IV
diesel that the density and T95 recovery limits as stated for BS IV shall be pool company average
values, while all samples will have to satisfy a slightly relaxed density and T95 limits. This
Committee has no objection to these recommendations being put into effect if BIS agrees.
6.5.3 Flash Point
For fuels, the property Flash Point is defined thus: It is the lowest
temperature at which a chemical product yields a vapour which will give a
momentary flash when ignited, determined in accordance with specified
measurement provisions. Conditions for entrapment of the vapour and the
presence of a flame source are necessary.
The flash point of diesel in India has historically been set at levels lower than
in developed countries. This has primarily been to meet proportionately
higher demand for diesel, for which heavy naphtha streams have been
absorbed in diesel.
The flash point of diesel for both BS III and BS IV are set at 35:C. Previously
the BIS specification for diesel in India prior to BS III had set the flash point at
28:C. In comparison, the flash point of diesel in both Brazil and Argentina is
38:C; in Canada it is 40:C, in USA (38:C and 52:C), in Japan (45:C and 50:C)
and in China (45:C and 55:C).
Following two unfortunate fire accidents in buses, MoRT&H brought the issue
to the specific attention of the Committee and the matter was re-examined.
The conclusion was arrived that the cause of the fire accident was unrelated
to the prescribed flash point.
However, in the media an opinion has been voiced that the prescribed flash
point of 35:C for diesel was self-evidently hazardous given that ambient
(atmospheric) temperatures are often above 40:C in the shade in India, while
in Europe which prescribes 55:C has colder ambient conditions.
This view is a misconception. Tropical countries like Brazil and Argentina too
have lower flash points. The temperature in and around the engine of the
vehicle is well over 100:C much above the highest flash point prescribed
anywhere in the world.
Reducing Sulphur in Auto Fuel
However, it has been determined that existing refinery and operating

conditions do permit an increase in the flash point. Accordingly, the
prescribed flash point for BS IV diesel is being set at 38:C, while that for BS V
diesel is being raised further to 42:C. This is being done primarily on account
of working towards a greater convergence of fuel standards with the rest of
the world and to assuage even misconceived apprehensions. It is imperative
that the oil industry do its utmost to continually enhance the sense of safety
and security amongst the citizens.
6.6 REDUCING SULPHUR IN AUTO FUEL
As discussed previously reducing the sulphur content of auto fuel, especially

diesel, opens up greater options for emission control by way of after
treatment devices. In the course of discussion it was initially felt that it may
be possible with some effort to move to a modified BS IV specification which
will limit the sulphur content to 40 ppm as against the present norm of 50
ppm. However, subsequently the public sector refineries stated their inability
to meet 40 ppm norms even on an average basis as they were going to switch
the bulk of their facilities from BS III (350 ppm for diesel and 150 ppm for
gasoline) to 50 ppm and this would further constrain their ability to abide by
the 40 ppm norm which means maintaining sulphur at the refinery dispatch
point at 35 ppm.
Hence, the proposal to have a modified BS IV specification for both diesel and
gasoline with 40 ppm sulphur was abandoned.
6.6.1 Behaviour of After Treatment Devices with Improved Fuel Quality
The primary advantage in moving from BS IV toward 50 ppm and even more
so towards 10 ppm has to do with the sulphur level in the fuel. It is
noteworthy that sulphur exists in petrol and diesel fuel in form of complex
organic compounds, ranging from mercaptans, thiophenes, benzo-
thiophenes, di-benzo-thiophenes, and their alkylated homologues (the last

two groups also known as refractory sulphur compounds). As the regulations
move towards lower allowable "sulphur" in fuel (in reality the above
mentioned classes of organic sulphur compounds), and the refiner meets the
demands using different variations of the hydro-desulphurisation process,
the principal challenge lies in removing the refractory sulphur compounds
from the liquid fuel. The process of removing them from oil is kinetically
limited, owing to which the technology inter-versions for producing ultra-low
sulphur fuel tend to be expensive. It becomes progressively more difficult to
remove the trace quantities of the refractory sulphur compounds as one
moves down to 10 ppm and below of sulphur (actually the sulphur
compounds) level. Naturally, improved catalytic systems and reactor
technologies at the refinery can make this chemistry possible, but significant
investments are needed for such up-gradation.
When these sulphur compounds in diesel or petrol are oxidised, the primary
emission from combustion in the engine is SO2. Some of the SO2 is further
oxidised in its path through the engine, exhaust lines, catalyst and eventually
to the atmosphere to different sulphates. In most modern vehicle systems
which include oxidation catalysts, much of the engine-exit SO2 gets oxidised
to sulphates (some of which also adsorb nearby water or unburnt
hydrocarbon molecules), hence increasing the amount of particulate matter
(PM) emitted from the vehicle. Thus, fuel sulphur has a significant impact on
fine particulate emissions in direct proportion to the amount of sulphur in
the fuel.
The efficiency of some exhaust after-treatment systems is reduced at higher

sulphur levels in the fuel, while others are rendered permanently ineffective
through sulphur poisoning. The most advanced of these technologies
includes De-NOx catalyst systems, such as Lean NOx traps (LNT) and Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) devices.
Highly advanced particulate filters (Diesel Particulate Filters or DPFs) have

been developed to reduce the particulate matter (PM) emissions, with
variants such as Continuously Regenerating and Catalysed Diesel Particulate
Filters. These devices are combined in various configurations to enable the

vehicle to meet specific emission standards and to minimise impacts on fuel
efficiency. Diesel oxidation catalysts (DOC), which reduce HC and CO
emissions, and exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) systems, which reduce NO x,
are among the proven technologies which may be combined to have an
optimal solution towards reduced emissions as well as fuel efficiency.
6.6.2 Benefits from Reducing Sulphur to 10 ppm
All filter devices would benefit with a lower PM load, while the De-NOx
devices would benefit from a lower SO2 in the exhaust and hence lesser
catalyst deactivation rates. In summary, it can be said that all emission
control systems perform better and last longer (better durability) with
sulphur-free fuel. It must however be noted that it is also known that as
sulphur levels are reduced, fuel stability is affected as reduced thermal
stability can result in formation of oxidised products (sludge) that may cause
issues like fuel filter plugging. This is an issue that has to be addressed
separately by the refiner.
It unclear at this point, what might be the quantitative improvement in

emission levels achieved if we were to move from a modified BS IV at 40
ppm to BS V (10 ppm) sulphur content in automotive fuel.
It is expected that reduced sulphur level would positively improve both

performance of the engine as well as the performance and durability of the
after-treatment devices for the reasons cited above.
However the improvement in air quality from the change to 10 ppm sulphur
from reduced gas phase emission may be quite dramatic with significantly
reduced PM emissions load (particularly PM2.5), which would be a good
boost to the air quality. Further, indirect benefits to the catalytic systems and
DPFs and its variants may be significant because some of the refractory
sulphur compounds may be removed, which would improve the performance
and durability of the catalytic systems.
Specifications for BS V Auto Fuels
More importantly, the directional movement to BS V fuels should result in a

progressive improvement in air quality standards. This role of improved fuel
quality should be monitored on a regular basis by expert agencies which
should in turn direct the mid-term corrections or future improvements in fuel
quality. It is noteworthy that the source apportionment studies reported thus
far indicate only a partial contribution of automobile exhaust in the poor air
quality standards, thus improved fuel quality is likely to only affect that
contribution in a definitive way. The other contributions also need to be
addressed with similar stringent norms.
6.7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR BS V AUTO FUELS
The extant BS IV specifications for automotive fuels are similar to Euro IV. The
proposed BS V specification would be broadly in line with Euro V and other
similar specifications across the world.
BS IV and the proposed BS V gasoline and diesel specifications are at Table

6.6 and Table 6.7 respectively. Proposed BS V specification in respect of
gasoline and diesel is given in Annexure 4.1 and 4.2 respectively.
6.7.1 Gasoline or Motor Spirit
A difference that exists with the extant BS IV norms for gasoline vis--vis Euro
V is in respect of olefin content. In the Euro V specification olefin content is
restricted to a lower level of 18% by volume, from 21% in Euro IV. There are
no separate limits for olefin content in Japanese specifications. In Korea it is
set at 16%. In China, the tighter Beijing standards limit olefin content to 28%,
while it is set at 30% in general. The recently announced China V specification
for olefin is set at 24%.
Table 6.6
Proposed BS V Specifications for Motor Spirit/Gasoline

Table 6.6: Propo sed BS V Specifications for Motor Spirit/Gasoline
Sl No Attribute Unit Extant Specifications Proposed

BS III BS IV BS V
1 Density @15 deg C kg/m3 720-775 720-775 720-775
Distillation
E-70 % vol. 10-45 10-45 10-45
2 E-100 % vol. 40-70 40-70 40-70
E-150 % vol. min 75 75 75
FBP C max 210 210 210
Residue % vol. max 2 2 2
3 Sulphur ppm max 150 50 10
RON min. 91 91 91
4
MON min. 81 81 81
0
5 RVP @ 38 C, max kPa 60 60 60
6 VLI (10RVP+7E70) Max 750 750 750
Summer (May to July)
Other months Max 950 950 950
7 Benzene % vol. max 1 1 1
8 Aromatics % vol. max 42 35 35
9 Olefin % vol. max 21 21 21
10 Gum (solvent washed) mg/100 ml max 5 5 5
13 Oxidation Stability Minutes, min 360 360 360
11 Lead as Pb g/litre max 0.005 0.005 0.005
12 Oxygen % wt. max 2.7 2.7 2.7
13 Oxygenates
Methanol 3 3 3
Ethanol 5 5 5
Iso Propyl Alcohol 10 10 10
Iso Butyl Alcohol 10 10 10
% vol. max
Tertiary Butyl Alcohol 7 7 7
Ethers with 5 or more C atoms 15 15 15
per molecule
Other Oxygenates 8 8 8
14 Copper strip corrosion for 3 Rating Class 1 Class 1 Class 1
hrs @ 50C, max
Table 6.7
Proposed BS V Specifications for Diesel

Table 6.7: Propo sed BS V Specifications for Diesel
S. Attribute Extant Specifications Proposed

No BS III BS IV BS V
3
1. Density @15C kg/m , max 820-845 820-845 820845
2. Distillation T95 C max 360 360 360
3. Sulphur ppm max 350 50 10

4. Cetane No min. 51 51 51
5. Cetane Index min. 46 46 46
6. Flash Point C min. 35 35 42
7. Viscosity @ 40C cSt 2.04.5 2.04.5 2.04.5
8. PAH % wt. max 11 11 11
9. Total Contaminants mg/kg max 24 24 24
10. RCR on 10% Residue % wt. max 0.3 0.3 0.3
11. Water Content mg/kg max 200 200 200
12. Lubricity, Corrected Wear Scar Microns,
460 460 460
Diameter (WSD) @ 60C max
13. Ash % wt. max 0.01 0.01 0.01
14. Cold Filter Plugging Point
a) summer, max C 18 18 18
b) winter, max C 6 6 6
15. Oxidation stability g/m3, max 25 25 25
16. Copper strip corrosion for 3 Rating Class 1 Class 1 Class 1
hrs @ 50C, max
Olefins/Aromatics
It may be noted in this context that the proposed BS V gasoline specification

(Table 6.6, line 8) would limit aromatics to 35%, the same as in Euro V. The
US and Japanese standards do not prescribe separate limits for aromatics.
The total of aromatics + olefin content in gasoline as per Euro V is thus 53%.
The extant fuel specification in China requires aromatics content to be

restricted to 40%, including that for the tighter standard applicable for Beijing
and two other metropolitan centres limits. The new China V fuel standard
continues to limit aromatics to 40%.
It is proposed that for BS V, the limit for olefin content in gasoline be retained
at 21% maximum. The total of olefin and aromatics in BS V (and BS IV) would
thus be 56%, marginally higher than the 53% of Euro V. It will be much lower
than the China V requirement of 64% total of olefins and aromatics. The
recommendation is guided primarily by the fact that most of our refineries
use FCCs/Cokers, which produce cracked gasoline that has relatively higher
olefin content.
Research Octane Number (RON)
The automobile industry wished that the minimum RON for BS V gasoline be
set at 95 RON with the emerging practice in the developed world. Higher
RON enables vehicle manufacturers to design and put on road higher
compression engines which give improved fuel efficiency. The Euro V
standard for gasoline stipulates a minimum RON of 91 or 95 leaving the
choice to individual members, but most countries have adopted 95 as the
minimum RON. In Japan, the standard is set at 9192 RON for regular grades
and 95 for premium grades. In the USA, four grades of gasoline are being sold
with octane number (AKI)14 of 87, 89 and 9193. This roughly translates to
RON of 9192, 94 and 9698. This matter was discussed at length.
First, mandatory RON for gasoline at 95 would require refineries to invest

considerable additional sum over and above what was already being needed
in order to support the changeover in the fuel standards to BS IV and BS V.
Second, the benefits of higher RON would not be available to the existing
stock of cars and certainly not to two and three wheelers, that is, the bulk of
the consumption. Third, without assured availability of 95 RON gasoline the
industry would not be able to introduce more fuel efficient cars. Fourth, the
bulk of the market for smaller cars with high compression engines would be
the larger cities.
14
In the USA (and Canada) the octane number is reported as Anti Knock Index (AKI) which is the average
of the RON and the motor octane number (MON). Roughly the difference is about 5% when the
octane number is around 90 or RON above 90.
The best solution that therefore emerged was that it should be required that
in the larger cities, the oil companies should ensure that a significant part of
their retail stockists dispense premium gasoline conforming to 95 RON as and
when BS V is rolled out. All company outlets may be required to stock and sell
premium gasoline with 95 RON, along with the regular 91 RON and at least a
quarter of their non-company owned outlets in bigger cities may be required
to stock and dispense premium 95 RON at the point where the transition to
BS V takes place, that is in 20192020.
6.7.2 Diesel
Cetane Number
The Cetane Number is a measure of compression ignition quality of diesel

fuel and influences cold start ability and combustion noise. The Cetane Index
is calculated based on the fuel's density and distillation range, using a
prescribed multi-variable equation. The Cetane index calculations cannot
account for cetane improver additives and therefore do not measure total
cetane number for diesel fuels which have had additives added for improved
performance. Diesel engine operation is primarily related to the actual
Cetane Number, and the Cetane Index is simply the estimated (in lieu of
direct measurement) of the base (un-additised) Cetane Number. The Cetane
Number should equal or exceed, i.e. Cetane Index.
For BS IV and BS V, the Cetane Number for diesel as proposed is carried over
from the value in BS III and BS IV which is 51. The Cetane Index similarly is set
at 46. These are the same values as in Euro IV and Euro V. In the USA
however, the prescribed lower limit for Cetane Number is 40 (ASTM D-975)
for the relevant grade (No. 1 D S-15) for automotive use. For Cetane Index
there is a choice between meeting a Cetane Index of 40 or aromaticity
(max) of 35%. In Japan, both Cetane Number and Cetane Index is set at 50.
Flash Point
The issue of Flash Point has been discussed previously (para 6.5.3). For BS IV,
this limit is being raised to 38C and in BS V to 42C. The flash point of diesel
in the USA for S-15 is 38:C; that in Canada it is 40:C; in both Brazil and
Argentina is 38:C; in Japan (45:C and 50:C) and in China (45:C and 55:C).
Lubricity
The lubricity upper limit has been retained at 460 microns for both BS IV and
BS V in continuation of BS III and BS IV norms. In general the severe hydro-
treating required for reducing the fuel sulphur content results in a reduction
in lubricity and this will intensify as we move to 15/10 ppm sulphur. Better
lubricity (i.e. lower values) assists better functioning of diesel engines and
lower wear and tear.
The Fuel Injection Equipment (FIE) manufacturers have adopted the use of
the HFRR (ISO 12156-2:1998), and recommend that all diesel fuel meet a limit
of 460 micron maximum Wear Scar Diameter (WSD). For the High Frequency
Reciprocating Rig (HFRR) a lower wear scar indicates better lubricity. While
India has adopted this level of 460 microns as the upper limit, standards
elsewhere permit higher values (that is, worse lubricity) as in the case of the
USA where it is 520 microns [ASTM D795, also California (ASTM D6079-02)].
The common position statement 2012 by leading manufacturers of fuel

injection systems stated that:
Lubricity: It is essential that the lubricity of the fuel as measured by the

HFRR test specified in ISO 12156-1 meets the requirement of a wear scar
diameter not greater than 460 microns. In addition it is recommended by
the FIE diesel manufacturers, that first fill of the fuel tank should be with
fuel with good lubricity characteristics (HFFR < 400 m) in order to
guarantee good run-in of the injection system components.15
15
Fuel Requirement for Diesel Injection Systems: Diesel Fuel Injection Equipment Manufacturers,
Common Position Statement 2012. The manufacturers were Bosch, Delphi, Denso, Continental
and Stanadyne.
Standards for Euro VI
It has been found that small additions of bio-diesel can improve the native
lubricity of diesel fuel. Tests suggest that bio diesel additives (basically
vegetable oils) can improve the lubricity of ultra low sulphur diesels. The
addition required in some tests reported16 from 0.25 & 0.75% for jatropha
and palm oil respectively. Other reports however suggest that biodiesel has
other ingredients/characteristics that can create a different class of problems
in automotive applications.
Oil companies and vehicle manufacturers must see how to strive for better
lubricity as the sulphur content in diesel is progressively brought down and
what additives both naturally occurring, like biodiesel and synthetic can
be used in this pursuit.
6.8 STANDARDS FOR EURO VI
From the information available, there does not seem to be any difference in
fuel quality per se between Euro V and Euro VI. However, Euro VI vehicular
emission standards are far more stringent, which is the expected outcome
from improved technology in both automotive and after treatment sphere. A
similar approach is regarded to be appropriate in the Indian context as we
move towards BS VI emission norms.
6.9 BOTTLENECKS IN NORTH EAST INDIA
The four refineries in the North Eastern Region of India, namely, Guwahati,
Digboi, Numaligarh and Bongaigaon which process Assam crude suffer
problems of vintage, small scale and lack in the necessary equipment to
produce fuels exactly conforming to BS IV and BS V standards. The relevant
parameters are Cetane Number in diesel and aromatics content in gasoline.
16
Biodiesel as a lubricity additive for ultra low sulphur diesel, Subongkoj Topaiboul and Nuwong
Chollacoop, Songklanakarin J. Sci. Technol. 32 (2), 153-156, Mar. - Apr. 2010
Bottlenecks in North East India
6.9.1 Diesel Cetane Number
Cetane Number specification of 51 minimum is being carried forward into BS

IV and BS V. However, the four refineries in Assam cannot meet the Cetane
number specification of 51 for diesel as prescribed by BS III/BS IV. The Cetane
Number as discussed above is a measure of compression ignition quality of
diesel fuel and influences cold start ability and combustion noise. However, it
does not adversely affect vehicle emissions by much.
The Assam refineries in question produce BS III diesel with a relaxed Cetane
Number limit of 48. As has been seen earlier the Cetane Number in the USA is
set at 40 (outside California) and in Japan it is set at 50. In this context it
ought to be mentioned that in the new China V fuel specification the Cetane
Number limit for different diesel grades is set at 47, 49 and 51. The China IV
standard for Cetane is 45, 46 and 49.
There is no economic justification in investing in the necessary upgrading

units to bring the Cetane number of the diesel produced by these refineries
to 51, given the small size of the refineries. However, if over time, it is felt
that such investment should be done, the funding will have to come from
OIDB or Government.
In consequence, specific relaxations had been granted to these refineries for

diesel in respect of this parameter for sales made within the North East
Region. Such relaxation will have to be continued in the near future. The
relaxation (for both BS IV and BS V) will continue to stipulate a minimum
Cetane Number of 48 for diesel produced by these refineries.
It ought to be made clear that these refineries will be able to meet the
sulphur limit of 50 ppm for BS IV diesel.
Bottlenecks in North East India
6.9.2 Assam Refineries and Aromatics Content in Gasoline
Assam crude has a higher aromatic content and the refineries in the North
East primarily process only Assam crude. They are not large refineries and do
not have facilities to tap off the aromatics content. Hence they produce
gasoline with an aromatic content in excess of the prescribed limit of 35% on
account of higher aromatics in its gasoline pool owing to Assam crude oil
processing. However, the sulphur and other parameters will be compliant
with BS IV norms.
Specific relaxation along the lines of Cetane Number will need to be extended
to Assam refineries for sale of its gasoline in the North East Region. The
relaxation (for both BS IV and BS V) will stipulate a maximum aromatics
content of 40% for gasoline in these refineries.
BS IV and BS V Auto Fuel Production Capability
CHAPTER 7: PROD UCT ION CAPACIT Y FOR HIG HER QUA LIT Y AUT OM OTIVE FUE LS IN I NDIA
CHAPTER 7
PRODUCTION CAPACITY FOR HIGHER QUALITY

AUTOMOTIVE FUELS IN INDIA
7.1 BS IV AND BS V AUTO FUEL PRODUCTION CAPABILITY
A very detailed examination was conducted to estimate what the maximum

production capability of refineries might be for BS IV and BS V auto fuels. This
took into consideration investments that are underway, investments that
have been sanctioned but not yet implemented and a few where the
proposals were about to be or likely to be sanctioned. The investments
involved extended from major expansion-cum-modernisation projects and
medium sized investments such as catalyst change and refurbishment.
This examination for fuel availability was done refinery wise and
prospectively going up to 2025. For the years 2015, 2016 and 2017 the
exercise was done on quarter-to-quarter basis as the capability of the system
for earliest possible switching to BS IV was sought to be maximised.
The changeover as explained later involves switching a sizeable part of the

geography of the country to BS IV in 2015, another chunk in 2016 and the
whole nation in 2017. The switch to complete BS V fuels is envisaged in with
effect from 1 April 2020. The vehicle industry will produce BS V compliant
vehicles with effect 1 April 2020 in so far as new models are concerned and
will transition to 100% BS V emission norms within 1 year.
7.2 CHANGES IN THE REFINING BUSINESS
Refining margins are under pressure on account of higher crude oil price
without commensurate crack spread for products. As a result, refineries have
started switching over to cheaper crudes, which in general are heavy and
Changes in the Refining Business
contain high sulphur. For enhancing the processing capability of such crudes,
huge investments have been made in some cases and are required in others
for upgrading bottom of the barrel to maximise distillate yields, apart from
meeting existing quality of transportation fuels.
Amidst this situation, switching over to 100% BS IV as well as BS V quality will

result in further technological interventions/innovations to meet the
stipulated auto fuel quality. This will be in a background where there is an
ongoing competitive squeeze in the refining business that has resulted in
widespread closures.
The cascade of refinery closures (earlier) indicated as inevitable . . .

arrived in 2012. At the global level, closures have already reached 4 mb/d
(200 million tonnes per annum) and are heading to the 5 mb/d mark,
affecting not only small and simple plants, but large and fairly complex
refineries too.
The largest proportion of closures around 1.7 mb/d has so far

occurred in Europe. Developments in the Asia-Pacific are driven by Japan,
where more than 0.8 mb/d of distillation capacity has already been
closed, or is scheduled to be closed. The wave of closures has also hit the
US & Canada, including refineries located in US territories in the
Caribbean.17
In general the trend has been towards a consolidation of capacity with larger
and fewer refineries with more sophisticated and hence more expensive
equipment and a phasing out of smaller less sophisticated refineries. This has
drastically increased the threshold level for entry into the business, improved
scale economies and imparted greater flexibility. However, this has also
meant that operating refineries need to invest heavily in modernisation and
expansion wherever possible. This task has been harder globally on account
of the squeeze on operating margins and even more so in India where
regulatory price setting at below cost has depleted the financial surpluses
available with refining companies (and also upstream companies) to finance a
high level of investment. What has been happening globally to the number of
17
World Oil Outlook 2012, OPEC, p.16
refineries and to refinery size is well brought out in Chart 7.1 which has been
taken from a report of the Oil & Gas Journal in 2009.
Chart 7.1
Worldwide Refining Capacity
Chart 7.1 : Worldwi de Refining Capa city
Source: Special Report: Global refining capacity advances; US industry faces uncertain
future, Oil and Gas Journal, Dec 2009.
7.2.1 Investments Made to the Configuration and Complexity of Indian Refineries

for Compliance with BS IV/V Automotive Fuels
Several process units have been added in Indian refineries in phases between
1997 through 2011 in order to meet gasoline and diesel fuel specifications
viz. BIS 2000, BS II, III and IV which are given in Annexure 7.
Gasoline
For gasoline, these were CRU, CCRU for Octane improvement; FCC gasoline
splitter for separation of light cut gasoline for Merox treatment, 70-90C cut
for routing to ISOM unit and heavy gasoline for hydro-treatment; reformate
splitter for separation of light reformate for routing to ISOM unit and heavy
reformate for gasoline blending; and naphtha splitter for separation into light
naphtha as ISOM feed, 90-140C cut as reformer feed and heavy naphtha as
diesel blend; ISOM unit for benzene reduction and octane improvement; NHT
and FCC GDS for reduction of sulphur and allied units.
Diesel
In respect of diesel, the units included were DHDS, DHDT, additional reactors
in DHDS and DHDT, Hydro-treater Unit, OHCU/HCU, H2 & Allied units.
7.2.2 Technology and Options
Facilities for Meeting Euro V Similar Gasoline Quality

Capacity augmentation of VGO Hydro-treating Units or setting up of
new VGO Hydro-treaters for pre-treatment of FCC feed.
Capacity revamps of FCC gasoline treatment units.
Setting up of new Alkylation unit/Dimerization unit.
CRU up-gradation.
Facilities for Meeting Euro V Similar Diesel Fuel

Capacity augmentation of diesel hydro-treating unit vis--vis setting
up of new DHDT.
New hydro-cracker vis--vis revamp of existing hydrocracker capacity.
Conversion of VGO hydro-treaters to mild hydrocrackers.
Capacity revamps of hydrogen generation units.
Additional Sulphur Recovery Units.
Hence, detailed studies need to be carried out by the refining companies in

order to work out a cost effective solution for mitigating the challenge of
complying with BS V norms. Although some of the newer refineries have
already been geared up to meet the challenge with the flexibility in-built in
Specifications for BS V Automotive Fuels
their processing units, for the older refineries developing the capability will
be a challenge and will require significant investment.
It is recommended that in order to facilitate an industry-wide view, a working

group consisting of refineries, EIL, CHT, IIP along-with R&D Centres may be
constituted to identify the changes in configurations required in the most
cost effective fashion.
7.3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR BS V AUTOMOTIVE FUELS
The Euro V specification is compared with the proposed BS V specification.

While sulphur content of 10 ppm is proposed for both gasoline and diesel,
olefin content for gasoline is being kept at 21% in line with existing BS IV
norms. Diesel density, T95 and viscosity specs are carried over from the BS IV
specifications. The key parameters of Euro V and proposed BS V specification
for gasoline and diesel are similar as may be seen at Tables 7.1 A & B.
Table 7.1
Key Parameters: Comparison of Euro V and BS V Fuel Specifications
Table 7.1: Key Para meters: Comparis on of Euro V and BS V Fuel S pecifications (A. Gaso line & B. Diesel)
A. Gasoline
Attribute Unit Euro V Proposed BS V

1. Sulphur Ppm max 10 10
2. RON min. 91/95* 91
3. MON min. 81 81
4. Benzene % vol. max 1 1
5. Aromatics % vol. max 35 35
6. Olefin % vol. max 18 21
7. Lead g/litre max 0.005 0.005
Note: The Euro Notification gives the option to member countries to choose between 89
and 95 as prescribed minimum RON. Most member countries have set it at 95
B. Diesel
Attribute Unit Euro V Proposed BS V

3
1. Density @ 15C kg/m , max 820 845 820845
2. Sulphur ppm max 10 10
3. Cetane No. min. 51 51
Capability to Produce BS IV and BS V Grade Automotive Fuels
4. T95 C max 360 360

5. PAH % vol. max 11 11
6. Viscosity @ 40C cSt 2.04.5 2.04.5
7.4 CAPABILITY TO PRODUCE BS IV AND BS V GRADE AUTOMOTIVE FUELS
The supply of fuels from the refineries will have to switch over from the
existing BS III/BS IV mix, to 100% BS IV supply. Gasoline sulphur will shift from
150/50 ppm mix to entirely 50 ppm level and aromatics from 42%/35% to
entirely 35% level. This will call for setting up of new units or revamp of
CRU/CCRU, FCC gasoline desulphurisation units etc.
Similarly, for meeting 100% BS IV diesel supply, the entire stream component
for diesel will need to be hydro-treated, as sulphur in diesel will shift from
350/50 ppm mix to entirely 50 ppm level. The advantages of by-passing
DHDS/DHDT unit for some of the diesel component will be lost, thereby
necessitating capacity addition, modification as well as catalyst change.
The projected availability of BS IV and BS V quality gasoline and diesel (Table

7.2) from domestic refineries is seen to be adequate to meet domestic
demand from refineries in the domestic tariff area (DTA) till 2020 for motor
spirit, but not for diesel. However, without taking diesel product from the SEZ
refinery of RIL there will not be adequate availability of BS IV and later of BS V
fuel. Beyond 2020, incremental supplies will be met from new refineries that
are being planned.
Table 7.2
Demand & Production Capacity To 2025
Table 7.2: Demand & Pro ductio n Ca pacity to 202 5
2016 2017 2020 2025

Motor Spirit or Gasoline
Domestic Demand 21.2 22.7 28.4 41.1
Indian refineries excl RIL SEZ 18.8 24.3 29.5 29.5
Indian refineries incl. RIL SEZ 28.0 33.6 38.8 38.8
Diesel
Domestic Demand 85.5 90.6 106.7 140.1
Indian refineries excl RIL SEZ 65.8 79.3 103.5 103.0
Indian refineries incl. RIL SEZ 81.8 95.3 119.3 119.0
The summary position of gasoline & diesel production capability for fiscal
years starting 1 April of 2016, 2017, 2020 and 2025 are at Table 7.3. The
details refinery-wise are at Annexure 8 and Annexure 9.
Table 7.3
Production Capacity Prospective To 2025
Table 7.3: Productio n Capacity Prospective to 202 5 (A. Gasoline/Motor Spirit & B. Diesel)
A: Gasoline/Motor Spirit
Unit: Million Tonnes per Annum
1-Apr-16 1-Apr-17 1-Apr-20 1-Apr-25

BS III BS IV Total BS III BS IV BS V Total BS III BS IV BS V Total BS III BS IV BS V Total
Total availability 6.6 28.0 34.6 2.9 18.6 15.0 36.5 0.2 14.0 24.8 39.0 0.2 14.0 24.8 39.0
% demand 132% 82% 66% 49% 87% 34% 60%
Avail excl. RIL-SEZ 6.6 18.7 25.3 2.9 18.6 5.7 27.2 0.2 14.0 15.5 29.7 0.2 14.0 15.5 29.7
% demand 89% 82% 25% 49% 55% 34% 38%
Total Domestic 21.2 22.7 28.4 41.1
Demand
B: Diesel
1-Apr-16 1-Apr-17 1-Apr-20 1-Apr-25
BS III BS IV Total BS III BS IV BS V Total BS III BS IV BS V Total BS III BS IV BS V Total
Total availability 20.6 81.8 102.4 6.0 54.4 41.0 101.4 0.2 53.5 65.8 119.6 0.2 50.9 68.1 119.2
% of demand 96% 60% 45% 50% 62% 36% 48%
Avail excl. RIL-SEZ 20.6 65.8 86.4 6.0 54.4 25.0 85.4 0.2 53.5 49.8 103.5 0.2 50.9 52.1 103.2
% of demand 77% 60% 28% 50% 47% 36% 37%
Total Domestic 85.5 90.6 106.7 140.1
Demand
7.4.1 Motor Spirit or Gasoline
7.4.1.1 Status in 2016
1. BS IV gasoline availability in 2016 is expected to be 28.0 MMT. However,

excluding RILSEZ, the figure works out to be 18.8 MMT (89% of demand)
against the demand projection of 21.2 MMT.
2. Nine of the 22 Indian refineries, which would be in a position to supply

100% BS IV gasoline from 1 April 2016 are IOCs Mathura, Panipat and
Paradip; BPCLs Kochi; MRPL; HMEL Bhatinda, RILDTA; RILSEZ; and
Essar.
3. Three NE refineries namely Digboi, Guwahati and Bongaigaon will

produce BS III gasoline only.
4. CPCL-CBR is not producing any gasoline.
5. The other 9 refineries (IOCs Barauni, Gujarat, Haldia; CPCL; BPCL

Mumbai; HPCLs Mumbai & Vizag; NRL and BORL) would produce both BS
III and BS IV gasoline.
7.4.1.2 Status in 2017
1. BS IV and BS V gasoline availability in 2017 is expected to be 18.6 and

15.0 MMT respectively. However, excluding RIL-SEZ, BS IV and BS V
gasoline numbers work out to 18.6 and 5.7 MMT respectively (82% and
25% respectively of the total demand of 22.7 MMT).
2. Number of refineries producing 100% BS IV gasoline will be 9 in 2017.

These are Guwahati, Mathura, Panipat, Paradip; CPCL, HPCL Mumbai &
Vizag, MRPL and HMEL Bhatinda.
3. Two refineries viz. RIL-SEZ and Essar will produce 100% BS V gasoline
from 2017.
4. Digboi refinery will produce only BS III gasoline.
6. Five refineries (Barauni, Gujarat, Haldia, Bongaigaon and NRL) will

produce mix of BS III and BS IV gasoline.
7. BPCL Mumbai and Kochi will produce mix of BS IV and BS V gasoline.
8. BORL will produce mix of BS III and BS V gasoline.
9. RIL-DTA will produce both BS IV and BS V gasoline.
7.4.1.3 Status in 2020

24.8 MMT respectively. However, excluding RIL-SEZ, BS IV and BS V
2. Six refineries will be producing 100% BS IV gasoline in 2020. These are

Guwahati, Barauni, Gujarat, Haldia, Mathura and Panipat.
3. Seven of the refineries viz. Paradip, HPCL Mumbai & Vizag, HMEL, BORL,
RIL-SEZ and Essar will produce 100% BS V gasoline from 2020.
4. Digboi refinery will produce 110 TMT of BS III gasoline only, while
Bongaigaon refinery will produce mix of BS III (69 TMT) and rest BS IV
gasoline. BS-III gasoline from these refineries will need to be evacuated.
6. Six refineries (CPCL, BPCL Mumbai & Kochi, NRL, MRPL and RIL-DTA) will
produce mix of BS IV and BS V gasoline.
7.4.1.4 Status in 2025

24.8 MMT respectively. However, excluding RIL SEZ, BS IV and BS V
2. Digboi refinery will produce 110 TMT of BS III gasoline only. This along
with 69 TMT BS-III gasoline from Bongaigaon refinery will need to be
evacuated.
3. CPCL CBR will not be producing any gasoline.
4. Six refineries viz. Guwahati, Barauni, Gujarat, Haldia, Mathura and

Panipat will produce 100% BS IV gasoline.
5. Bongaigaon refinery will produce mix of BS III and BS IV gasoline.
6. Seven refineries (Paradip, HPCL Mumbai and Vizag, HMEL Bhatinda,

BORL, RIL-SEZ and Essar) will produce 100% BS V gasoline.
7. The refineries which will produce both BS IV and BS V gasoline are six in
numbers viz. CPCL, BPCL Mumbai and Kochi, NRL, MRPL and RIL-DTA.
7.4.1.5 Refinery Wise Status for Gasoline Year Wise
The refinery wise status in 2016, 2017, 2020 and 2025 in respect of Gasoline
from the point of view of capacity to produce BS IV and BS V grades is
presented at Table 7.4.
7.4.1.6 Facilities Required for Producing BS IV/BS V Gasoline
The various facilities required for producing BS IV and BS V gasoline would be

IndAdaptG at Guwahati refinery, CRU block and Prime G unit revamp at
Barauni, Prime G unit at Gujarat, capacity expansion at Mathura & NRL, CCRU
catalyst change at Panipat, IndMaX unit at Bongaigaon, facilities at HPCL
Mumbai & Vizag, HMEL, BORL, RIL-DTA, Essar; Gasoline desulphurisation unit
at CPCL, ongoing CCRU and Isom units setting-up and stabilisation at BPCL
Mumbai, IREP completion at BPCL Kochi; new NHT, CCRU & FCC gasoline
treating unit and revamp of Isom unit at MRPL.
7.4.1.7 Capital Investment Requirement for Gasoline Quality Improvement
As per the estimates, the new facilities to produce BS IV/BS V gasoline from
the refineries would require an investment of nearly Rs 20,000 crore.
7.4.1.8 Actual Position
This is the Business as Usual scenario. The actual position will have to be in
line with the time line and road map in consonance with the Accelerated
Transition Path that is laid out in Chapters 9 through 12.
Table 7.4
Refinery Wise Status of Producing Different BS Quality Gasoline
Table 7.4: Refinery Wise Status of Producing Different BS Q uality Gasoline
S. No. Company/Refinery Installed BS III BS IV BS III/IV BS III BS IV BS V BS III/IV BS IV/V

Capacity
MTPA 2016 2017
1 IOC Digboi 0.65 *
2 IOC Guwahati 1.00 *
3 IOC Barauni 6.00
4 IOC Gujarat 13.70
5 IOC Haldia 7.50
6 IOC Mathura 8.00
7 IOC Panipat 15.00
8 IOC Bongaigaon 2.35 *
9 IOC Paradip 15.00
10 CPCL Chennai 10.50
11 CPCL-CBR 1.00 - - - - - - - -
12 BPCL Mumbai 12.00
13 BPCL Kochi 9.50
14 HPCL Mumbai 6.50
15 HPCL Vizag 8.30
16 NRL 3.00
17 MRPL 15.00
18 HMEL, Bhatinda 9.00
19 BORL 6.00
20 RIL DTA 33.00
21 RIL SEZ 27.00
22 Essar Oil 20.00
Note: * with relaxation for aromatics in gasoline
Table 7.4 (Continued)
Refinery Wise Status of Producing Different BS Quality Gasoline
S. Company/Refinery Installed BS III BS IV BS V BS IV/V BS III/IV BS III BS IV BS V BS IV/V BS III/IV

No. Capacity
MTPA 2020 2025
1 IOC Digboi 0.65 * *
2 IOC Guwahati 1.00 * *
3 IOC Barauni 6.00
4 IOC Gujarat 13.70
5 IOC Haldia 7.50
6 IOC Mathura 8.00
7 IOC Panipat 15.00
8 IOC Bongaigaon 2.35 * *
9 IOC Paradip 15.00
11 CPCL-CBR 1.00 - - - - - - - - - -
13 BPCL Kochi 9.50
14 HPCL Mumbai 6.50
15 HPCL Vizag 8.30
16 NRL 3.00
17 MRPL 15.00
19 BORL 6.00
20 RIL DTA 33.00
21 RIL SEZ 27.00
22 Essar Oil 20.00
Note: * with relaxation for aromatics in gasoline
7.4.2 Diesel
7.4.2.1 Status in 2016
1. BS IV diesel availability in 2016 is expected to be 81.8 MMT. However,

excluding RIL-SEZ, the figure works out to be 65.8 MMT (77% of demand)
against the demand projection of 85.5 MMT.
2. Fourteen of the 22 Indian refineries, which would be in a position to

supply 100% BS IV diesel from 01.04.2016 are IOC Digboi, Guwahati,
Barauni, Mathura, Panipat, Paradip; BPCL Kochi, HPCL Mumbai & Visakh,
HMEL, BORL, RIL-DTA, RIL-SEZ and Essar.
3. CPCL-CBR will produce only BS III diesel.
4. Rest of the 7 refineries (Gujarat, Haldia, Bongaigaon, CPCL, BPCL Mumbai,

NRL and MRPL) would produce both BS III and BS IV diesel.
7.4.2.2 Status in 2017
1. BS IV and BS V diesel availability in 2017 is expected to be 54.4 and 41.0

MMT respectively. However, excluding RIL-SEZ, BS IV and BS V diesel
numbers work out to 54.4 and 25.0 MMT respectively (60% and 28%
respectively of the total demand of 90.6 MMT).
2. Twelve refineries (Digboi, Guwahati, Barauni, Haldia, Mathura, Panipat,

Bongaigaon, Paradip, CPCL, HPCL Mumbai & Vizag and HMEL) will be
producing 100% BS IV diesel.
3. Three refineries viz. RIL-DTA, RIL-SEZ and Essar will produce 100% BS V
diesel from 2017.
4. CPCL-CBR will produce about 0.22 MMT of BS III diesel only, which need
to be evacuated.
5. Three refineries (Gujarat, BPCL Mumbai and NRL) will produce mix of BS
III and BS IV diesel.
6. Three of the refineries (BPCL Kochi, MRPL and BORL) will produce both BS
IV and BS V diesel.
7.4.2.3 Status in 2020

MMT respectively. However, excluding RIL-SEZ, BS IV and BS V diesel
2. Seven refineries (Digboi, Guwahati, Barauni, Gujarat, Mathura, Panipat

and Bongaigaon) will be producing 100% BS IV diesel.
3. Eight refineries viz. Paradip, HPCL Mumbai & Vizag, HMEL, BORL, RIL-DTA,
RIL-SEZ and Essar will produce 100% BS V diesel from 2020.
4. CPCL-CBR will produce about 220 TMT of BS III diesel only, which need to
be evacuated.
5. Six of the refineries (Haldia, CPCL, BPCL Mumbai & Kochi, NRL and MRPL)
will produce both BS IV and BS V diesel.
7.4.2.4 Status in 2025

MMT respectively. However, excluding RIL SEZ, BS IV and BS V diesel
2. 6 refineries (Digboi, Guwahati, Gujarat, Mathura, Panipat & Bongaigaon)

will be producing 100% BS IV diesel.
3. 9 refineries viz. Barauni, Paradip, HPCL Mumbai & Vizag, HMEL, BORL,
RILDTA, RILSEZ and Essar will produce 100% BS V diesel.
4. CPCLCBR will produce about 220 TMT of BS III diesel only, which will
need to be evacuated.
5. Six of the refineries (Haldia, CPCL, BPCL Mumbai & Kochi, NRL and MRPL)
will produce both BS IV and BS V diesel.
7.4.2.5 Refinery Wise Status for Diesel Year Wise
The refinery wise status in 2016, 2017, 2020 and 2025 in respect of Diesel
from the point of view of capacity to produce BS IV and BS V grades is
presented at Table 7.5.
Table 7.5
Refinery Wise Status of Producing Different BS Quality Diesel

Table 7.5: Refinery Wise Status of Producing Different BS Q uality Diesel
S. No. Refinery Installed BS III BS IV BS III/IV BS III BS IV BS V BS III/IV BS III/V BS IV/V

Capacity
MTPA 2016 2017
3 IOC Barauni 6.00
4 IOC Gujarat 13.70
5 IOC Haldia 7.50
6 IOC Mathura 8.00
7 IOC Panipat 15.00
9 IOC Paradip 15.00
11 CPCL-CBR 1.00 - - - - -
13 BPCL Kochi 9.50
14 HPCL Mumbai 6.50
15 HPCL Vizag 8.30
16 NRL 3.00
17 MRPL 15.00
19 BORL 6.00
20 RIL DTA 33.00
21 RIL SEZ 27.00
22 Essar Oil 20.00
Note: * with relaxation for cetane number in diesel
Table 7.5 (Continued)
Refinery Wise Status of Producing Different BS Quality Diesel
S. No. Refinery Installed BS III BS IV BS V BS IV/V BS III BS IV BS V BS IV/V

Capacity
MTPA 2020 2025
3 IOC Barauni 6.00
4 IOC Gujarat 13.70
5 IOC Haldia 7.50
6 IOC Mathura 8.00
7 IOC Panipat 15.00
9 IOC Paradip 15.00
11 CPCL-CBR 1.00
13 BPCL Kochi 9.50
14 HPCL Mumbai 6.50
15 HPCL Vizag 8.30
16 NRL 3.00
17 MRPL 15.00
19 BORL 6.00
20 RIL DTA 33.00
21 RIL SEZ 27.00
22 Essar Oil 20.00
Note: * with relaxation for cetane number in diesel
7.4.2.6 Facilities Required for Producing BS IV/BS V Diesel
The various facilities required for producing BS IV and BS V diesel would be

DHDT revamp at Barauni, new DHDT at Gujarat and Haldia, capacity
expansion at Mathura, Bongaigaon & NRL, DHDS catalyst change and
conversion of gasoline merox to ATF merox at Panipat, change of catalyst in
VGO-HDT at Paradip, coker commissioning, OHCU revamp and catalyst
change in DHDS and DHDT at CPCL, new DHDT at BPCL Mumbai, IREP
completion at BPCL Kochi, revamp of existing DHDT and a new DHDT at
MRPL and other facilities at HPCL Mumbai and Vizag, HMEL, BORL and RIL
DTA.
Thus significant investment and time will be required to comply with the BS
V quality requirements, considering detailed study, technological options and
selection based on cost effective solutions, financial approvals and
execution. The existing refineries (particularly old refineries) may face space
constraints for implementation of these facilities while complying with OISD
norms and statutory clearances.
Keeping in view the above, it is proposed that 100% BS V grade supply can
commence from the scheduled date which under Business as Usual would be
1 April 2025 and under the Accelerated Transition Programme 1 April 2020.
7.4.2.7 Capital Investment Requirement for Diesel Quality Improvement
As per estimates, facilities to produce BS IV/BS V diesel from refineries would

require an investment of about Rs 60,000 crore, thus making a total
investment for both gasoline and diesel to about Rs 80,000 crore.
7.4.2.8 Actual Position
This is the Business as Usual scenario. The actual position will have to be in
line with the time line and road map in consonance with the Accelerated
Transition Path that is laid out in Chapters 9 through 12.
117
The Issue of Fuel Supply Logistics
7.5 THE ISSUE OF FUEL SUPPLY LOGISTICS
7.5.1 Segment-wise Gasoline/Diesel Demand
7.5.1.1 Gasoline
In April-February 2013-14, gasoline consumption was 15.64 MMT showing

strong growth of 9.3% over the corresponding period of last year, compared
to 5.0% growth in 2012-13. The stronger growth may have been partially a
reflection of the weak growth in diesel sales.
Sales of Passenger Cars (Cars, Utility Vehicles and Vans) in the domestic
market recorded negative growth in 2013-14, with total number of units sold
in the domestic market at 2.50 million, which was a 6.1% decline from the
previous year. Domestic sales of commercial vehicles totalled 0.63 million
units, a decline of 20.2% over the previous year. Three wheeler sales also fell
by 3.7%. Only two wheeler domestic sales registered positive growth of 7.3%
to 14.81 million units sold in 2013-14.
While the growth in gasoline consumption was strongly positive, the

softening of sales growth in the personal car segment has implications for
the strength of future demand growth.
7.5.1.2 Diesel
As against diesel consumption growth in 2012-13 of 6.7%, growth of

domestic sales in the first eleven months of 2013-14 showed a decline of
0.9%. This was partly on account of the steady increase in the retail price of
diesel and its impact vis--vis customers choice between gasoline and diesel
vehicles, in part it was due to improved power generation which reduced
dependence on captive DG power, compounding the impact of market linked
prices for bulk sales of diesel introduced in 2012-13.
With economic revival demand growth for diesel should pick up on the back
of stronger freight movement growth. However, it was felt necessary to
rework the demand for diesel and this was carried out by the PPAC.
118
Current Level of BS III and BS IV Gasoline & Diesel Output
7.6 CURRENT LEVEL OF BS III AND BS IV GASOLINE & DIESEL OUTPUT
As of today, India excluding supplies from RIL-SEZ refinery is surplus in

gasoline and diesel availability (availability of 17.5 & 75.4 MMT respectively
against demand of 17 and 69 MMT respectively). However, maximum
potential output of BS IV gasoline and diesel or potential maximum
availability is 33% and 46% of the demand respectively.
Further, IOC Guwahati, Digboi and Bongaigaon refineries are unable to

produce BS IV grade gasoline as of now and will continue to produce only BS
III gasoline till 2016. However, Guwahati refinery will start producing 100% BS
IV gasoline from 2017 after commissioning of IndAdaptG unit, while
Bongaigaon refinery will start producing BS IV gasoline form 2017, but will
have to produce a part as BS III due to certain limitations. Digboi will continue
to produce gasoline with higher aromatics limit. CPCL-CBR does not produce
any gasoline.
Likewise, IOC Guwahati, Barauni, Digboi, Bongaigaon and CPCL-CBR refineries

are not in a position to produce BS IV grade diesel as of now. Besides this,
HPCL Mumbai and Vizag refineries are also not presently producing BS IV
grade diesel. Guwahati, Barauni, Digboi, HPCL Mumbai and Vizag refineries
will, however, start producing 100% BS IV diesel from 2016 onwards, while
Bongaigaon will start commencement part BS IV diesel from 2016 and 100%
from 2017. CPCL-CBR will continue to produce BS III diesel due to limitations.
The refinery-wise present BS III and BS IV gasoline and diesel production

numbers/capability are at Table 7.6.
119
Current Level of BS III and BS IV Gasoline & Diesel Output
Table 7.6
Current Potential Output of BS III and BS IV Fuels
Table 7.6: Current Potential Out put of BS III a nd BS IV F uels
Unit: million metric tonnes (MMT) per annum
Sl. Refinery GASOLINE DIESEL

No.
BS III BS IV Total BS III BS IV Total
1 IOC Digboi 0.10 0.10 0.34 0.34
2 IOC Guwahati 0.15 0.15 0.60 0.60
3 IOC Barauni 1.05 0.08 1.12 3.08 3.08
4 IOC Gujarat 1.21 0.28 1.49 5.45 0.39 5.83
5 IOC Haldia 0.46 0.09 0.55 2.53 0.49 3.02
6 IOC Mathura 0.57 0.38 0.96 1.33 1.33 2.65
7 IOC Panipat 0.97 0.46 1.43 4.59 2.06 6.65
8 IOC Bongaigaon 0.21 0.21 1.34 1.34
9 IOC Paradip
10 CPCL Chennai 0.71 0.27 0.98 3.00 0.90 3.90
11 CPCL-CBR 0.22 0.22
12 BPCL Mumbai 1.05 0.37 1.42 4.43 0.78 5.20
13 BPCL Kochi 1.27 0.25 1.53 3.79 0.43 4.21
14 HPCL Mumbai 0.54 0.45 1.00 1.64 1.64
15 HPCL Vizag 0.79 0.17 0.96 2.17 2.17
16 NRL 0.26 0.06 0.32 1.65 0.30 1.95
17 MRPL 0.78 0.12 0.90 4.97 1.20 6.17
18 HMEL, Bhatinda 0.63 0.27 0.90 2.45 0.55 3.00
19 BORL 0.39 0.40 0.79 2.80 2,80
20 RIL DTA 0.70 0.60 1.30 11.15 11.15
21 RIL SEZ 11.30 11.30 16.00 16.00
22 Essar Oil 1.44 1.44 9.54 9.54
Total availability 11.87 16.97 28.84 43.56 47.91 91.46
Total excl. RIL-SEZ 11.87 5.67 17.54 43.56 31.91 75.46
Domestic Demand (2013-14) 17.00 69.00
BS IV availability vs. total demand 33% 46%
120
Indias Automotive Industry
CHAPTER 8: DEVELOPMENTS I N THE I NDIA N AUT OM OBILE I ND USTRY
CHAPTER 8
DEVELOPMENTS IN THE INDIAN AUTOMOBILE INDUSTRY
8.1 INDIAS AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY
The development of logistic infrastructure road, rail, waterways and air

network is critical to sustaining economic growth. In India, road transport
contributes around 5% of GDP. Proportionately the resources that are
consumed in transportation in India is much higher compared to developed
or even some other developing countries due to lack of smooth
interconnectivity, inadequate or insufficient physical infrastructure facilities,
excessive idling time and other inefficiencies including multiplicity of check
points for entry taxes and other charges. This makes for higher costs of doing
business and highlights an area where with the right interventions,
considerable efficiency gains may be available.
Worldwide the automotive industry is one of the largest industries and a key
sector of the economy. Over the years, the Indian automotive industry has
become resilient and despite recent downturns first in 2008 and 2009 and
then again more recently, it was amongst the first sectors to recover after
2009 and has registered impressive growth figures in the recent past. In
2010-11, India as a nation became the fifth largest vehicle manufacturer.
Today, India is the worlds largest manufacturer of tractors, second largest

producer of two wheelers and buses, sixth biggest passenger car maker and
the eighth largest commercial vehicle manufacturer. India is expected to
show strong growth in vehicle production till 2020 across all segments. Thus,
Passenger vehicles about 3 million units presently to 5 million by

2015 and over 9 million by 2020 driven by domestic demand and as a
global hub for exports of small cars.
121
Automotive Industry Growth and Challenges
Commercial vehicles about 0.8 million presently to over 1 million by

2015 and over 2 million by 2020. Small Commercial Vehicles (SCV),
which is a relatively new segment, is expected to grow strongly.
Two and three wheelers presently 17 million is expected to touch 22
million units by 2015 and reach 30 million by 2020.
Tractors set to approach 0.7 million by 2015 and cross 1 million by
2020.
Construction equipment likely to grow by 2.5 times to 0.1 million
units by 2015 and almost double to 0.18 million by 2020 driven by the
infrastructure sector.
8.2 AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY GROWTH AND CHALLENGES
The automotive manufactures are under continuous pressure to design and

manufacture fuel efficient and environment friendly vehicles on a regular
basis. There is also a thrust on the use of alternate fuels. The automotive
Industry is facing the prospect of the number of vehicles on roads in the
world doubling within the next two decades, with strong growth in the
developing world. The challenges will primarily be in the following areas:
Delivering ever better fuel economy

Meeting Stricter Emission Limits
Keeping the cost of vehicles low
Improved vehicle performance
Affordability of service and maintenance
This will compel the automotive industry to focus on:
Downsizing of power train

Light weight construction
Stringent environment compliance
Electro-mobility
Presence/product penetration in emerging markets
122
India The Fuel/Emission Road Map
8.3 INDIA THE FUEL/EMISSION ROAD MAP
India broadly adopted the European model as did many other developing
countries for emissions and fuel specifications, starting with the adoption of
BS I in 1999 followed by BS II in 2000 in some cities. The Mashelkar
Committee recommendations adopted in 2003 also adopted this approach
and the emission roadmap till 2010 was thus based on European standards.
However, taking into account local constraints and needs, some changes in
the European standards and pattern of rollout were made in India.
The Auto Fuel Policy (2003) resulted in reduction in harmful vehicle

emissions. It is estimated that gross pollutants from automotive vehicles per
unit have seen dramatic reduction by over 90% for cars and over 80% for
commercial vehicles up to 2010. However, the number of vehicles on the
road has increased dramatically offsetting a part of the improvement. The
constitution of the present Committee is an integral part of the path towards
further progress which should permit a much greater reduction in harmful
pollutant from tailpipe emissions.
8.4 IN-USE VEHICLE MANAGEMENT/INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME
There is a great need to ensure that in-use vehicles that is the stock of
motor vehicles are subject to regular inspection & maintenance for
emission performance. There is thus an urgent need to institute an effective
system for Inspection & Maintenance (I&M) regime for in-use vehicles in
India.
There should be a policy for the phasing out of older commercial vehicles.
While, vehicles serving as personal transport cover less and less distance with
age that is not the case with commercial vehicles. It is therefore necessary to
have a clear process through which older vehicles, especially those which are
clearly unable to meet extant emission norms are phased out of service.
123
History of Emission Regulation in India
8.5 HISTORY OF EMISSION REGULATION IN INDIA
In the early 1990s, emission regulations were first implemented in the

country with idling emission limits for Positive Ignition (PI) vehicles and free
acceleration smoke for Compression Ignition (CI) vehicles. This was
successfully followed by first mass emission testing procedure for gasoline
vehicles in 1991 and for diesel vehicles in 1992. These norms were based on
the Indian Driving mode for light duty vehicles and 13 mode test for heavy
duty vehicles. This continued till 1999, when the first European emission
norm was adopted as BS I in India through Supreme Court directive and
immediately followed by BS II norms starting from 2000/2001. Subsequently
BS III & BS IV emission norms were adopted in 2005 and 2010 respectively in
metros and larger cities. At Chart 8.1 the phases of Emission Implementation
in Europe and India are depicted graphically.
Chart 8.1
European Union Emission Implementation Phases
Chart 8.1 : Eur opea n Union Emissi on Impl ementati on Phase s
124
Need for Standardised Fuel Across the Country
India moved fairly quickly in adopting stringent emission legislations. India

reached BS IV (in 13 metro and major cities) in 11 years starting from 1999
while Europe moved from Euro 1 to Euro IV in a period of 13 years. However
if we take the time elapsed in complete nationwide implementation it would
be a longer interval for India of about 18 years (1999 to 2017). The quality of
fuel in India also improved concurrently to support stringent emission norms.
India also adopted On Board Diagnostic (OBD) regulation from 2010 and
moved to OBD-II norms from April 2013. This marked a new chapter in
monitoring vehicle emission control system including catalytic convertors
during vehicle serviceable life.
8.6 NEED FOR STANDARDISED FUEL ACROSS THE COUNTRY
The automobile industry has talked extensively about one country, one
fuel. As long as there are more than one fuel standard (which differs
significantly as BS III and BS IV do) the national market is practically divided
into segments. Vehicle owners are also put to difficulty in traversing these
spaces. While it is desirable to have a single grade of fuel (and hence
emissions) available/applicable across the country, there are other realities
that temper the achievement of such an outcome.
The primary constraint is due to lack of adequate volumes of BS IV/V

(50/10 ppm sulphur) fuel. Indian refineries will not be in a position till the
end of 2016 to produce enough BS IV/V automotive fuel to fully replace BS III
and meet the needs of the country. It must also be understood that
domestically produced BS III fuel will need a home somewhere, since beyond
a limited amount they cannot be exported out of the country.
Therefore, while the desire for a single grade may be supportable in-
principle, the ground reality demands a transition time and transition phase.
This Committee has laid out the transition plan in phases starting 2015 and
completion by the beginning of 2017, as elsewhere detailed.
125
Fuel Quality Related to the Ability to Meet Emission Norms
8.7 FUEL QUALITY RELATED TO THE ABILITY TO MEET EMISSION NORMS
Fuel quality is synchronised with the engine/vehicle technology which is

mainly determined by the emission level that the vehicle has to comply. The
automotive industry has emphasised that the main impact of fuel quality on
engine technology and emission can be:
Major properties both chemistry and physical of the fuel directly

affect the engine combustion and thus impact the vehicle tail pipe
emission. This impact becomes very critical as emission norms
become stringent because the norms are set so low that a slight
variation in fuel property may cause impact at the margin.
Sulphur content, viscosity, density, E-70/100/150 and T90/T95, for
gasoline and diesel respectively, RON/Cetane for gasoline and diesel
respectively etc. may affect the engine sub-systems and cause
emission deterioration during vehicle use. This is pertinent as the
vehicle has to satisfy the emission ageing test requirement for 30,000
km to 167,000 km depending on the type of vehicle.
Sulphur content in the fuel does affect the after treatment devices
such as catalytic converter, DPF, some De-NOx converters etc. There is
a detailed discussion at paragraphs 6.5.1 & 6.5.2. Other characteristics
of the fuel may also have an impact. In sum this can result in emission
deterioration during vehicle use and/or premature failure of after
treatment devices. Either way it causes difficulty in meeting sustained
emission limits.
8.7.1 Fuel Quality at Retail Outlets
The automotive industry has pointed out that there is evidence of

adulteration in some cases of diesel, mostly with kerosene. This needs to be
curbed. Government at the Centre and States have been taking steps to curb
the diversion of highly subsidised kerosene meant for public distribution to
needy families for other uses, including adulteration of diesel both for mobile
and stationary use. There is a need to crack down on such diversion and
126
Specifications for Gaseous Fuel
adulteration with greater vigour as it not only undermines public policy,

causes losses to the exchequer but also damages vehicles.
In India, oil companies have been maintaining the required specifications at

their depots. The quality of fuel at company owned and major retail outlets
have maintained adherence to quality standards as per the existing quality
control system. However, there are instances where in some retail outlets
the rigour of the system requires to be strengthened. There have been
instances where gasoline and diesel have been found with undesirable
adulterants, which cause failure of vehicle parts and performance.
In advanced countries there is strict fuel quality control at retail out lets. In
USA, EPA and CARB have good monitoring mechanism which is quite fool
proof. In Japan, market fuel quality is ensured through audit conducted
jointly by JAMA, Oil Companies and Regulatory bodies every 6 months. They
also have a rigid penalty system for non-compliance. In Europe, EEC directive
has spelt out a monitoring procedure to do audit of market fuel and CEN has
specified separate specification for fuel quality monitoring at retail outlets.
With the introduction of OBD-II in India, non-compliance of fuel specification

and adulterated fuels has the potential to cause failure of many sensors such
as O2 and NOx sensors. It will also poison the catalytic convertors. This would
mean that customer will face frequent glowing of MIL lamp and premature
failure of parts. Therefore, the need for stringent quality control at all retail
outlets is of utmost importance.
8.8 SPECIFICATIONS FOR GASEOUS FUEL
CNG fuel quality in terms of methane content is seen to vary from region to
region. In order to rationalise the CNG quality in India, it is proposed that IS:
15958:2012 should be followed for CNG testing. The CNG specification is at
Table 8.1. The proposed specification for Auto LPG is at Table 8.2.
127
Specifications for Gaseous Fuel
Table 8.1
Fuel Specification of Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) for Automotive
Purposes: IS 15958: 2012
Table 8.1: Fuel Specification of Co mpressed Natural Gas (CNG) for Auto motive P urposes: IS 1 5958: 201 2
Characteristics Requirements Test Method

1 Wobbe Index, MJ/m3, Min 48.8 51.0 IS 14504
2 Water content, mg/m3, Max 5.0 IS 15641 (part2)
3 Hydrocarbon (volume % of total organic
carbon present)
a) Methane, min 90.0 IS 15130 (part3)
b) Ethane, max 6.0
c) C3 & higher HC, max 3.0
d) C6 & higher HC, max 0.5
e) Total unsaturated HC, max 0.5
4 Corrosive Components
a) Total sulphur, mg/m3, max 20.0 ASTM D3246-05
b) Oxygen, % vol. max 0.5 IS 15130 (part3)
5 Carbon dioxide & nitrogen, % vol., max 3.5 - do-
6 Other Species (mole %):
a) Hydrogen, max 0.1 - do-
b) Carbon monoxide, max 0.1 - do-
7 Methane number, min 90.0 IS 15320
Table 8.2
Fuel Specification of Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) for Automotive
Purposes: IS 14861: 2000
Table 8.2: Fuel Specification of Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) for Auto motive P urpo ses: IS 14861: 20 00
Characteristics Requirements Test Method

1 Vapour Pressure at 40C, kPa gauge, 520/1050 ISO 4256
Min/Max
2 C5 Hydrocarbons & heavier, mole %, max 2.0 ASTM D 2163
3 Dienes (as 1, 3 butadiene), mole %, max 0.5 ISO 7941
4 Total volatile sulphur (after stanching), ppm, 150 ASTM D 3246
max
5 Copper Strip Corrosion at 40 C for 1 hour, Class 1 ISO 6251
max
6 Hydrogen sulphide Pass the test ISO 8819
7 Evaporation residue, mg/kg, max 100 ISO 13757
8 Free water content Nil ASTM E 700
9 Motor octane number (MON), min 88 ISO 7941 plus Annex
A
10 Odour Unpleasant & ISO 7941 plus Annex
distinctive down to A (Notes 4&5)
20% lower explosive
limit
128
Test Driving Cycles
8.9 TEST DRIVING CYCLES
There are several International Test Cycles that are used for Emissions and
Fuel Economy. The established ones in use in the developed world are the
four listed below. Several other countries have drawn or adapted from these
test cycles.
US Test Cycle A City Cycle and Highway Cycle;

European test Cycle there is now a revised cycle: New European
Drive Cycle (NEDC);
Japanese Test Cycle. The previous JC08 cycle has been revised to new
JC 10-15 driving cycle;
Australian Test Cycle.
In most countries, cars are tested for fuel economy and emissions through
standard procedures before being authorised for sale. Automotive fuel
consumption is generally measured with a test car running on a chassis
dynamometer. However, test methods, including test cycles (that is, vehicle
running patterns) vary among countries and regions. The test cycles simulate
a range of driving conditions, at highway speeds and at speeds more typical
of urban driving.
There is a need felt across the world to harmonise driving cycles across
countries so as to be able to arrive at meaningful cross-country/region
comparison for fuel economy/GHG emissions and other emissions. However,
if driving conditions vary significantly in countries, there is considerable merit
in adopting a cycle that reflects the reality of driving conditions. This is
certainly true for India where traffic movement differs from that which may
exist in the developed world. India has the Indian Driving Cycle for testing
emission and fuel economy.
129
Test Driving Cycles
8.9.1 Two and Three Wheelers
The Indian Driving Cycle (IDC) was applicable to all Two- and Three-Wheelers
till BS III. However in the case of Two Wheelers, establishment of driving
cycle called Worldwide Motorcycle Test Cycle (WMTC) was finalised in 2005
and then amended in 2008 to take into consideration the driving patterns of
countries like India.
The UNECE/WP.29 has formulated GTR 2 for emission norms for some
categories of Two Wheelers, under the 1998 Agreement of UNECE. GTR 2 is
applicable to two wheelers with engine cc greater than or equal to 50cc or
Maximum speed (Vmax) greater than 50 km/h (i.e. WMTC does not cover
mopeds).
WMTC categorises these two-wheelers into different classes (Class 1, 2 and 3)

based on engine cc and maximum speed.
WMTC differs considerably from the IDC test cycles specifying higher max
speeds, higher acceleration and deceleration ramps, compared to IDC. The
impact of WMTC is more aggressive than IDC as maximum speed has gone up
in all parts of WMTC. Maximum acceleration has gone up for almost all the
cycles except for the Highway and maximum Deceleration has increased.
Due to this development, at the BS III level, as an option, the applicable

WMTC driving cycle may be notified by Government of India for gasoline two
wheelers other than mopeds.
In addition, as a recent EU initiative, an informal group (EPPR) was formed

under UNECE WP.29/GRPE to seek to harmonise driving cycles and test
procedures related to emissions and propulsions for all L category vehicles
including L5 which are 3-wheelers. Since the scope of the work is very large
covering all L categories and all test types, meeting the timeline of 2016, may
not be entirely possible.
130
Test Driving Cycles
Hence, it is proposed that:
For gasoline two-wheelers, other than mopeds, to use the WMTC

applicable for setting the BS III, BS IV and BS V Two Wheeler emission
norms.
For Mopeds and Three Wheelers to use the extant IDC test cycle for
BS IV and BS V emission norms. Test cycle for BS VI can be reviewed
based on the developments in the EPPR group.
8.9.2 Passenger Cars
For Passenger Cars (including MUV), it is proposed to continue the current

Indian Driving Cycle for emission and fuel consumption testing. India can
choose to shift to a different procedure with BS VII (that is, beyond BS VI).
India and Japan have committed to adopt the first three phases of the driving
profile, viz. Low, Middle and High phases for Class-III vehicles for their
domestic regulations (Max speed of cycle with High Phase is around 97.4
km/hr).
India adopted 80,000 kms of durability requirement for emission. Although

EU adopted 100,000 kms from Euro V onwards, India continued with 80,000
kms of durability requirement. Now with EU V and EU VI, Europe has adopted
160,000 kms of durability. It is recommended that we choose to increase the
durability requirement from the current level of 80,000 kms to 120,000 kms
for BS V. With the adoption of BS VI later, durability requirements could be
reviewed and enhanced to 160,000 kms if found feasible. It may be noted
that the durability requirement in Japan is still 80,000 kms for vehicles.
However, it is recommended to follow the same level of deterioration factors

for BS V and BS VI as is followed in Euro V and Euro VI to maintain the
stringency of emission limits.
131
Emission Norms for Two Wheelers
8.10 EMISSION NORMS FOR TWO WHEELERS

Following on discussions in Working Group and with manufacturers, emission
norms for two (and three) wheelers have been developed conforming to BS
IV standards. As of now two/three wheelers operate only with BS III fuels and
have BS III emission norms.
8.10.1 Characteristic of the Indian Two/Three Wheeler Industry
The Indian Two Wheelers Industry is the second largest in the world with
almost 12 million new customers every year. This industry provides
employment to around 4 million direct and indirectly, in the country. It is
now a well-known fact that powered two-wheeled vehicles occupy a leading
position in the personal transportation sector both in the urban and rural
areas in India. Sales of two-wheelers are nearly 5 times than that of
passenger cars for the last several years (Chart 8.2). Two-wheelers have been
accounting for over 75% of annual domestic sales of all vehicles for the last
many years.
Chart 8.2
Two Wheelers Sales in India
Chart 8.2 : Two Wheelers Sale s in I ndia
Units: Million Units Per Year
132
The Indian 2 wheeler market has some unique characteristics. The around
100 cc commuter bikes has been and continues to be the dominant category
and has revolutionised mobility in India. It is an important driver for
consumer choice because of ease of handling and manoeuvring etc. It also
provides adequate performance levels with high fuel efficiencies. Rural Indian
and villagers also have been graduating from cycles in a big way to powered
two wheelers (PTW) as a means of mobility for a small family in majority of
cases. Scooters have made a comeback and are growing in the last couple of
years. Premium commuters bikes (125200 cc) are seen to be more popular
in urban areas.
Though two wheelers sales in India have been growing in the past few years
at double-digit rates and in 2011 surpassed ten million vehicles a year mark,
however in 2012-13 sales have been flat on account of higher interest rates
and the overall slowdown in the economy. This slow down continues to date.
Given the importance of two wheelers in improving and providing personal

mobility in India, attention needs to be paid to the possibility of reducing
emissions and improving fuel consumption from these vehicles.
8.10.2 Development of Emission Norms in India for 2-wheelers
In 1991 when the emission control regime started in India, the norms for two
wheelers started with the only then existing UNECE regulation (R40) but with
an India specific Indian Driving Cycle (IDC). Subsequently, these norms were
progressively tightened, as is shown at Chart 8.3.
133
Chart 8.3
Improvement in Emission Regulations from 1991 to 2010
Chart 8.3 : Impr ovement in Emis sion Regulati ons from 19 91 to 20 10
Over and above tightening the CO, HC + NOx limits, a deterioration factor of
1.2 was introduced in the year 1998. From the year 2000 onwards, a
relaxation of 20% given for conformity of production (CoP) was removed by
the Government, which led to maintenance of very strict production control
with minimum variations. BS III emission norms are about 7% for CO and 10%
for HC + NOx of the norms introduced in 1991.
8.10.3 BS IV Emission Norms for Gasoline Two Wheelers
The emission norms put forward in the Gazette Notification (draft) issued by
the Government of India (Ministry of Road Transport and Highways) of 14
March 2014 inviting comments, appear to be somewhat on the lenient side.
A comparison in the transition from Euro II, III, IV and V emission norms for
passenger cars (M category) and two wheelers (Class I) was made for
purpose of discussion in the Committee meeting held on 22 April 2014.
134
Presently all two wheelers manufactured in India are with gasoline engine
above 50 cc, and maximum speed > 50 km/h; therefore these two wheelers
will have the WMTC as test cycle.
The proposed BS IV emission norms (Gazette Notification of 14 March 2014)

issued for public comment have:
A more stringent mass emission norms limits compared to the existing

BS III equivalent WMTC norms.
Limit for Evaporative emissions
Control of Crank Case Gas emissions.
The above cited notification proposes that BS IV norms will be complied with
BS IV reference fuel and use of BS IV commercial fuel, wherever available.
Vehicles sold in areas where BS III fuel is available will also be the same
models (BS IV compliant). Durability would be lower with BS III fuel in
comparison to BS IV fuel till the transition to BS IV is completed.
The Standing Committee on Emission Regulations (SCOE) under Ministry of

Road Transport & Highways (MoRT&H) had approved the proposal in April
2013 and MoRT&H has issued the notification for public comments.
Following on the Committee meeting on 22 April 2014 and consultations with

the concerned vehicle manufacturers revised emission norms have been
prepared keeping in mind both the desire for tighter emission norms and the
feasibility of achieving them and they are presented at Tables 8.3, 8.4 & 8.5.
So far, the emission norms for two wheelers did not specify a separate limit
for NOx, but a combined limit for HC + NOx. The practice in the EU and most
other jurisdictions is to separately specify for HC and NOx. It is proposed that
we continue with specifying a joint limit for HC + NOx, but also specify a
separate sub-limit for NOx. The trade-off between fuel efficiency and NOx has
been referred to before as also to the fact that the segment of our
population who purchase two wheelers for personal transport also have
limited budgets. Furthermore, changes in respect of evaporative norms have
a compounding impact on the improvements that manufacturers will have to
135
do. The scale of change in going from carburetted to fuel injection is also very
large and require some time for transition, especially if this change over has
to happen in a cost effective manner.
The proposed emission norms for two wheelers of different classes

presented at Tables 8.3 & 8.4 are all significantly tighter than what was
proposed in the previously referred Gazette notification of 14 March 2014.
The norms for BS V at Table 8.5 have been similarly tweaked, so as to narrow
the gap between the statutory norms for this class of vehicles in India as
compared to elsewhere.
The details of tailpipe emission and evaporative emission are described in

Table 8.3 below.
Table 8.3
Mass Emission Norms for BS IV for Two Wheelers

Table 8.3: Mass Emis sio n Nor ms for BS IV for Two W heelers
Class BS IV Emission norms (g/km) Test Cycle

CO HC + NOx NOx
1 & 2-1 1.403 0.790 0.390 As per GTR 2 Amend 1&2
Alt-A and WMTC
2-2 1.970 0.670 0.340 equivalent BS III
3-1 & 3-2 1.970 0.400 0.200
1. D. F. is built into the above proposed emission norm
2. These values are with BS IV fuel
3. Norms to be applicable from 1st April 2016
Classification of Two Wheelers
50 cm engine capacity 150 cm and Vmax< 50 km/h

Class 1 or engine capacity < 150 cm and 50 km/h Vmax 100
km/h
Sub Class 2-1 Engine capacity < 150 cm and 100 km/h <Vmax 115
km/h
or Engine capacity >150 cm and Vmax 115 km/h
Sub Class 2.2 115 km/h <Vmax 130 km/h
Sub Class 3-1 130 <Vmax 140 km/h
Sub Class 3-2 Vmax > 140 km/h.
BS IV emission norms for two wheelers were planned to be applicable for

vehicles manufactured from 1 April 2015 as per the Gazette notification of 14
March 2014. However, given the further tightening that has been done,
136
which will require additional development effort by the manufacturers and

also the fact that BS IV automotive fuel will become available in about half
the country by April 2016, it is suggested that the standards for BS IV
emissions for two wheelers become effective from 1 April 2016.
8.10.4 Introduction of Evaporative Emission Control for 2-Wheelers
There are only a handful of regions (viz. California, Thailand and Taiwan) that
have mandated evaporative emission limits for gasoline two wheelers.
Europe is planning to mandate this only from 2016/2017.
Both tailpipe emission control and evaporative emission control are basically
intended to reduce the total HC emission emitted by vehicle into the
environment. Internationally, two concepts for evaporative emission norm
are prevalent. One is to specify HC emission limit (x g/test). Another is to
provide an alternative procedure by which means, if tailpipe HC emissions is
reduced further, higher evaporative emission limit values are accepted. In
other words, if 2 g/test of HC is the evaporative emission norm, and if tailpipe
HC emission norm is further reduced by 0.2 g/km, evaporative emission up to
6 g/test is accepted. This allows the manufacturer to use optimum cost
effective solutions for controlling the HC emissions. A similar system is also
considered for India and emission limits with the above provision are:
Table 8.4
Emission Limits Based on Evaporative Emission Norms for 2-Wheelers

Table 8.4: Emission Limits Base d o n Ev aporative Emis sio n Nor ms for 2-W heelers
BS IV Emission Norms (g/km)

Sub-Class CO HC + NOx NOx Test Cycle
Option 1 Option 2
1 & 2-1 1.403 0.790 0.590 0.390 As per GTR 2 Amend 1&2
2-2 1.970 0.670 0.470 0.340 Alt-A and WMTC equivalent
BS III
3-1 & 3-2 1.970 0.400 0.200 0.200
Note: 1. D. F. is built into the above proposed emission norm.

2. These values are with BS IV fuel
3. Option 1 applicable if Evaporative emission norm of 2 g/test is complied with
4. Option 2 applicable if Evaporative emission norm of 6 g/test is complied with
137
8.10.5 Control of Crank Case Emission for BS IV Two Wheelers
It may be mandated that the crank case breather shall be connected to the
intake system in the case of four-stroke engines, so that there is no escape of
crank case gases into atmosphere. In the two-stroke engines, crank case is
not vented to atmosphere and hence this requirement is not applicable.
8.10.6 BS V Emission Norms for Indian Two Wheelers
BS V Emission norms are proposed with a further emission reduction over BS

IV norms. The values are given below for Gasoline two wheelers of Classes 1,
2 & 3. The details are given below. BS V emission norms for two wheelers in
India will be applicable four years after the implementation of BS IV emission
norms for two wheelers.
8.10.7 Mass Emission Limits for BS V for Classes 1, 2 and 3
The proposed BS V emission norms for all class of two wheelers are given in
Table 8.5 below.
Table 8.5
BS V Emission Norms for All Classes of Two Wheelers

Table 8.5: BS V Emiss io n Norms for All C lasses of Two W heelers
Vehicle Class BS V Emission Norms

CO g/km HC + NOx g/km NOx (g/km)
1 & 2-1 1.140 0.450 0.225
2-2 1.140 0.450 0.225
3-1 & 3-2 1.140 0.260 0.130
DF (for all classes) 1.3 1.2 1.2
Note: Applicable for new models from 1 April 2020 and existing models from
1 April 2021
The CO limits are significantly tighter than BS IV limits; that for HC and NOx
are combined with a separate sub-limit for NOx. Indian two wheelers are one
138
Emission Norms for Three Wheeler for BS IV and BS V Regimes
of the best in the world on fuel economy. This superior fuel economy has
been achieved mainly by designing the engines with lean mixture (air fuel
ratio is considerably above stoichiometric ratio). Use of lean mixture ratio,
while improving the fuel efficiency and CO emissions tend to increase NOx
emission. Therefore, in order to control the likely NOx emissions from two
wheelers, an additional limit for NOx is being proposed within the overall limit
of HC + NOx. However, this may limit the extent of fuel efficiency that can be
achieved from two wheelers in future.
8.10.8 BS V Emission Norms Two Wheelers with cc < 50 and Vmax < 50 km/h and
Diesel Two Wheelers
Since these classes of two wheelers are not being produced in India, it is
recommended that these norms may be developed by the concerned
Ministry, as and when their production in India becomes significant or when
such norms are included in GTR based on the EPPR.
8.11 EMISSION NORMS FOR THREE WHEELER FOR BS IV AND BS V REGIMES
Traditionally, 3 Wheelers are used for low cost last mile connectivity. These
are low powered vehicles usually with single cylinder naturally aspirated
engine. For the users of these vehicles, product cost and running cost are of
prime importance along with ease of service. Three wheelers are an
important mode of transportation in the current infrastructure environment.
The three wheeler industry has grown in India considering the requirements
of mass transportation and without comparable references in developed
countries.
The Indian three wheelers Industry is the worlds largest with over 0.5 million
new units entering service each year. Three-wheelers account for 4% of the
population of vehicles in India.
139
8.11.1 Development of Emission Norms in India for 3 Wheelers
Emission norms from BS I (2000) to the proposed BS IV norms for 3 wheelers

has seen a reduction of 75% for CO and 47% for HC + NOx for SI engines. The
order of reduction is similar to what transpired in Europes Tricycles over 17
years where the permissible limits were reduced by 85%. (Table 8.6)
Table 8.6
Three Wheeler Emission Norms for SI and CI Engines
Table 8.6: Three Wheeler Emis sio n Nor ms for SI And CI Engines
Unit: Emission, gms per km travelled
2000 2005 (BS II) 2010 (BS III)

Spark Ignition (SI) Engines
CO 4.00 2.25 1.25
HC + NOx 2.00 2.00 1.25
Compression Ignition (CI) engines
CO 2.72 1.00 0.50
HC+NOx 0.97 0.85 0.50
Particulate (PM) 0.14 0.10 0.05
Over and above tightening the CO, HC & NOx limits, a deterioration factor of
1.2 was introduced in the year 2000. From the year 2000 onwards, a
relaxation of 20% initially given conformity of production (CoP) was
withdrawn by Government, requiring maintenance of stricter control on
production variations.
8.11.2 Proposed BS IV Emission Norms for 3 Wheelers
BS III emission norms for 3-wheelers were notified vide GSR 84(E)/9 February
2009 and implemented from 1 April 2010 in some parts of country and from
1 October 2010, all over India.
It is proposed that the BS IV emission norms for 3-wheelers be as given in

Table 8.7. It is proposed that they will become effective from 1 April 2016.
140
Table 8.7
Three Wheeler Emission Norms for SI and CI Engines BS IV
Table 8.7: Three Wheeler Emis sio n Nor ms for SI And CI Engines BS IV
Unit: Emission in gms per km travelled

Spark Ignition (SI) Engines - Gasoline / CNG / LPG
BS III BS IV Test cycle and test
CO HC+NOx CO HC+NOx procedure
Option 1 Option 2
Limits 1.25 1.25 0.94 0.94 0.74 IDC BS III TAP
DF 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20
Compression Ignition (CI) Engines - Diesel
BS III BS IV Test cycle and test
CO HC+NOx PM CO HC+NOx PM procedure
Limits 0.50 0.50 0.05 0.38 0.38 0.0425 IDC BS III TAP
DF 1.10 1.00 1.20 1.10 1.00 1.20
Note: 1. For Three Wheeler gasoline engines, evaporative emissions are applicable and the base
case limit value is 2 g/test
2. Option 2 is applicable, if Evaporative Emission norm of 6 g/test is complied with
3. For vehicle with CNG/LPG application, current practice of factoring NMHC and RHC
emission will continue and evaporative emission tests are not applicable
st
4. BS IV norms to be applicable from 1 April 2016
8.11.3 Emission Norms for Indian 3-Wheelers for BS V
With the implementation of BS IV emission norms, Indian 3-wheelers, which

are predominantly carburetted, will be tuned for lean operation which will
keep the fuel efficiency as high as possible. Any further reduction in the NOx
limits would not be possible with carburetted technology. A shift will have to
be made towards adoption of stoichiometric ratio and the use of a 3-way
catalytic converter will be needed in the case of SI engine.
For CI engines, further reduction in emissions beyond proposed BS IV

emission norms will require the incorporation of technologies such as Turbo
Charger, High pressure injectors, Sensors and ECU to improve engine
efficiency which have not been developed. The proposal for BS V emission
norms for 3-wheelers is given at Table 8.8.
141
Table 8.8
Three Wheeler Emission Norms for SI and CI Engines BS V
Table 8.8: Three Wheeler Emis sio n Nor ms for SI And CI Engines BS V
Unit: Emission in gms per km travelled

Spark Ignition (SI) Engines (Gasoline/CNG/LPG)
BS IV BS V Test Cycle
CO HC + NOx CO HC + NOx and Test
Option 1 Option 2 procedure
Limits IDC BS III

0.94 0.94 0.74 0.66 0.66
TAP
DF 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20
Compression Ignition (CI) Engines (Diesel)
BS IV BS V Test Cycle and
CO HC + NOx PM CO HC + NOx PM Test Procedure
Limits
0.38 0.38 0.0425 0.26 0.26 0.038 IDC BS III TAP
DF
1.10 1.00 1.20 1.10 1.00 1.20
Note: 1. For Three Wheeler gasoline engines, evaporative emissions are applicable and the base
case limit value is 2 g/test
2. Option 2 is applicable, if Evaporative Emission norm of 6 g/test is complied with
3. For vehicle with CNG/LPG application, current practice of factoring NMHC and RHC
emission will continue and evaporative emission tests are not applicable
st
4. BS V norms to be applicable from 1 April 2020 for new models and 1 April 2021 for
existing models
The three wheeler industry has said that the extent of technological
investment and development that will be required in the coming years will be
considerable. Given the peculiar conditions that obtain in India considerable
adaptation of technology would be called for. The emission standards that
have been proposed for BS V assume that these developments will all be
successfully achieved in time. However, the possibility that this may not
happen while small, remains significant.
Therefore, there is a need to take a review four to five years from notification
of these standards to ascertain the technology status and the assumptions
that have entered in shaping these emission norms for BS V.
142
Emission Norms for Passenger Cars/Light Commercial Vehicles up to 3.5 T GVW and Heavy Duty Vehicles > 3.5 T
8.12 EMISSION NORMS FOR PASSENGER CARS/LIGHT COMMERCIAL VEHICLES UP TO

3.5 T GVW AND HEAVY DUTY VEHICLES > 3.5 T
For passenger vehicles and commercial vehicles, the extant BS IV emission
norms are proposed to be continued. Emission norms for such vehicles
corresponding to the proposed BS V fuel standard have been developed and
are similar to the Euro V emission norms.
EU Regulations Direction of Change
The main change in the EU emission regulations for light duty vehicles has
been to reduce particulate matter. This will make it almost mandatory for
vehicle manufacturers to adopt some form of particulate filters. Particulate
number measurement has also been phased-in in the regulation for diesel
vehicles. There has been a change in the measurement and control of
Hydrocarbons from Total Hydrocarbons to Non-Methane Hydrocarbons in
case of gasoline vehicles along with a reduction in NOx limits. In addition, the
particulate measurement has been phased in for gasoline engines employing
direct injection technology. By Euro VI, the regulation will become almost
fuel neutral for control of NOx and PM.
Another feature of the European norm is the stringency of the deterioration

factors with higher durability norms for emission control. In case of gasoline
vehicles, although there is not much apparent change in the emission limits,
the stringent DF factors make the regulation stringent.
In case of diesel vehicles Euro V regulation mainly targets reduction of

particulate emissions. There is 80% reduction in the limits of particulate
matter and 56% reduction of NOx limits for Euro V. For Euro VI, there is a
further reduction of NOx limits. For BS V it is proposed to adopt the tighter EU
Vb straightway and skip the intermediate Euro Va Norms.
The vehicle categorisation that has been adopted for setting emission limits
follow the European classification which is given at Table 8.9.
143
Table 8.9
Description of 4 (or more) Wheeler Vehicle Categories
Table 8.9: Descriptio n of 4 (or more) Wheeler Vehicle Categories
Category Description Sub- No. of Mass limit

category persons
M Carriage of passengers M1 Up-to 9 GVW < 3500 kg
(Minimum 4 wheels) persons
N Carriage of goods N1 CL-1 NA Max RW< 1305
(Minimum 4 wheels) GVW <
N1 CL-2 1305< RW < 1760
3500 kg
N1 CL-3 1760 < RW
Note: EU 70/156/EC, as amended by EU 2007/46/EC. Until Euro IV, there were two sub-groups (EU
2007/46/EC): M1 with GVW<2500 kg and M1 with 2500 kg< GVW< 3500 kg.
The prescribed limits for emissions are similar to Euro 5b. It is presented at Table
8.10 and Table 8.11 for passenger cars (that is, class M vehicles) that use
gasoline/gaseous fuels (Positive Ignition or PI).
Table 8.10
BS IV/V and European Emission Norms for Positive Ignition (PI) Engines
Table 8.10: BS IV /V a nd Europea n Emissio n Nor ms for Po sitive Ig nition (PI) Engines
Norm Categ Cla RW in kg CO THC NOx NMHC PM No. of

ory ss particles
mg (number for particles) per km travelled
M All 1,000 100 80 - - -
I RW< 1305 1,000 100 80 - - -
BS IV &
Euro IV
N1 II 1305< RW < 1,810 130 100 - - -

1760
III 1760 < RW 2,270 160 110 - - -
M All 1,000 100 60 68 4.5 -
Euro V &
I RW< 1305 1,000 100 60 68 4.5 -

BS V
N1 II 1305< RW < 1,810 130 75 90 4.5 -

1760
III 1760 < RW 2,270 160 82 108 4.5 -
11
M All 1,000 100 60 68 4.5 6.0*10
11
I RW< 1305 1,000 100 60 68 4.5 6.0*10
Euro VI
11
N1 II 1305< RW < 1,810 130 75 90 4.5 6.0*10
1760
11
III 1760 < RW 2,270 160 82 108 4.5 6.0*10
Note: Particulate standards shall apply to vehicles with direct injection engines only. BS V and BS VI
norms are aligned with Euro V and Euro VI norms.
144
Table 8.11
BS IV/V and European Emission Norms for Compression Ignition Engines
Table 8.11: BS IV /V a nd Europea n Emissio n Nor ms for Co mpressio n Ig nition Engines
Norm Categ Cla RW, kg CO NOx THC + PM, No. of

ory ss mg/k mg/k NOx, mg/km particles
m m mg/km
Kg mg (number for particles) per km travelled
All 500 250 300 25 -
M
BS IV &
Euro IV
I RW< 1305 500 250 300 25 -

II 1305<RW< 1760 630 330 390 40 -
N1
III 1760<RW 740 390 460 60 -
11
All 500 180 230 4.5 6.0*10
Euro V &
M 11
I RW< 1305 500 180 230 4.5 6.0*10
BS V
11
II 1305<RW< 1760 630 235 295 4.5 6.0*10
N1 11
III 1760 < RW 740 280 350 4.5 6.0*10
11
All 500 80 170 4.5 6.0*10
Euro VI &
M 11
I RW< 1305 500 80 170 4.5 6.0*10
BS VI
11
II 1305<RW< 1760 630 105 195 4.5 6.0*10
N1 11
III 1760 < RW 740 125 215 4.5 6.0*10
8.12.1 On Board Diagnostics
India adopted BS IV OBD-II norms in April 2013. OBD has a big relation to the
driving environment including road conditions, fuel variations etc. Before
deciding the future stringency of the OBD norms, industry needs to review
and prepare a proposal.
8.12.2 Emission Roadmap for BS V and BS VI for 4 Wheelers Weight of < 3,500 kg
There needs to be a roadmap for the transition from the present BS IV regime
to BS V & BS VI country wide for 4-wheelers. For regions where 50 ppm
sulphur fuel is available, the applicable emission norms would be same as BS
IV. The emission limits of BS IV Emission norms shall be as notified vide GSR
84(E) dated 9th February 2009 under Central Motor Vehicle Rules.
The schematic is at Table 8.12.
145
Table 8.12
Schematic of Transition of Roadmap to BS V and BS VI
Table 8.12: Sche matic of Tra nsitio n of Ro adma p to BS V an d BS VI
Item Implementation date Remarks

BS IV BS V BS VI
Nationwid For new models with 4 years after Alignments of dates of BS V and
e effect from 1 April country wide BS VI implementation of <3,500
4-wheeler implement 2020 and continuing BS V kg with >3,500 kg GVW to
(< 3,500 kg) ation in models to switch to implementatio synergise development, return
2017 BS V within one year, n, i.e. from 1 of investment and supply chain
i.e, before 31 March April 2024 Phase-in of regulation like in
2021. Europe for < and > 3,500 kg GVW
Fuel roadmap to be made
Fuel quality 50 ppm In line with BS V fuel In line with BS available (conventional, bio-fuel
sulphur (10 ppm sulphur) V fuel (10 ppm and gaseous fuel)
sulphur) Fuel quality monitoring at retail
outlet
Enforcement law/order for
curbing adulteration
The proposed emission roadmap for BS IV, BS V and BS VI roll out across the
country is given at Chart 8.4.
Chart 8.4
Proposed Roll Out of BS IV, BS V and BS VI Countrywide
Chart 8.4 : Proposed Roll Out of BS IV, BS V and BS VI Countrywide
For the record, the roadmap followed in Europe is shown at Chart 8.5
146
Chart 8.5
Fuel Standard Transition in India vis--vis European Union
Chart 8.5 : Fuel Standard Tr ansiti on i n India vis --vi s Europea n Union
8.12.3 Deterioration Factors
The proposed deterioration factors for four wheeler Spark Ignition and
Compression Ignition engines are at Table 8.13.
Table 8.13
Deterioration Factors
Table 8.13: Deterioration Factors
Deterioration Factors (SI or PI Engines)
Norms CO NOx THC NMHC PM PN

BS V and VI 1.5 1.6 1.3 1.3 1 1
Deterioration Factors (CI Engines)
Norms CO NOx THC PM PN

BS V and VI 1.5 1.1 1.1 1 1
147
8.12.4 Emission Norms for Heavy Duty Vehicles > 3.5 T GVW
Europe moved to Euro IV standards in 2005, to Euro V standards in

2008/2009 and to Euro VI in 2013 (Chart 8.5). In India, where 50 pm sulphur
fuel is available, the applicable emission regime is BS IV, which was notified in
February 2009 under the Central Motor Vehicle Rules.
Table 8.14
Emission Norms for Diesel Engines > 3.5 Tonnes GVW
Table 8.14: Emiss ion N orms for Diesel Engines > 3.5 To nnes GVW
Driving CO HC NH3 NOx PM Smoke (m-1) PM No.

Emission, g/KWH Cycle ppm / KWH
gms per KWH
BS IV ESC/ELR 1.5 0.46 3.5 --- 0.02 0.50
BS V (Euro V) ESC 1.5 0.46 2.0 --- 0.02 0.50 ---
11
BS VI (Euro VI) WHSC 1.5 0.13 0.4 10 0.01 --- 8X10^
Table 8.15
Emission Norms for CNG or LPG Engines > 3.5 tonnes GVW
Table 8.15: Emiss ion N orms for CNG or LPG Eng ines > 3. 5 tonnes GVW
Driving CO NMHC CH4 NOx NH3 PM PM No.

Emission Cycle gms per KWH ppm g/KWH /KWH
BS IV ETC 4.0 0.55 1.1 3.5 --- 0.03

BS V (Euro V) ETC 4.0 0.55 1.1 2.0 --- 0.03 ---
11
BS VI (Euro VI) WHTC 4.0 0.16 0.5 0.46 10 0.01 6X10^
CNG only For diesel only
Note: The manufacturer may choose to measure the mass of total hydrocarbons (THC)
instead of measuring the mass of non-methane hydrocarbon (NMHC). In this case,
the limit for mass of THC should be same as for NMHC
Table 8.16
Fixed Deterioration Factors for Heavy Duty Vehicles (alternative to DF based on
service accumulation)
Table 8.16: Fixe d Deterioration Factors for Heavy Duty Ve hicles (alternative to DF base d o n service accumulatio n)
Emissions Driving Cycle CO THC NMHC CH4 NOx PM P No.

BS V (Euro V) ESC/ETC 1.1 1.05 1.05 1.2 1.05 1.10 ---
BS VI (Euro VI) WHTC/WHSC 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.15 1.05 1
Note: Applicable for only Compression Ignition Engines
148
Cost Implication of Next Stage Emission Norms
NMHC and CH4 applicable to CNG and LPG engines
The emission roadmap for BS IV, BS V and BS VI implementation across the country
with phase in approach is at Chart 8.6.
Chart 8.6
Emission Road Map for BS IV/BS V/BS VI Implementation in India

Chart 8.6 : Emissi on Roa d Ma p for BS IV /BS V /BS VI Im plementati on i n India
8.13 COST IMPLICATION OF NEXT STAGE EMISSION NORMS
8.13.1 Two Wheelers
BS III to BS IV for:
Further optimisation of engine
Improved carburettors
Improved catalytic converters
Fuel injection system in some models (Especially class 2-2 & 3)
Evaporative emission control system.
149
Cost Implication of Next Stage Emission Norms
Connecting crankcase breather to intake system

BS IV to BS V for:
Changeover to Fuel injection system
Three way catalytic converter
Closed loop engine management system.
OBD system
The unit cost can go up to Rs 10,000 per unit
Class Indicative cost increase, Rs/unit

1 and 2-1 1,000
2-2 4,000
3 6,300
8.13.2 Three Wheelers
3-wheeler SI engines
Emissions Fuelling technology/ Fuel Engine Approx. cost,

S. No. Rs/unit
Norms After treatment
1. BS III to BS Carburetion Gasoline 2 stroke 1,0001,500
IV
Secondary Air Injection 4 stroke 1,5002,000
Evaporative system Gasoline 2 stroke 1,0001,500
CAT improvements 4 stroke 1,5002,000
2. BS IV to BS Fuel Injection 2 stroke 5,6006,000
V Gasoline
4 stroke 6,8007,500
Three Way Catalytic 2 stroke 8,4009,000
Gaseous
4 stroke 7,5009,500
3-wheeler CI Engines:
Approx. cost, Rs
S. No. Emissions Norms Fuelling technology/After treatment
per unit
1. BS III to BS IV Fuel Injection Equipment 5,000
Diesel Oxy catalyst consumption
EGR POC
2. BS IV to BS V With new similar to common rail (CRS) 20,000
fuel injection system, electrical cooled
EGR & higher loading DOC with DPF
150
Other Cost Implication
8.13.3 Passenger Cars & LCV
Implementation of new technologies for meeting BS V and BS VI will have an

impact on the sales of the vehicles. This impact is especially critical for the
diesel vehicles.
Going to BS VI will again have additional cost impact on diesel passenger cars.
Depending on the technology available, it could be an additional impact of
around Rs 30,000.
The total cost increase from BS IV to BS VI would be around Rs 70,000 per

unit.
S. No. Category BS III to BS IV Rs for BS IV to Rs for BS V to

BS V BS VI
1 4W<3.5T petrol Implemented 3,0005,000 4,0006,000
2 4W<3.5T diesel 30,00050,000 20,000-40,000
3 4W<3.5T CNG 3,000-5,000 4,0006,000
8.13.4 Heavy Duty Vehicles
The cost implications for Heavy Duty Vehicles are as below
S. No. Category BS III to BS IV Rs/unit for BS IV Rs/unit for BS V

to BS V to BS VI
1 4W>3.5T diesel 70,000100,000 80,000100,000 80,000100,000
2 4W>3.5T CNG 30,00040,000 30,00040,000 40,00050,000
8.14 OTHER COST IMPLICATION
8.14.1 Investment Cost
The estimated investment for moving from BS IV to BS V emission norms

would be around Rs 50,000 crore for the industry, as significant capital would
be required for integrating new emission control and engine technologies
151
into their facilities. This investment would also have to be made across all
types of vehicles viz. cars, two wheelers, three wheelers and heavy duty
vehicles of various fuel types i.e. gasoline, Diesel, CNG and LPG. Further
improvement of vehicles to meet the next stage of BS VI emission norms
could result in additional similar investments by the auto industry.
8.14.2 Impact of BS V on Growth of Small Vehicles
Traditionally, India has been a small car market, with 70% of passenger cars
sold being small vehicles.
Auto Mission Plan released in 2006 dwelt on the importance of small vehicles
for Indian market. Auto Mission Plan 2006-16 recommended special drive to
make India a Small car Hub for domestic market and exports as well.
In the light of the goal of making India a hub for small vehicles, it becomes
essential to focus on this segment of the automotive sector and develop a
policy specific to the sector considering the impact. Lower excise duty on
small cars has helped in keeping the costs low to incentivise the vehicle for
the price sensitive Indian customer.
India targets its export market to expand at a fast pace, presently CAGR is
33%. As per IHS estimates, India set to topple Japan, worlds largest small car
producer, building as many as 3 million units. In addition to strong domestic
demand, India is well on its path of becoming a global production hub for
small cars. In 2009, it surpassed Japan to become the largest small car market
in the world, accounting for the sale of around 900,000 small cars compared
to 700,000 units sold in Japan. India is also now the second-largest exporter
of small cars, behind only Japan.
152
8.14.3 Contribution of Small Vehicles
India today has an efficient fleet, owing to a strong presence of small

vehicles. In 2010, 86% of gasoline and 64% of diesel vehicles belonged to
small car category.
Chart 8.7 shows CO2 produced from vehicles in 2013. It is clear from this
graph that small vehicles have a positive impact on the Overall Corporate
Average Fuel Efficiency of the Auto industry. This data, based on industry
performance in 2010, shows that the average CO2 from small cars is 30%
lower than that of other than small cars.
Chart 8.7
CO2 Contribution by Vehicle Type
Chart 8.7 : CO2 Contribution by Ve hicle Ty pe
190 Average CO2

180 contribution
183.51
170
Average CO2 (g/km)
Industry Average caf

160
150
140
130
120 130.43
110
100
Small Cars Others
Even in 2013, small cars have shown consistently better fuel efficiency (lower
CO2). This has a positive contribution to the fuel consumed by such vehicles
in the field resulting in lower demand of fuel.
In view of this, it is imperative to keep focus on this important segment of the

Indian Automotive market.
153
Small commercial vehicles typical to the Indian market emerged in 2005. This
segment meets the stringent emission norms and has helped improve the
ambient air quality. Sales of these vehicles have improved over the years
owing to good customer response.
BS V cost impact is likely to have a bearing on the sales trend of these

vehicles and hence the impact on ambient air quality.
8.14.4 Cost Impact of implementing BS V on Growth of Small Vehicles
New technology will have to be implemented to comply with BS V norms in

future. Technology solutions will impact vehicle sales due to additional cost.
As per current estimates, additional cost for diesel and gasoline vehicles will
be around Rs 40,000 and Rs 3,000 respectively. This is independent of cost
impact due to fuel economy standards in future.
Moving ahead for BS VI norms, there will be additional cost impact again on
diesel passenger cars. Depending on the technology available, it could be
around Rs 20,000. The total cost to reach BS VI from BS IV would be around
Rs 60,000 per unit.
The impact of Euro 5 implementation in Europe in 2009 is already felt and as

seen from one of the studies done by INOVEV, small diesel vehicles will almost
extinct in the coming years. The impact on bigger vehicles cost, although felt,
is not so strong, as the impact of such technologies will reduce as a
percentage of the initial cost of the vehicle.
India is predominantly a small car market. Diesel vehicles have shown a

varying penetration in this segment due to fluctuations in the fuel prices.
Cost impact of BS V can have adverse impact on the growth of the small cars
in diesel segment.
154
Issues Relating to Prospective Improvement in Fuel Efficiency
8.14.5 Impact of Fuel Economy Regulation
India is going to adopt a fuel economy regulation based on fleet average of

manufacturers models. Diesel vehicles with 20% lower CO2 than
corresponding gasoline vehicles will help in reducing the fleet average of a
manufacturer. However, the fleet average fuel consumption of the
manufacturer will increase with lowering of weight of the fleet. Low diesel
penetration along with low fleet mass in subsequent years will make it
difficult to meet the CAF/FE regulation.
To abide by Fuel Efficiency standards, manufacturers have to shift focus

towards gasoline vehicles through further improvement in fleet fuel
economy. Considering gasoline vehicle CO2 improvement targets for Year
2022, SIAM data reflects target improvements of 5% to 47% across vehicle
fleet.
Based on the estimates, additional cost of improvement could be around

Rs.10,000 to 15,000 in small vehicles depending on the vehicle size, which
will be in addition to cost of technology upgradation that the manufacturers
will anyway do to meet stringent emission regulation in future.
8.15 ISSUES RELATING TO PROSPECTIVE IMPROVEMENT IN FUEL EFFICIENCY

Government of India, through Ministry of Power, finalised and notified the
fuel efficiency regulations for India on 30 January 2014. These regulations will
be implemented by Ministry of Road Transport & Highways. The new
regulations envision a continuous reduction in fuel consumption over a ten-
year period. They will be implemented according to a corporate average fuel
consumption model, meaning that there will not be a set standard for every
vehicle produced but rather weighted fleet-average standards for each
manufacturer.
The first stage of the Fuel Efficiency regulation states that a manufacturer will
have to meet an annual limit of 129.8 g/CO2 per kilometre (~18.2 km/l), at a
base average weight of 1,037 kgs for vehicles manufactured from 1 April
2016 to 1 April 2017 (Chart 8.8).
155
Chart 8.8
Fuel Efficiency Regulation for Passenger Cars in India
Chart 8.8 : Fuel Efficie ncy Regulati on for Pass enger Cars in I ndia
This regulation will be mandated for M1 category of motor vehicles

(commonly known as the passenger vehicles, weighing below 3,500 kgs).
Several measures would be taken by the industry to adopt the stringent fuel
efficiency regulations such as improvement in engine efficiency,
improvement in transmission efficiency, reduction of weight, use of
alternative fuel, etc.
Further, in the subsequent stage a manufacturer will have to meet an annual

limit of 113 g/km of average CO2 (~21 km/l) at a base average weight of 1,145
kgs, which will be implemented from the fiscal year 2021-22 onwards. This is
equivalent to approximately 22 km/l at the base vehicle weight of 1,037 kgs.
A copy of the notification is placed in Annexure 10. After the implementation
of Fuel Efficiency regulations for passenger cars, rules for Heavy Duty
Vehicles, two wheelers and three-wheelers would be implemented
subsequently.
156
It is not possible for India to benchmark the Indian norms with some of the
developed countries as Indian road conditions are very different from that in
developed nations, which does not allow the automotive industry to use
technologies like low resistance tyres, etc. which makes a big difference in
fuel efficiency. In view of the poor road conditions, Indian vehicles need to
have higher road clearance which increases the drag coefficient and
therefore the fuel consumption.
Further, the fuel available in India with RON 91 does not allow the industry to
tune high compression engines optimally for achieving the best fuel efficiency
in comparison to high Octane (95 RON) fuel as in some developed countries.
The automotive industry would like to have 95 RON mandatorily with BS V
rollout.
However, these factors have to be seen in conjunction with the fact that the
bulk of the existing stock of vehicles will not be able to take advantage of 95
RON gasoline. It will be unfair to make them pay the higher price of 95 RON
when they will not be able to take the benefit of it. It has been thus
recommended that 95 RON gasoline should be made widely available in the
larger cities which are likely to be the main markets for high compression fuel
efficient passenger cars.
Countries like Japan have higher penetration of Hybrids and Electric Vehicles,
which they are targeting to reduce their fleet CO2 averages. Penetration of
such vehicles will be very low in India even in 2020.
It should be understood that new vehicle fuel efficiency regulation will have a
limited impact on the quantum of fuel saving in the country. For larger saving
of fuel, improvements in road infrastructure, decongestion and fleet
modernisation and driver education will have a greater impact on improving
the fuel savings. It would also be imperative that alternative safe and
comfortable mass mobility options are provided for society, which will
minimise the requirement to use private passenger vehicles at all times.
157
8.15.1 Labels
The Society of Indian Automobile Manufacturers announced a voluntary

labelling programme for cars in the year 2009. The SIAM fuel economy label,
which is displayed at a car dealership for consumer information and
education, segments the vehicles according to the weight of the car and its
relative performance in the same weight segment.
Notwithstanding the above, Bureau of Energy Efficiency has proposed to

introduce mandatory labels for passenger vehicles in near future. Apart from
displaying the fuel economy of the vehicles, the label would rank fuel
efficiency by a five-star system which will depend on the weight of the
vehicle. These indicative labels are reproduced below (Chart 8.9).
Chart 8.9
Labels for Fuel Efficiency Mandatory and Voluntary
Chart 8.9 : La bels for Fuel Efficiency Mandatory a nd Vol untary
Proposed Mandatory Fuel SIAM Voluntary Fuel

Efficiency Start Rating Label Economy Label, since 2009
158
Decision on Full Nationwide Coverage by Jan-Mar Quarter 2017
CHAPTER 9: R OADMA P FOR THE ROLL OUT OF BS IV GASOLINE /DI ESEL THR OUG HOUT INDIA
CHAPTER 9
ROADMAP FOR THE ROLL OUT OF BS IV GASOLINE/DIESEL

THROUGHOUT INDIA
9.1 DECISION ON FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE BY JAN-MAR QUARTER 2017
As discussed previously it is necessary to transit in a way which provides

geographical integrity to the fuel and hence emission regimes in the country.
The transition period as also discussed would be 2015 to 2017. By 1 April
2017, all across the country, the retail outlets would sell only BS IV gasoline
and diesel, with the relaxations as already described for the North East region
in respect of Cetane and Aromatics.
In order to achieve the conversion targets, BS IV gasoline and diesel needs to

be made available to the depot/terminals from the source refineries three
months before the target date of start of sale of BS IV gasoline and diesel
from retail outlets. The three month period is needed to complete the
change-over at the depot/terminal and in the retail outlet/customers
storage tanks and in pipeline stocks from BS III to BS IV grades.
In order to achieve roll out of conversion in the selected regions by 1 April

2015, BS IV gasoline and diesel will have to be made available in the requisite
quantity from 1 January 2015 in the refineries. For conversion of the second
batch of regions by 1 April 2016, BS IV gasoline and diesel will have to be
made available from 1 January 2016 and for the third batch of conversion on
1 April 2017, BS IV gasoline and diesel will have to be made available from 1
January 2017.
159
Intermediate Milestones in 2015 and 2016
The complete switch in from BS III to BS IV would be completed in the

refineries by the end of 2016. The first quarter of calendar year 2017 will be
taken up in completing the change-over in inventories and pipeline stocks so
as to ensure that 100% BS IV auto fuels are at retail outlets countrywide with
effect from 1 April 2017. The region wise roadmap and milestones for
implementation of BS IV fuels are given below at paragraph 9.2.
9.2 INTERMEDIATE MILESTONES IN 2015 AND 2016
Considering the availability across refineries and the logistics for positioning
of product, the intermediate milestones for conversion to BS IV grade
gasoline and diesel (in addition to already converted cities), taking
geographical blocks is proposed as below and with effect at retail outlets
from 1 April of the year (Maps 9.1 to 9.6):
2015 The whole of Northern India covering Jammu & Kashmir,

(except Leh/Kargil18), Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh,
Uttarakhand, Delhi and the bordering districts in Rajasthan
and Western Uttar Pradesh.
Where part of the State is being covered, the relevant districts

will be listed. This will be the case with Rajasthan and Uttar
Pradesh at this stage. The selected districts of Rajasthan are
Bharatpur, Alwar, Hanumangarh and Sriganganagar. The
districts of West Uttar Pradesh to be covered are Saharanpur,
Muzaffarnagar, Baghpat, Meerut, Bijnor, Ghaziabad, Gautam
Buddh Nagar, Bulandshar, Jyotiba Phule Nagar, Rampur,
Moradabad, Aligarh, Budaun, Bareilly, Mathura, Mahamaya
Nagar, Etah, Agra, Ferozabad, Etawah and Mainpuri.
18
Supplies to Leh and Kargil can be made only by road when the passes are open (Rohtang and
Zozilla passes). These passes are only in the months of April to September. Therefore, the process
of moving BS IV gasoline and diesel to these areas will begin from April 2015 and the retail outlets
will be converted by September 2015. Thus BS IV MS and HSD will be available at the retail level
in Leh and Kargil with effect from 1 September 2015.
160
Intermediate Milestones in 2015 and 2016
BPCL has intimated that their supplies to Uttarakhand are

made from BORL, Bina, Madhya Pradesh. While they will be
able to cover Uttarakhand for diesel, they have a problem with
gasoline on account of slightly higher aromatics content. BPCL
has therefore been given two options. First, is to supply its
retail outlets in Uttarakhand from supplies (requirement of
8,000 tonnes per month) from other oil marketing companies.
This has the drawback of recovery of CST and other taxes etc.
Second, they can meet the gasoline needs of Uttarakhand with
a temporary relaxation of aromatics content to 40% maximum
(in place of 35% as in BS IV). As new facilities are coming on
line at BORL, BPCL feels that in future by August/September
2016 this problem will not be there. The temporary relaxation
for BPCLs gasoline sales in the State of Uttarakhand in
aromatic content to 40% will thus be valid only up to 30
September 2016, provided the company chooses this option.
2016 All of Goa will be covered. All of Kerala, Karnataka, the newly
formed State of Telangana (formerly part of Andhra Pradesh),
Odisha, and the Union Territories of Daman & Diu, Dadra-
Nagar-Haveli and Andaman & Nicobar. Parts of Maharashtra
(Mumbai, Thane and Pune districts) will be covered. Parts of
Gujarat (Surat, Valsad, Dangs and Tapi districts) will also be
converted.19 In addition a corridor spanning the highway link
through Gujarat and Rajasthan linking Northern India to the
ports on the West Coast will also be sought to be covered.
2017 The rest of the country
19
The Oil Marketing Companies have wanted this stage to become effective with effect from 1 July
2016, on account of time needed for BPCL Kochi to settle in during the quarter ended March
2016. However, it is felt that they will be able to meet the deadline with extra effort.
161
Some Logistics Issues that will need to be Taken Care of
The maps representing the areas/geographical regions proposed for roll out
of BS IV and BS V gasoline and diesel from 2015 to 2020 are given at the end
of this chapter in Maps 9.1 to 9.6.
9.3 SOME LOGISTICS ISSUES THAT WILL NEED TO BE TAKEN CARE OF
Several issues of detail in the logistics of the changeover need special

attention and will have to be kept in mind from the outset in order for the
plan and timeline to successfully materialise.
9.3.1 Key Success Factors
i. The actual roll out will be critically dependent on the availability of BS

IV gasoline and diesel from the source Refinery three months prior to
the target date. Any slippage will affect the implementation timeline.
ii. During the conversion process, there will have to be additional

movement from the private sector Stand Alone Refineries, viz. RIL and
Essar at Jamnagar. This will require a higher rail slate in this sector.
Railways have a constraint in moving rakes to this sector, so lifting at
the refineries could become an issue. Currently RIL/Essar are not
moving gasoline through the coastal mode
iii. Paradip refinery would be a regular surplus supply source of BS IV

fuels in this period. It will also require evacuation by rake, where
Railways may have limitations.
iv. IOCL/BPCL are currently moving product from North East refineries to
outside the North East for purpose of evacuation of the refinery.
These products from the North East which will have different specs
from BS IV may be permitted to be sold in the areas converted to BS
IV during the transition phase, that is, up to 2017.
v. After conversion of Northern Region States by 1 April 2015 as per the

planned roll out, BS IV product availability for sustaining the demand
during any shutdown of refineries at Mathura/Panipat/Bhatinda could
162
Some Logistics Issues that will need to be Taken Care of
become a cause of concern as other alternate public sector refineries

(Koyali, Barauni, BORL) which are connected by pipeline will not have
converted to BS IV. In such an event there will be greater dependence
on RIL/Essar and movement by rail will have to increase.
9.3.2 Issues of Assistance from Railways, Compensation of Taxes and Costs
i. Railways may be advised to increase the rake availability in Jamnagar

sector as lifting of material from RIL/Essar will have to increase and
also to provide priority for movement of POL products to ensure
timely availability of product.
ii. Similarly priority needs to be provided for POL rake movement in

Paradip sector.
iii. Ports need to give priority berthing for POL vessels as coastal
movement is likely to increase.
iv. To avoid criss-cross movement of product, State specific inter-

company transaction charges, such as Entry Tax, First Point Tax and
Purchase Tax, if any, may be exempted during the conversion process
or should be allowed to be passed on in the retail price in the sales
made in the concerned State.
v. Dilution losses incurred due to sale of BS IV grades at BS III rates for a

period of three months during the Roll Out for conversion as and
when required will require to be compensated.
9.3.3 Assistance from Ministry of Shipping
i. Oil Industry representatives to be made member of the Trust at all

Major Ports under TAMP;
ii. Port Infrastructure like availability of Tug Boats, Pilots to be improved

at all ports to avoid berthing delays and consequently improve jetty
occupancy at all ports;
iii. Fresh water supply to vessels at all Ports to be arranged by the

concerned Port Trust;
iv. Uniform guidelines for Long Term Agreements with Oil Companies for
development of Jetties at All Ports to be issued;
163
Roll Out of BS V
v. Walk-in Berthing Priority for Oil Industry Vessels to be made available

at Ports where Jetties have been constructed by Oil Companies;
vi. Berthing Priority to be given for POL/LPG vessels at all other Ports,
beyond 24 hours from arrival;
vii. Slop Receiving Facilities to be arranged by Port Authorities at all Major

Ports;
viii. Adequate dredging work to be carried out to maintain/increase

available drafts (especially at Haldia and Kandla);
ix. Jetty Structures/Facilities to be modified (including Un-Loading Arms)

at Mangalore and Kandla for berthing of VLCCs.
9.4 ROLL OUT OF BS V
The oil marketing companies submit that while the investment for the
transition to BS IV is for the most part under execution or approved or likely
to be approved, that is not the case with the investments that will be
required to shift to BS V.
The investments that will be needed to convert the older refineries of the
OMC to 100% BS V fuel will be quite large and at the existing level of
depressed profitability it may be hard for them to justify raising the large
resources to fund the capital expenditure. This is the Business as Usual
scenario where they feel that it may not be possible for them to upgrade
their refineries to become fully compliant with BS V before the end of 2024.
Hence, the retail level transition can become effective from 1 April 2025.
However, the OMCs have submitted that if the funding sources are assured
to them then it will be technically possible for them to accelerate the
changeover such that the refineries become fully BS V compliant by the end
of 2019. In that event the complete transition to BS V will become possible at
the retail outlet by 1 April 2020.
This is the Accelerated Transition Scenario which from the public policy
point of view would be the desirable one.
164
Roll Out of BS V
9.4.1 Introduction of BS V Fuels Logistical Issues
This is however no reason for BS V fuels to await launch before the start of
the complete transition to BS V. It can be introduced along with BS IV in retail
outlets as a premium fuel to the extent that BS V fuel is available at the
refineries for domestic sale. Considering that the catalyst life will be
considerably extended by the use of 10 ppm sulphur fuel, appropriate
education will surely create a significant demand for 10 ppm sulphur fuels
especially in larger cities.
It could also be ensured that across the country, specified outlets on the
highways stock BS V auto fuels so that vehicle owners/operators who choose
to use BS V fuels do not have to switch back to BS IV fuels in the normal
course of events. Automobile manufacturers can adapt their strategy to such
a roll out plan for BS V.
The conversion/dilution period that will be applicable to BS V will be similar

to that used in the area wise conversion of BS IV as discussed here, even
though the completion of the process to country wide level is envisioned to
occur in a period of one year.
The first geography to be fully covered with effect from 1 April 2019 would
be the Northern Region as defined by the area proposed to be covered to BS
IV in 2015, with the addition of the rest of Rajasthan and all of Gujarat. The
rest of the country is slated to go to full BS V with effect from 1 April 2020.
Alternatively, the switch can be made simultaneously across the country with
effect from 1 April 2020.
165
Roll Out of BS V
Map 9.1: Cities with BS IV as on Date

Map 9.1 : Citie s with BS IV as on Date
Roll Out of BS V
Map 9.2: Proposed Conversion to BS IV by 1 April 2015

Map 9.2 : Proposed Conversi on to BS IV by 1 A pril 201 5
Roll Out of BS V

Roll Out of BS V

Roll Out of BS V
Map 9.5: Proposed Conversion to BS V by 1 April 2019

Map 9.5 : Proposed Conversi on to BS V by 1 Apri l 2019
Roll Out of BS V
Map 9.6: Proposed Conversion to BS V by 1 April 2020

Map 9.6 : Proposed Conversi on to BS V by 1 Apri l 2020
BS V Coverage by 2020
Alternative Fuels
CHAPTER 10 : ALTER NATIVE AUT O FUE LS
CHAPTER 10
ALTERNATIVE AUTO FUELS
10.1 ALTERNATIVE FUELS
Though liquid fuels will continue to have major presence due to their reach
and ease of logistics, other fuels which may be looked into are:
CNG
LPG
Bio Fuels
Electric vehicles
Hybrid vehicles
Hydrogen/Fuel
10.1.1 Natural Gas A Low Hanging Fruit
Worldwide, natural gas reserves are more abundant than oil. Looking at the
recent gas discoveries in East Africa, Central Asia, Middle East and recent
successes in commercial exploitation of shale gas in US, gas may play an
increasingly dominant role in the energy mix of India too.
Government has prioritised power and fertiliser sectors for domestic gas
allocation. At present around 5 MMSCMD of domestic gas and 4 MMSCMD
imported LNG is being supplied to transport sector. As of today, natural gas is
the only established alternative which can substitute crude oil based fuels on
a large scale. Also, to the extent that gas for CNG use is also transported
through trunk pipelines, it increases the economic viability of the trunk lines.
172
Alternative Fuels
Currently CNG is being supplied as an automotive fuel in about 50 cities. This

is further likely to be expanded in more cities if the supplies of gas made
available.
As of 31st December 2013, there were 922 CNG stations in 10 states of India
(Andhra Pradesh, Delhi/NCR, Gujarat, Haryana, Maharashtra, MP, Rajasthan,
Tripura, UP and West Bengal) serving more than 1.9 million vehicles.
10.1.2 Major Benefits for Switching Over From Liquid Fuels to NG/CNG
1. Logical choice to replace liquid fuels owing to its benign

environmental qualities.
2. No adulteration and pilferage.
3. Emits significantly less pollutants such as CO2, HC, CO, NOx, SOx and
particulate matter (PM) compared to petrol and diesel and no
presence of carcinogens like benzene and aromatics.
4. For a diesel engine to match emission levels of CNG engines,

incorporation of advanced technology such as SCR (Selective Catalytic
Reduction) and particulate traps as also use of ultra-low sulphur diesel
is required.
5. Use of CNG in cities will enable public transport to upgrade emission

standards to Euro V equivalent BS V spec. CNG engines need to be
equipped with oxidation catalyst to take care of NOx levels and some
particulates that comes from lubricants burning.
6. Environmentally, it is a preferred fuel for city public transport with

start-stop type of operations. Delhi and Mumbai are success story of
gas as a fuel.
7. Even at full market price, gas is cost competitive relative to non-

subsidised liquid fuels.
8. Price of gas is likely to be more stable than oil given that supply of gas
would be stable.
173
Alternative Fuels
9. Natural Gas Highways can be created to shift Heavy Commercial

Vehicles/Trucks/Public Transport to CNG.
10. Use of gas as a transport fuel can enhance energy security.
11. Emission benefits of replacing diesel with CNG vehicles are:
Fuel CO, g/km NOx, g/km PM, g/km

Diesel 2.4 21 0.38
CNG 0.4 8.9 0.012
Reduction 84% 58% 97%
10.1.3 Economics of Using CNG as Fuel
1. CNG can compete with diesel in terms of energy efficiency and easily
scores over gasoline even at delivered R-LNG price up-to US$ 17/MMBTU.
Purely on energy-equivalence basis, price of US$ 17.85/MMBTU for gas
corresponds to US$ 100/barrel of oil at crude parity basis. The slope
offered by suppliers with respect to crude oil is generally 75-80% of crude
parity price which corresponds to US$ 13.4 to 14.3/MMBTU at crude
price of US$ 100/barrel.
2. Further, CNG at present prices is almost equal or better in terms of

running cost with diesel. Under-recovery of diesel, if done away, CNG will
fare far better. The table below gives a tentative snapshot for a 1300-
1500 cc hatchback car in Mumbai and Ahmedabad.
Unit Retail Selling Price as on Fuel Economy (Rs Running Cost (Rs /
1 March 2014 km/Unit) km)
At Mumbai
Gasoline Rs / litre 82.13 14 5.87
Diesel Rs / litre 63.86 17 3.76
CNG Rs / Kg 38.95 20 1.95
At Ahmedabad
Gasoline Rs / litre 77.10 14 5.50
Diesel Rs / litre 61.77 17 3.63
CNG Rs / Kg 58.75 20 2.94
174
Alternative Fuels
3. In spite of imported gas being at a discount to crude parity prices, there

are several inland taxes at various stages that erode some of the
advantage. A comparison is given here.
S. No. Attribute CNG Crude oil

1. Import duty 5% Nil
2. VAT 12.5 15% VAT 4% (declared
goods)
3. Excise duty 14.42% (incl. cess @ 3%) Rs3.56/litre on
diesel
4. Service tax 12.36% on trunk pipeline
(inclusive of transmission tariff as also City
cess) Gas Distribution network tariff
4. Other factors that affect the attractiveness and viability of CNG as an

alternative fuel are:
Additional investment for conversion/substitution to a CNG

vehicle vis--vis petrol/diesel vehicles.
Average monthly kilometres running of vehicles.
10.1.4 Pre-requisites for Gas as a Transport Fuel on Nation-wide Basis
1. Completion of a national gas grid with trunk pipelines connecting

different regions needs to be in place. There is an existing 14,000 km NG
pipeline network, while another 5,000 km is under various stages of
implementation.
2. Natural gas can be distributed economically in a city only by pipeline. A
city gas grid needs multiplicity of users to aggregate demand from
different sectors to have sufficient volume to make the grid
economically viable.
3. Investment in refuelling station is a critical factor for the success of the
CNG business. Compared to a petrol/diesel pump station, the
investment in a CNG filling station is higher.
4. In view of the convenience of use with petrol and diesel, and the
additional cost of converting a petrol vehicle to CNG, there is a
175
Alternative Fuels
reluctance to change over to CNG unless there is a substantial price

differential in favour of CNG.
5. CNG as a fuel can be considered for use in city buses, cars, 4 wheelers, 3
wheelers and commercial vehicles (LCV & HCV).
6. Trucks/buses running on intercity services may not find CNG convenient
and viable unless wide re-fuelling CNG network is created along major
national & state highways. Two wheelers are not a market for CNG.
7. PNGRB has planned to introduce city gas facilities in 300 cities. The
potential of additional CNG stations in cities and on highways, especially
intersection points may be planned in near future.
10.1.5 Position of Automobile Industry
Auto industry is willing to support usage of CNG. Technology to roll out CNG
vehicles is also available with leading manufacturers. However, industry seeks
a clear, stable and predictable policy regime before committing heavy
investments required to roll out Natural Gas vehicles on large scale.
A number of automobile manufacturing companies are producing dual fuel

vehicles (CNG plus petrol). However, the sales of such vehicles are limited to
cities where CNG supplies are available in cities like Delhi & Mumbai. Sales of
CNG vehicle have seen a very high growth due to large savings on fuel price
as the price of CNG is comparatively much lower than diesel & petrol.
10.1.6 Major Issues & Govt. Support Required for Making Gas a Popular Choice in
Auto Fuel Policy
The concerned Working Group had felt that considering environmental and
economic benefits to the nation, City Gas Distribution (CGD) should continue
to be given the high priority for purpose of allotments. This is however a
much larger issue and the Committee cannot endorse this view. The Working
Group also has voiced several tax proposals. These have not been listed here.
The fiscal policy and other related issues have been dealt separately in
another chapter.
176
Auto-Gas/Auto LPG
10.1.7 Conclusion
CNG use as an automotive fuel needs to be developed as a national mission.

In view of the above, it is observed that:
Natural Gas/CNG is the best option to replace liquid fuels.

It is not only environment friendly but also economical.
Over the ownership life, CNG vehicle is definitely cost effective.
Diesel price should be aligned to market prices.
Government should support growth of cleaner fuels.
10.2 AUTO-GAS/AUTO LPG
Auto-Gas is the abridged name for automotive Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LP
Gas or LPG). LPG is predominantly propane and butane, where propane
ranges 30-99%. It is derived either as a product from crude-oil refining or
from natural-gas or oil production. It is generally refrigerated for large-scale
bulk storage and seaborne transportation as a liquid, but is transported and
stored locally in pressurised tanks or bottles (cylinders).
Auto-Gas is one of the preferred alternative fuel with more than 21 million
vehicles operating worldwide. It generates considerably less emissions than
other fossil fuels, protecting the environment and human health while
mitigating the threat of climate change. According to authoritative scientific
testing, Auto-Gas yields about 50% less CO, 40% less HC, 35% less NOx and
50% less O3 forming potential compared to gasoline. According to some
studies, Auto-Gas outperforms Euro IV/V diesel when emissions are
measured on a full fuel-cycle basis and when LP Gas is sourced mainly from
natural gas processing plants.
Use of Auto-Gas is still concentrated in five countries viz. Korea, Turkey,

Russia, Poland and Italy together account for more than half of global Auto-
177
Auto-Gas/Auto LPG
Gas consumption today. Share of Auto-Gas in total automotive-fuel

consumption varies from a mere 0.1% in the United States to 18% in Turkey.
In the two largest Asian countries viz. Korea and Japan, a large number of
taxis and light-duty vehicles run on Auto-Gas on account of incentives and
government mandate. In Europe, private cars comprise the main market.
Gasoline vehicles can be converted to Auto-Gas at moderate cost. As
conversion technology for diesel vehicles is less advanced than for gasoline
vehicles, diesel conversions are rarely competitive. Korea, however, by
exception has most of the vehicles as Original Equipment Manufacturer
(OEM) vehicles.
10.2.1 Auto LPG as Fuel in India
The issuance of amended Motor Vehicle act 2000 by the Ministry of Road
Transport & Highways and LPG (Regulation of use in Motor Vehicles) order in
the year 2001 by Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas paved the way for
introduction of LPG as automotive fuel in the country.
Retailing of Auto LPG through an Auto LPG Dispensing Station (ALDS) could
commence in late 2002 with the introduction of LPG conversion kits duly
approved by ARAI.
Presently there are about 900 Auto LPG Dispensing Stations. However,
throughput of 60 KL/month was far lower than in FY 2007 and FY 2008.
Factors which influence use of LPG as Auto Fuel:
1. LPG as an Auto Fuel provides environmental benefits in terms of

reduced vehicular emissions especially PM10
2. Fuelling time almost same as liquid fuels
3. Frequency of fuelling as good as liquid fuels
4. Bi-fuel mode is possible in case of LPG fuelled vehicle
5. LPG can be easily transported and made available for use
178
Auto-Gas/Auto LPG
10.2.2 LPG Vehicle Population and Potential
No. of Avg. consumption/ A-LPG potential,

vehicles month, litres MMTPA
4-wheelers 965,807 100 0.60
3-wheelers 279,200 250 0.50
2-wheelers 4312 20 0.001
Total 1.10
Estimated Auto LPG potential of 1.1 MMTPA does not include vehicles that
are fitted with unauthorised kits. Out of 1.1 MMTPA, Auto LPG sold through
ALDS is only 0.35 MMTPA.
10.2.3 Drivers/Issues Relevant to Auto LPG
1. Auto LPG is available from diversified sources like Natural Gas, Refineries,
Petrochemical Plants, Fractionators etc. thereby minimising the risk of
dependence on a single source.
2. LPG is globally surplus and is expected to remain so due to increasing
Natural Gas production and addition of refining capacities.
3. Additional cost for Auto-Gas dispensing is low as it generally makes use of
the existing service-station infrastructure for distribution of conventional
fuels.
4. Implementing Auto LPG programme is easier and cheaper compared to
CNG, since it does not call for an elaborate gas grid/network, compressor
station at refuelling stations etc.
5. It generates considerably fewer emissions than other fossil fuels,
protecting the environment and human health while mitigating the threat
of climate change.
6. Authorised Auto LPG consumption is 0.35 MMTPA at present. However,
based on data of import of Auto LPG Kits/Tanks the consumption
potential is 1.1 MMTPA.
179
Auto-Gas/Auto LPG
10.2.4 Auto LPG Price Differential with Gasoline
1. Auto LPG sales flourished as long as its price was <= 60% of gasoline price.
In recent months Auto LPG price increased to 80% of gasoline price and
affected its growth.
2. Gasoline to Auto LPG retail selling price differential of 40% is a must to
ensure new conversions. Global Practice is, however, to maintain price
differential of around 50%.
3. As can be seen from the Table given below, cost per km for Auto LPG car
in Delhi and Mumbai is almost equal to that of petrol and higher than that
of diesel. However, auto LPG prices have spiked in last 2 months because
of increase in LPG prices on account of winter season across the globe
and are likely to come down to a level where it is around 20% less on cost
per km. basis in comparison to petrol.
Price as on 01.03.2014
Fuel km/litre Mumbai Delhi
Rs/litre Cost Rs/km Rs/litre Cost Rs/km
Gasoline 14.0 82.70 5.91 73.16 5.23
Diesel 17.0 63.86 3.75 55.48 3.26
Auto LPG 10.5 61.39 5.84 55.26 5.26
10.2.5 Cost of Conversion
Besides savings in fuel, two other factors determining the attractiveness and
viability of Auto LPG as an alternative fuel are:
Additional investment for conversion/substitution to Auto LPG vis--

vis gasoline/diesel vehicle.
Vehicle conversion cost varies from US$ 500 in developing countries
to US$ 3,500 in United States. The premium for an OEM vehicle is
typically at least US$ 1,000 for a light-duty vehicle.
Average monthly running of kilo-meters for each type of vehicles in
different cities.
180
Auto-Gas/Auto LPG
10.2.6 Safety & Inspection Requirement in LPG Vehicles
Auto LPG is safe and comparable to liquid fuels in terms of safety. However,
Registration Certificate (RC) endorsement for fuel change needs to be

mandatory.
Insurance certificate needs to be amended to incorporate the change
of fuel as well.
Commercial taxis, autos and buses need to undergo safety and
leakage tests at the time of Annual fitness checks.
For private vehicles, OEMs to incorporate leakage testing as a part of
their service schedule at their dealers end.
For retrofitted vehicles which carry endorsement on their RC books
for change of fuel, OEM approved service centres/RTA approved
centres to carry out leakage testing as a part of regular servicing of
the vehicle.
10.2.7 Survey by Nielsen for Petroleum Planning and Analysis Cell (PPAC)
Findings are as under:
1. 62% of petrol is consumed by 2-wheelers owing to their sheer numbers

on the road, while 3-wheelers accounts for 6% petrol consumption.
2. Disparity in petrol & diesel prices is leading to dieselisation even in the
passenger car segment which now accounts for 19% diesel consumption.
10.2.8 Two wheelers, a Fundamental Form for Transportation in India
1. A 2-wheeler is a least energy intensive vehicle, but highest in terms of

numbers on road.
2. Composition of 2-wheelers in vehicle population has grown from 9% in
1951 to 75% in 2013.
3. CNG though technically feasible is not practical for 2-wheelers because:
Bulky and costly CNG tank installation
Non-availability of CNG across India
181
Auto-Gas/Auto LPG
4. Auto LPG in 2-wheeler segment can be a great initiative as it would

benefit in respect of emissions, fuel bill and foreign exchange.
5. Auto LPG would meet BS IV norms and more.
10.2.9 Customer Perspective - Economic Competitiveness
100-125 CC Motor Cycle

Fuel km/litre Mumbai Delhi
Rate, Rs Cost, Rs Rate Rs Cost Rs
/litre /km litre /km
Gasoline 60 82.70 1.38 73.16 1.22
Auto LPG 60 61.39 1.02 55.26 0.92
Savings 26.5% 24.5%
Note: The mileage on Auto LPG is equivalent or even higher than gasoline as observed
in Bajaj Platina (OEM) and retro-fitted bikes/scooters in Gujarat
Auto LPG can reduce 2-wheeler fuel bill by 25-40%. Thus an additional
expenditure of about Rs6000/- either on an OEM bike or retro-fitment can be
recovered in 12-15 months. Unlike 4-wheelers, in 2-wheelers there is a direct
vapour withdrawal system ensuring complete combustion of air gas mixture,
leaving no un-burnt hydrocarbon and highest mileage equivalent to gasoline
even with 15% less calorific value fuel.
10.2.10 Infrastructure
Adequate infrastructure is available to meet import requirement:
Import locations with achievable capacity of 6+ MMTPA, which is

good enough to meet increased Auto LPG demand.
Effective storage capacity of 500 TMT.
Logistics Tankers
Total Industry Bulk Tankers: > 11000
Over 1000 Tankers dedicated for ALDS
Pipelines
Jamnagar-Loni
Vizag-Secunderabad
Panipat-Jalandhar
Auto LPG Dispensing Stations: 1,100 plus
182
Use of Di-Methyl Ether (DME) & Methanol as Auto Fuels
10.2.11 International Scenario
2-wheelers running on Auto LPG are in use in China and many parts of
Southern Asia. Shanghai has banned petrol scooters/mopeds and allows only
LPG scooters in the city due to air pollution. About 190,000 gasoline mopeds
were eliminated during 2001-2004, replaced by 140,000 LPG mopeds as of
2004, at that time city had over 100 Auto LPG refuelling stations. In 2009,
Auto LPG refuelling stations spread to 25 cities and had become a major
alternative fuel in China. Motorcycles account for a large portion of the Auto
LPG with over 260,000 Auto LPG motorcycles in Shanghai alone. According to
the Turkish Statistics Institutes report, the nation had over 25 Lakh (15.7% of
total vehicles) motorcycles running on Auto LPG. To reduce pollution levels,
Vietnam has also begun producing scooters running on Auto LPG since 2006.
10.2.12 Conclusions
The concerned Working Group had views on changes in taxation treatment

for auto LPG kits and OEM supplies both Central and State duties and
common nationwide treatment for VAT at concessional rates. These have
been dealt separately in another chapter.
The Working Group felt that all 3 wheelers and other public transport
vehicles should run on alternative fuels, particularly, CNG or Auto LPG.
10.3 USE OF DI-METHYL ETHER (DME) & METHANOL AS AUTO FUELS
Methanol is an alternative fuel for internal combustion engines either in

combination with gasoline or directly. It is used in racing cars in many
countries including China. Chemical derivative of methanol viz. Di Methyl
Ether (DME) can be blended with LPG for home heating and cooking and can
also be used as a diesel replacement for transportation fuel. However,
availability of DME as a competitive automotive fuel will be an issue.
183
Use of Di-Methyl Ether (DME) & Methanol as Auto Fuels
10.3.1 Methanol as a Transport Fuel
European Fuel Quality Directive allows up to 3% methanol with an equal

amount of co-solvent for blending in gasoline sold in Europe. China uses
more than 3 million tonnes of methanol/year as a transportation fuel in both
low level blends used in existing vehicles and as high level blends in vehicles
designed to accommodate the use of methanol fuels.
Methanol Usage in India
Methanol consumption in energy segment is substantial as blending

component of gasoline as Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE), Tertiary Amyl
Methyl Ether (TAME) and Di-Methyl Ether (DME).
Looking at the falling Rupee and widening CAD, use of imported Methanol for
blending does not seem feasible at current import prices as given below.
Methanol Import Price Ex-Terminal

US$/tonne 600
Rs /kg 38 1 US$ = Rs 62
Rs /litre 30
Rs /litre (in equivalent energy terms as 58 Energy density is around 49% of
that of gasoline) that of gasoline. So, to have
Inland transportation, Rs./litre 2 same energy in volume terms,
Total 60 quantity required is more.
Refinery Transfer price of gasoline on landed cost basis is about Rs 45/litre. At

Rs 60/litre, methanol blending does not seem practical, unless it is produced
domestically at much cheaper rates.
10.3.2 Is Methanol a Safe Fuel to Use in India?
1. Methanol has a high toxicity in humans. As little as 10 ml of pure

methanol can cause permanent blindness by destruction of the optic
nerve, while 30 ml is potentially fatal.
2. From a safety view point, methanol-based fire burns invisibly, while
gasoline burns with a visible flame. This can delay visual detection of the
fire and the initiation of fire suppression.
184
Ethanol as a Transport Fuel
3. Pure methanol cannot be used as a fuel in car at high levels, as it is

corrosive to certain materials used in engines and fuel lines. Low-level
blends of methanol can, however, be used in cars where the fuel is
available. Its low energy content means that fuel consumption will be
higher than hydrocarbon fuels.
4. Methanol is readily biodegradable in both aerobic (oxygen present) and
anaerobic (oxygen absent) environments.
10.4 ETHANOL AS A TRANSPORT FUEL
Ethanol is an organic solvent, similar in properties to the hundreds of other

components of petroleum-derived gasoline. Yet, there is a big difference:
ethanol itself burns cleaner and burns more completely than petrol it is
blended into. Sugar cane juice and molasses are the most common, cheaper
and renewable natural resources for ethanol production. In India, ethanol is
mainly derived by sugarcane molasses, which is a by-product in the
conversion of sugar cane juice to sugar.
10.4.1 Studies Conducted by IOC (R&D) and ARAI with 10% Ethanol Blended Petrol
1. 10% ethanol blended petrol fortified with additive package (anti-

oxidant and corrosion inhibitor) meets IS 2796-2008 spec.
2. No drivability problem with E10 (10% ethanol blended) petrol.
3. Fuel economy, however, deteriorated by about 2% with the use of E10
petrol vis--vis normal petrol due to lower calorific value of ethanol.
4. Reduced carbon monoxide (CO) and total hydro-carbon (THC) and
increased nitrogen oxides (NOx) with E10 petrol vis--vis normal petrol.
5. With E10 petrol on new vehicles, acetaldehyde emissions were found
significantly high.
185
10.4.2 The Ethanol Blending Programme
In India, ethanol made its foray into the transport sector as a fuel additive in
2001. In view of surplus ethanol availability in the country, MoP&NG
commissioned pilot projects in sugar producing states to examine techno-
commercial feasibility of using it on large scale. During the R&D studies on
new generation passenger cars and two wheelers with 5% and 10% ethanol
gasoline blends, it was observed that blending of ethanol in gasoline
increases Octane number of the blended fuel (1.3 unit with 5% blend) and
(3.4 unit with 10% blend), thereby giving an opportunity to oil marketing
companies for reducing benzene. However, higher volatility of blends would
require removal of lighter components. As ethanol increases the oxygen
content in the blend, additional dosage of anti-oxidant and metal de-
activator is required to meet potential gum specification. Toxicity studies
conducted by ITRC concluded that blending of ethanol in gasoline will not
increase the toxicity of the blend.
Oil companies marketed 5% ethanol gasoline blend during the pilot project in
three locations viz. Miraj/Hazarwadi and Manmad/Panewadi in Maharashtra
and Bareilly/Aanola in U.P. in 2001. Based on the success of these pilot
projects and to enhance the country's energy security, Government of India
mandated blending of 5% ethanol with petrol in 9 States and 4 Union
Territories in the year 2003 and subsequently mandated 5% blending of
ethanol with petrol in 20 States and 8 Union Territories in November 2006 on
an all-India basis except a few North East states and Jammu & Kashmir.
The ethanol blended motor spirit is extended a special concession on central

taxation where the assessable duty is restricted to the central excise duty on
ethanol (@12.4%), as against the central excise duty of Rs 9.20 per litre
(previously Rs 14.78 per litre) normally levied on gasoline.
186
10.4.3 Status of Ethanol Blended Petrol (EBP)
Ethanol blending was considered as a path-breaking policy and the

government envisaged that it would reduce India's dependence on imported
oil and enhance its energy security. The hopes for that premise came from
Brazil's bio-fuel programme, which began in 1976 and transformed the South
American nation into the world's first sustainable bio-fuel economy. Close to
94% of cars sold in Brazil are flexible fuel cars that can handle ethanol blends
from 18 per cent upward.
Government of India unveiled the National Bio Fuel Policy in October 2008,
which required oil companies to sell petrol blended with at least 5% of
ethanol. It proposed that the blending level be increased to 20% by 2017.
The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs mandated 5% blending of

ethanol with petrol in November 2009, and fixed the ethanol price at Rs27/-
per litre for 3 years in December 2009. As per planning, the project should
have taken off. However, blended petrol is available only in 13 states that the
average blend is 2%.
10.4.4 Issues of Pricing & Imports
The International Competitive Bidding (ICB) floated by Oil Marketing

Companies witnessed an offer for 62 crore litres of ethanol against
requirement of 82 crore litres but the price was prohibitively high at Rs69.50
to Rs92.00 per litre. It is clear that importing ethanol from world markets for
blending is not feasible at this point. If at all blending targets have to be
achieved, they have to be achieved with local procurement.
10.4.5 Economics of Using Ethanol
Against international offers, average Indian offer price was Rs43/- per litre (at
depot) for 55 crore litres, which would be at a fixed price in Indian rupee,
187
Hydrogen as a Transport Fuel
thus completely insulating from the vagaries of international oil prices and
exchange rate volatility. Also, if current target of 5% blending (105 crore
litres) is achieved, it will result in replacement of around 1.8 Million Barrels of
crude oil. This will result in savings of around US$ 197 million in foreign
currency. At 10% blending, savings will be over US$ 377 million. This will also
help in bringing down current account deficit and improving rural and co-
operative economy.
10.5 HYDROGEN AS A TRANSPORT FUEL
Hydrogen being a clean, reliable and sustainable source of energy has been
recognised as a fuel for the future. However, it comes with certain challenges
which are to be addressed before it can be used in large scale for public
transport and power generation.
Hydrogen is one the most abundant elements available on earth but not in
elemental form. Hydrogen production technologies in commercial use today
are catalytic steam reforming of natural gas, naphtha and other
hydrocarbons, partial oxidation of hydrocarbons and coal gasification and
electrolysis of water.
10.5.1 Environmental Benefits of Hydrogen as an Energy Carrier
It lowers sulphur in fuels

Enables catalytic converters to remove other pollutants from
transportation fuels viz. NOx, PM and VOCs.
Helps conserve precious natural resources by enabling refiners to
increase the amount of fuel that can be produced from every
barrel of crude oil.
Enables refiners to use all qualities of crude, regardless of how
heavy or sour.
It can be used to produce electricity in a fuel cell for the cleanest
option or in an internal combustion engine, where emissions are
significantly reduced compared with other fuels.
188
Can produce electricity; electricity can produce hydrogen, creating

an energy loop that is renewable and neutral to the environment.
10.5.2 Comparison of Vehicular Emission from Different Fuel
Pollutant Gasoline engine Diesel engine Hydrogen

engine
CO X
HC X
NOx
PM/smoke X X
Hydrogen is a carbon neutral fuel. The only pollutant from an Internal

Combustion Engine powered by hydrogen is NOx, which is extremely low.
10.5.3 Hydrogen Economy
The concept of a hydrogen economy was first originated in the early 1970s.
Hydrogen economy comprises 3 functional areas: production, storage &
distribution and end-use.
Production
Currently, about 50 MMTPA of hydrogen is consumed world over mainly for

ammonia fertiliser, chemical and refining areas. The technology for hydrogen
production is well established and bulk of it is produced from fossil fuels
through steam reforming: 50% from natural gas, 30% from oil and 20% from
coal. Electrolysis of water represents only minuscule of world production. It is
also produced as a by-product in the chemical industry. The cost of
commercially available hydrogen is high for applications in automobiles and
for power generation etc.
Storage
Economic, efficient and safe hydrogen storage is the key to hydrogen

economy. It can be stored as i) pressurised gas, ii) cryogenic liquid, iii) solid
189
fuel as chemical or physical combination with materials, such as metal

hydrides and carbon materials. However, high pressure gaseous hydrogen
storage offers the simplest solution in terms of infrastructure requirement
and has become the most popular and highly developed method.
High pressure and high-purity hydrogen at room temperature has significant

deleterious effects on the mechanical properties of metals, a phenomenon
known as embrittlement.
Distribution
Hydrogen pipelines exist only in some areas of United States. Tube trailers
and cylinders of compressed gas may be transported by barge, rail and truck.
Hydrogen is usually transported in liquid form if distance is more than 1000
miles and vaporised for use on-site. Compared to compressed gases, liquids
are easier to transport, have a higher energy density and are easier to
handle. The cost of distribution for hydrogen is about 15 times higher than
for an equivalent amount of liquid hydrocarbon fuel.
10.5.4 Safety
Concerns regarding hydrogen safety due to some previous accidents are one
of the main obstacles to be addressed. Hydrogen is the lightest gas (14 times
lighter than air), highly ammable, odourless, and burns with a colourless
ame. When used as a fuel, it supplies more energy per unit mass, than the
popular fuels used today. Hazards associated with hydrogen can be
characterised as:
1. Physiological (frostbite and suffocation).

2. Physical (embrittlement and component failures).
3. Chemical (burning or explosion).
190
10.5.5 Main Causes for a Catastrophic Event
1. Mechanical or material failure.

2. Corrosion attack.
3. Over pressurisation.
4. Enhanced embrittlement of storage tanks at low temperatures.
5. Boiling liquid expanding vapour explosion (BLEVE).
6. Rupture due to impact by shock waves and missiles from adjacent
explosions.
10.5.6 Codes and Standards
Codes and standards are important for commercialisation of any new

technology or product. Even though industry uses hydrogen extensively, its
application in transport sector demands a completely separate set of codes
and standards. BIS has already set up a committee for this in 2010.
10.5.7 World Wide Hydrogen Fuelling Stations
Twenty-seven new hydrogen refuelling stations were opened throughout the

world in 2012, bringing the total number of hydrogen refuelling stations in
operation to 208 as of March 2013. As per the information available, a total
of 80 hydrogen refuelling stations are currently operated in Europe, 76 in
North America, 3 in South America and 49 in Asia.
10.5.8 Indian Status Towards Hydrogen Economy
Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) had set up the National
Hydrogen Energy Road Map with the objective to identify the paths, which
will lead to a gradual introduction of Hydrogen Energy in the country,
accelerate commercialisation efforts and facilitate creation of Hydrogen
Energy Infrastructure in the country. It provides a comprehensive approach
to the development of components of hydrogen energy system, ranging from
191
production, storage, transport, delivery, applications, safety & standards,

education & awareness among others. The National Hydrogen Energy Road
Map has identified two initiatives:
1. Green Initiatives for Future Transport (GIFT).

2. Green Initiative for Power Generation (GIP).
Hydrogen Vision 2020 (GIFT)
Hydrogen cost at delivery point @ Rs 60-70/- per Kg.

Hydrogen storage capacity to be 9% wt.
Adequate support infrastructure including large number of
dispensing stations to be in place.
Safety regulations, legislations, codes and standards to be fully in
place.
Hydrogen Application for Transportation
Hydrogen in Internal Combustion Engines.

Hydrogen in fuel cells.
Hydrogen Electric Hybrid vehicles.
Targeted Hydrogen Powered Vehicles on Road
1,000,000 vehicles on road:

750,000 2/3-wheelers.
150,000 cars/taxis etc.
100,000 buses & vans etc.
However, main challenge is cost reduction and policy support.
10.5.9 Path Forward as per NHEB Road Map
1. Develop Standards, Codes, Regulations and Policy for acceptance

of Hydrogen Energy.
2. Develop a Technology Plan for Hydrogen Energy.
3. Develop Public-Private Partnership Projects.
4. Develop Hydrogen Energy System for Transition to Hydrogen
Economy.
192
Electric Mobility
10.6 ELECTRIC MOBILITY
The transportation sector alone accounts for over half of total domestic
consumption of refined petroleum products and road transport accounts for
close to 90% of this. Impact of transportation energy use on environment can
be classified in four distinct yet interrelated set of factors i.e.
i) vehicle efficiency
ii) vehicle use & distance travelled
iii) type of fuels or energy sources used in transportation
iv) overall system efficiency of the infrastructure
In addition to achieving higher efficiencies through better designs for

lowering rolling resistance, aerodynamic drag and light weighting etc., much
higher gains can be made through greater adoption of Hybrid/Electric
Vehicles.
Department of Heavy Industries has launched National Mission for Electric

Mobility (NMEM). NMEM arose from recommendations of Prime Ministers
Group on Technology for fast-tracking introduction and manufacture of full
range of electric vehicles, including hybrids. Government had approved the
taking up of this initiative on a National Mission mode, along with setting up
of a high level apex structure in the form of National Council for Electric
Mobility (NCEM) and National Board for Electric Mobility (NBEM).
10.6.1 National Electric Mobility Mission Plan (NEMMP) 2020
The NEMMP 2020 is the National Mission document providing the vision and
the roadmap for the faster adoption of xEVs (full range of hybrid and electric
vehicles) and their manufacturing in the country.
193
Electric Mobility
10.6.2 Need For Electric Mobility
Globally, automotive industry is passing through a paradigm shift. The past

century has been the era of internal combustion engine (ICE) primarily on
account of the ease of use, availability and low-cost of fossil fuels. The shift to
electric mobility has become necessary on account of fast depletion of fossil
fuels, rapid increase in energy cost, impact of transportation on the
environment and concerns over climate change. These concerns are driving
Governments and automotive industries to invest heavily towards developing
vehicles based on alternate propulsion systems including electric mobility.
As a result of sustained GDP growth and urbanisation, primary energy

consumption is expected to increase by 70% in next ten years. The increasing
gap between domestic crude oil production and consumption coupled with
hardening of the crude prices is a serious challenge to Indias energy security.
Thus adoption and focus on full range electric vehicles from mild hybrids to
pure electric vehicles can help in mitigating the energy issues.
10.6.3 Global Scenario
Various alternate power-train technologies are available today viz. Hybrid

Electric Vehicle (HEV), Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV), Extended-Range
Electric Vehicle (ER-EV) and Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV). These are
collectively referred to as xEVs.
HEVs have both internal combustion and electric drives, which work in
tandem leading to higher fuel efficiency. If the battery is used only when
vehicle is started or stopped, for regenerative braking and limited electric
motor assist, it is classified as mild hybrid. Whereas, full Hybrids have full
electric launch assist and motor drive. PHEVs and Extended Range Electric
Vehicles (ER-EV) can run on batteries alone for a significant length and have
ICE backup. BEVs run solely on batteries.
Different countries have different strategies:
194
Electric Mobility
i) USA aims to have 1 million PHEVs by 2015 and has been

subsidising private initiatives, which includes 2.5 Billion US$ grant
for battery development and 2.4 Billion US$ loan to OEMs for xEV
production.
ii) China plans to have 5 million xEVs by 2020 and has earmarked 15
Billion US$ over next three years for R&D on vehicles and
components, 4.4 Billion US$ over next 10 years on pilot projects
and 5 Billion US$ for half million public chargers.
iii) Japan has targeted 2 million xEVS by 2025 and has earmarked 250
million US$ over next three years for R&D on vehicles and
components.
iv) France aims to have 2 million BEVs and PHEVs by 2020 with an
investment of 380-430 million US$ for battery investment and
pilot projects for vehicles and 2 Billion US$ public investments for
recharging network of 1 million recharging points by 2015.
Further the French companies and government also plan to buy
100,000 electric vehicles.
10.6.4 Indian Scenario
The Indian automotive market is dominated by 2-wheelers. Population of 2-

wheelers is almost 75% of the total vehicles. Within the passenger car
segment, sale of small cars (of length less than four meters and having engine
capacity less than 1200 cc for petrol engines and less than 1500 cc for diesel
engines) is approximately 75% of the total sale of passenger cars. All this
points out to the fact that Indian consumer is value conscious and
affordability plays a major part. This fact is very crucial in development of
implementation strategy for Electric vehicles in India.
At present India is power deficit by 810%, has poor road infrastructure and
high levels of traffic congestion. The strategy for supporting electric vehicles
in India has to be tailored taking into account the ground realities of India.
10.6.5 Challenges to Adoption of Electric Mobility
Various barriers can be clubbed into four broad areas which need to be
overcome for improving electric mobility:
195
Electric Mobility
i) Consumer Acceptability: this includes issues relating to low

consumer awareness, current price performance gap etc.
ii) Technology Development: existing low level of R&D in this
area in the country, limited current capabilities etc. are some
of the concern areas.
iii) Manufacturing Investments: includes limited domestic
manufacturing capabilities and non-existent supply chain.
iv) Lack of xEV related Infrastructure: like provision of battery
charging infrastructure.
Demand incentives should be accompanied by measures for spurring

localisation of manufacturing and greater investment in R&D and technology
acquisition. The efforts for addressing the infrastructure related issues need
to be addressed continuously from the very beginning of the road map.
10.6.6 Government Support for Implementation
Governments continued & sustained support will be required for creating a

critical market size for xEVs through bridging higher acquisition costs, under
JNNURM or other scheme, for an optimal number of xEVs of different
segments for an agreed duration. The creation of adequate charging
infrastructure, development of battery swap and fast charging as viable
business models coupled with improvements in range, performance, charging
time, and cost reductions through R&D efforts are expected to play a key role
in addressing this issue.
In India, the 2-wheelers are used by the majority of population as major

mode of transport for small distance transportation (10-100 kms./day).The
companies are manufacturing battery operated 2/3 wheelers in the country.
However, due to poor infrastructure and high cost and reliability, consumers
do not buy battery operated vehicles. There is a need for infrastructure
creation and providing fiscal incentives for developing electric mobility.
196
The Public Policy Framework
CHAPTER 11 : PUBLIC POLICY, REGULAT ORY AND FIS CAL CONSIDERATI ONS
CHAPTER 11
PUBLIC POLICY, REGULATORY AND FISCAL CONSIDERATIONS
11.1 THE PUBLIC POLICY FRAMEWORK
It has been stated previously that the principal objective of developing a fuel
standard and emissions pathway to 2025 is the consideration for public
health. There are subsidiary consideration also, especially that regarding
improving fuel efficiency. Even as the targets for fuel efficiency improvement
have been separately prescribed, the Committee has borne in mind that to
the extent that prescriptions for fuel quality and emissions norms can impact
fuel efficiency and indeed there are often strong trade-offs here, fuel
efficiency must be given adequate importance to the extent that is possible
without undermining the principal objective of protection of public health.
11.1.1 Vehicle Tailpipe Emissions and the Larger Challenge of Air Quality
It has been found in the Source Apportionment Study cited above that
automobile tailpipe exhaust is not the only source of ambient air pollution
and in many cases not even the principal one. However, that does not detract
from the fact that (a) automobile tailpipe emissions are a very important
component of the sources of ambient air pollution, (b) given the growing
pace of vehicle ownership and use, vehicle tailpipe emissions will only grow
in quantum, (c) that the only way to deal with rising quanta is to make the
quality much better and (d) the remit of this Committee is to prescribe
standards for fuel and emission norms going up to 2025.
197
Imperatives for Success
It has to be understood that working on vehicle tailpipe emissions cannot by

itself deal with ambient air quality deterioration. Other public policy
initiatives are needed to contain the other sources of contribution be it coal
based thermal power plants, industrial stacks, garbage burning or emissions
from kitchen fuels. The recommendations that have been made by this
Committee have been made in the expectation that initiatives will indeed be
taken in other important areas so that the combination of all of these
initiatives will combine to have the desired outcome on ambient air quality.
11.2 IMPERATIVES FOR SUCCESS
Success of a policy initiative has many ingredients. Aside from correctly

diagnosing the problem, and prescribing suitable and feasible solution
pathways, it also has to ensure that financial viability of the producing
stakeholders in this case the petroleum refineries, vehicle manufacturers,
alternative fuel providers, logistics service providers and retailers is
preserved, while the health of the public stakeholder is protected.
It also has to ensure that the economic framework that is expected to

support the implementation of the prescribed policy is consistent with
competitive market dynamics. Finally, while some call on fiscal support is
inevitable, given the pattern of ownership and pricing policy practised in
refined petroleum products, care needs to be ensured that it is also minimal,
given the many other objectives that public policy must necessarily have to
serve.
Specifically in this instance, it should be made clear that Oil Marketing

Companies who have been made to bear large financial costs on account of
policy decisions on pricing of sensitive refined petroleum products for many
years now, cannot be realistically expected to be able to make the
investments that are necessary for producing automotive fuel to higher
standards which can support improved vehicle tailpipe emission standards.
Significant costs have been incurred which have not seen adequate returns
198
Investment Requirement by Refineries
coming to the companies and more investment is required. These direct costs
of additional capital expenditure and higher operating costs have to be
allowed to be passed on to the customer. There are also some indirect costs,
many of which are perhaps one-time in nature relevant at the time of
transition that also needs to be passed on.
Subsidising consumption of gasoline and diesel from the general revenues of

the Government is not a good idea. There are many calls on the exchequer
be it for basic sustenance, education, public health or economic
infrastructure which should take complete precedence. The pricing of
gasoline has passed out of the regulated sphere and it is hoped that the same
will become true for diesel in the near future.
11.3 INVESTMENT REQUIREMENT BY REFINERIES
The CONCAWE Report No 1/13 (2013) titled Oil refining in the EU in 2020,
with perspectives to 2030 has assessed the capital expenditure for
modernising refineries in the European Union. It is expected that increased
capacities of EU refinery units will boost distillates production and reduce
residue output, while meeting fuel quality. Significant capacity reductions
have been announced in units that boost gasoline production and distil
crude. This trajectory is expected to bring them in line with regulatory and
policy expectations. The cumulative investment required between 2008 and
2020 has been estimated by CONCAWE to be $51 billion of which $30 billion
has already committed on announced projects.
Total refining capacity in 27 EU countries plus Norway and Switzerland, is

reported to be 760 million tonnes per year. Were the investment figure of
$30 billion already committed to be applied on per tonne basis across Indian
refineries, the inferred investment required for Indian refineries with
installed nameplate capacity (excluding Paradip) of 215 million tonnes, would
work out to US$ 8.5 billion. For the complete $51 billion the pro rata
equivalent investment required for India would be over $14 billion.
199
Investment Needed to Meet BS IV and BS V Fuel Quality Needs
11.4 INVESTMENT NEEDED TO MEET BS IV AND BS V FUEL QUALITY NEEDS
Based on a preliminary analysis, on a refinery to refinery basis it was found

that in order to meet 100% BS IV/BS V quality requirements for both gasoline
and diesel, the required capital expenditure needed, some already
committed and rest under approval, will work out to nearly Rs 80,000 crore,
that is, over $13 billion. The total capital expenditure decomposed by
company is at Table 11.1. Most of the required capital expenditure will be on
account of public sector refineries, which are generally older units.
Table 11.1
Investments Required by Indian Refineries to Meet BS IV/V Standards
Table 11.1: I nvest ments Required by India n Refineries to Meet BS IV/V Sta ndar ds
Unit: Rs in Crore
BS IV BS V Overall
Gasoline Diesel Sub-total Gasoline Diesel Sub-total Total
IOCL 3,230 3,188 6,418 8,630 8,908 17,538 23,956
BPCL 2,077 15,868 17,945 1,275 350 1,625 19,570
HPCL 360 360 6,304 6,304 6,664
CPCL 200 565 765 765
CPCL-CBR 500 500 500
MRPL 3,375 3,375 1,500 1,500 4,875
NRL * 15,000 15,000 50 50 15,050
PSU Refineries 5,867 38,496 44,363 11,405 15,612 27,017 71,380
HMEL 500 300 800 800
BORL 250 50 300 220 220 520
RIL 660 360 1,020 1,020
Essar 380 280 660 660
Total 6,497 38,826 45,323 12,565 16,492 29,057 74,380
Estimate of other non-specified facilities that will be needed for completion to BS V 6,000
Grand Total Say Rs 80,000 crore 80,380
Note: In several cases, the capital investment required as between BS IV and BS V cannot be
separated and have been reported under the former head.
* Indicated is a lump sum figure for expansion to 9 MMTPA and upgrading both gasoline
and diesel.
At CBR, there is no scope for further upgrading diesel to BS V quality and a different line
of disposition of CBR is required once transition to BS V is initiated.
The bulk of the investment required for upgrading automotive fuels to BS IV

standards are already underway and expected to be completed over 2014,
200
Incremental Operating Costs for BS IV and BS V Fuels
2015 and 2016. Some small investments that are needed are approved or in
an advanced stage of approval and will be completed by the end of
2016/early 2017. However, the DHDT unit required for producing BS IV diesel
at BPCLs Mumbai refinery has yet to be approved. In the case of investments
needed to achieve BS V fuel standards, some of the investments shown in
Table 11.1 are yet to be approved. However, in the event of the timelines
recommended by this Committee being accepted and notified by
Government, the necessary approvals will have to be made and there is
enough time to ensure that they are completed and operational by the time
of the roll out of BS V automotive fuels in 2019 and 2020.
11.5 INCREMENTAL OPERATING COSTS FOR BS IV AND BS V FUELS
There are clearly higher costs that are incurred in the pursuit of improved
standards for fuel quality. The aspect of cost is important to stress, as the
improvement in fuel standards are being done by mandate, not in response
to normal market signals. When mandatory behaviour is prescribed, policy
should ensure that conditions should permit the burdens of the mandate to
be recovered by the regulated entity, in this case the refinery. Since over the
last decade when these mandates were being prescribed, the selling price of
both gasoline (deregulated with effect June 2010) and diesel was (and
continues to be) controlled, there is an obligation for policy to ensure that
the mandated costs are recovered by the oil companies.
11.5.1 Cost Based Approach
It is known that an array of capital equipment is required to be installed to

bring the refined automotive fuel to standards that can pass any given
mandate and that changes have to be made in utilities to support the new
production regime. It is also a fact that a green field refinery will be so
configured, such that it is able to produce output at a quality level that
corresponds not only to the extant regime, but also to the prospective quality
201
regime as prescribed by mandate. It is therefore not hard to understand why

the bulk of investments needed to enable refineries to produce BS IV and BS
V fuels are older units.
In 2003, a detailed study20 was conducted for the Asian Development Bank to
compute what the incremental cost would be to move diesel production
from the then existing high sulphur content regime towards lower sulphur
and ultimately to 50 ppm and 10 ppm sulphur content diesel. The unit costs
used are probably long out-dated, but it is interesting to take note of since it
did try and model the prescribed trajectory for a large number of Asian
refineries with a variety of configurations across as many as twelve Asian
countries.
The study looked at incremental refining costs (including capital servicing and
operational costs) for a baseline output level of diesel with 3,000 ppm
sulphur and stepwise reduction to 1,000 ppm, then 500 ppm, 350 ppm, 250
ppm, 50 ppm and finally 10 ppm. What is pertinent here are the incremental
cost estimates for progressively going from 500 ppm sulphur downwards. A
summary of these incremental operating costs are placed at Table 11.2.
Table 11.2
Estimated Incremental Cost for Asian Refineries for 12 Countries to Produce
Low/Ultra Low Sulphur Diesel
Table 11.2: Estimated I ncrementa l Cost for Asia n Refineries for 12 Countries to Produce Low /Ultra Low Sulphur Diesel
Unit: US cents per litre

Cost of taking Sulphur Cumulative from
From 500 From 350 From 50
ppm to 50 ppm to 50 ppm to 10
ppm ppm ppm
Mean 1.64 1.61 0.07
Median 1.66 1.65 0.02
First Quartile 1.64 1.58 0.01
Third Quartile 1.67 1.66 0.08
Standard Deviation 0.06 0.07 0.10
20
Cost of diesel fuel desulphurisation for different refinery structures typical of the Asian Refining
Industry: Enstrat International, for Asian Development Bank, January 2003.
202
The estimates made for 50 ppm sulphur content diesel seems to be much
more persuasive, given the very wide range for the estimates for 10 ppm
sulphur diesel which went from 20 cents plus for three countries and 1 to 2
cents for the rest. The problem is most likely on account of the difficulty in
obtaining reliable data on clearly differentiated capital and other costs that
would be required in these mostly older refineries for producing 10 ppm
sulphur at a time when they were mostly making 3,000 ppm and higher
sulphur content diesel. The incremental estimates to produce 50 ppm
sulphur diesel starting from 500/350 ppm level is about 1.65 cents per litre.
For going to 10 ppm sulphur perhaps the estimate made for Singapore
refineries of 24 cents incremental cost compared to 50 ppm sulphur diesel
may be seen to be reasonable.
Of course these cost estimates date back to 2001 or at best 2002 and thus
has to be viewed with even greater caution. However, if we do not make any
adjustments to price increases between 2001 and 2014, the estimated
incremental cost for 50 ppm sulphur diesel is seen to Rs 1,000 per kilolitre
relative to 500/350 ppm sulphur content that is, BS III fuel.
11.5.2 Price Differentials in the Retail Market in the US
Markets do trade different grades of fuel and an inference can be drawn

from quotations across grades to determine what the premium/discount may
be in respect of a particular parameter. The US Energy Information Agency
does publish weekly retail prices of different grades of gasoline and diesel.
These do show a clear and steady differential in the retail selling prices grade
wise. These differences must stem from differences in cost otherwise in an
open market they would not continue to survive the pressure of market
dynamics.
At Table 11.3 the average retail selling price and the premium gradient for
gasoline between the first week of January 2011 to April 2014, over a period
of 171 weeks, is presented. The retail prices of diesel containing low sulphur
203
alongside ultra low sulphur is reported by US EIA only for the period February
2007 and December 2008 (96 weeks), since after that period mostly ULSF
diesel with 15 ppm and less sulphur was being sold on the highway. The data
for gasoline and diesel for the two respective periods available are reported
at Table 11.3.
Table 11.3
Weekly Retail Prices of Different Grades of Gasoline and Diesel in the USA
Reported by US EIA
Table 11.3: Wee kly Retail Prices of Different Grades of Gasoline and D iesel in the USA Reported by U S EIA
Weekly Retail Selling Prices Premium over Regular

Mean Median Absolute % Regular
Conventional Gasoline
Regular 91.95 92.12
Mid Grade 95.26 95.55 3.43 3.7%
Premium 99.57 99.75 7.63 8.3%
Reformulated Gasoline
Regular 96.68 97.03
Mid Grade 101.02 101.47 4.44 4.6%
Premium 103.75 104.27 7.24 7.5%
Diesel (No 2 Gas Oil)
Low Sulphur >15 500 ppm 88.60 84.67
15 ppm Sulphur 90.77 87.06 2.39 2.8%
Note: i) Gasoline: Regular is octane 8587; mid grade is 8890 and premium is >90 (9193). In
terms of RON this is approximately to RON of 9192, 9495 and 9698 respectively.
ii) Reformulated Gasoline differs from conventional gasoline primarily on account of lower
permissible aromatics content of 25%.
iii) Low Sulphur Diesel is defined to be >15 to 500 ppm sulphur, but in practice when it was
being sold, the sulphur content was in excess of 80 ppm.
Source: Energy Information Agency, US Department of Energy
If these price differentials were to be used as a guide, it would suggest that

the premium between 80/100 to 500 ppm sulphur and 15 ppm sulphur
should be in the range of 2.4 cents per litre or about 2.8% of the price of the
higher sulphur diesel. These are somewhat higher than the 1.7 cents per litre
computed differentials in 2002 and reported at Table 11.2. The figure of 2.4
cents works out to about Rs 1.40 per litre.
204
The gasoline premiums between grades are much steeper and these are not
on account of sulphur but octane ratings. They are high, both in terms of
cents per litre and as a proportion of the regular (91 RON) gasoline. In local
currency the differential works out to Rs 2.10 and Rs 4.60 per litre for the
increase in RON from 91 to 94/95 and to 96/98 respectively.
11.5.3 Price Differentials in the International (Asian) market
An examination of bulk price quotations in the Singapore market showed a

steady and significant price premium for lower sulphur diesel and gasoline.
Quotes from the Japanese market showed clear price differential for
different octane (RON) rating. These are summarised at Table 11.4. The
period which the prices represent start January 2012 and end mid-April 2014.
Table 11.4
Differentials for Sulphur in Diesel and Octane Rating (RON) in Gasoline
Table 11.4: Differentials for Sulphur in D iesel & Gasoline a nd Octane Rating (RON) in Gaso line

Singapore
January 2012 to Diesel Price Differentials
Mid-April 2014 Sulphur 500 Sulphur 50 Sulphur 500
to 50 ppm to 10 ppm to 10 ppm
Median 0.82 0.29 1.07
Q1 0.56 0.24 0.93
Q3 1.07 0.37 1.31
Mean 0.83 0.30 1.11
Std Dev 0.41 0.11 0.43
Median as % Base Price 0.79% 0.27% 1.03%
Singapore
Gasoline by RON
RON 92 to 95 95 to 97 92 to 97
Median 2.65 2.16 4.71
Q1 2.45 1.52 3.96
Q3 2.78 2.44 5.30
Mean 2.53 2.01 4.51
Std Dev 0.36 0.77 0.94
Median as % Base Price 2.71% 2.21% 4.82%
205
In respect to sulphur content in diesel, though there is some volatility in the

premium as evidenced by the fairly high standard deviation, the median price
differential of US 0.82 cents per litre (49 paise per litre) between 500 and 50
ppm sulphur is strongly supported by the differential structure between 50
and 10 ppm and cumulatively between 500 and 10 ppm. The latter works out
to US 1.07 cents per litre, that is, 64 paise per litre. It is to be noted that these
price differentials are much lower than that emerging from the weekly retail
prices in the US market and are also less than the unit cost based estimate
presented earlier.
11.5.4 Extant Practice and Background
For improving quality of Auto Fuels from BS II/III to BS III/IV norms, Refineries
had installed facilities involving capital investment of about Rs 35,000 crore.
In addition incremental operating cost for quality improvement was also
incurred. The oil industry had indicated to the MoP&NG an incremental
operating cost of Rs 2.64 per litre ($ 7.86/bbl) for gasoline and Rs 1.43 per
litre ($ 4.64/bbl) for diesel.
However, Government in March 2010 allowed a quality differential of 41

paise per litre for BS IV gasoline and 3 paise per litre for BS IV diesel. IOCL
wanted diesel sulphur quality premium of 1.2 paise per litre, Cetane Number
improvement differential of 39.7 paise per litre, recovery improvement of
28.3 paise per litre and recovery of investment & operating cost of 64.7 per
litre, i.e. a total Rs 1.339 per litre.
However, this proposal was not accepted by PPAC, on the grounds that the
basis of IPP/TPP price fixation is based on price quotes of equivalent fuel
grades in the international market.
It is understood that in the case of diesel, the adjustment for BS III (that is
350 ppm sulphur) above the base quotes used for price computation which
was based on 500 ppm sulphur quotes, was obtained using an interpolation
206
method which is US 5 cents per barrel presently (previously up to 30 cents).

Then again, in working out the retail selling price an allowance of 4 paise per
litre is being presently allowed for BS IV over the BS III price. However, for
calculation of under-recovery a higher premium of 1820 paise per litre
(reduced by 4 paise) is used. However, the direction was made for the period
ending September 2013 and it is due for a recast.
11.5.5 Full Compensation and Cognizance of Cost Differentials
The policy effort has been to move the pricing principle of petroleum fuels
away from a cost based approach towards a market price linkage. This is
indeed the desirable approach as cost based approaches unduly protect
inefficient producers and penalise customers.
However, when the reality is that there is regulation, sometimes explicit,

sometimes informal, it is essential to reiterate and particularly when
regulatory mandates make companies incur expenditure, the additional cost
cannot be ignored and must be allowed to be fully reflected in the retail
selling prices. This is especially because differential qualities are not traded in
the market with the same level of activity and while it may be relatively easy
to arrive at the market price for the most commonly traded quality, this is not
necessarily so for other qualities.
The refineries were asked to indicate their capital servicing and operating
costs per litre for moving from BS III to BS IV operating regimes. The median
cost differential indicated for gasoline was Rs 0.91 per litre and that for diesel
was Rs 2.20 per litre.
The above cited differentials sought by the oil refineries are more in line with
that observed in the retail selling prices in the USA, the wholesale quotes in
key international trading centres and the cost based approach for diesel that
was cited previously, than they are with extant differentials that are allowed
under the regulatory arrangements.
207
Fiscal Support Sought
One more point needs to be made here. As has been noted the
contemporary quotations for low sulphur diesel are not available courtesy of
the US EIA after December 2008, and the likelihood is that over the next few
years, quotations for even 150/350/500 ppm sulphur and perhaps even 50
ppm sulphur automotive fuels can become less reliable on account of
declining trading volumes.
In such cases, it will be necessary to work on the quotation from the more
actively traded product and then use this base price to derive the price for
the other less actively traded product. The reality of the difference in
production cost must be fully and satisfactorily captured in the pricing of
the product.
There is thus a clear and urgent need to officially take cognizance of what are
the acceptable range of differentials between the mandated grades for
gasoline and diesel.
11.6 FISCAL SUPPORT SOUGHT
A range of fiscal support has been discussed in the proceedings of the

Committee. They range from the request of refineries for fiscal help to meet
the mandated fuel standards, to requests from advocates of alternative fuels
to find wider market acceptance, to requests from manufactures of vehicles
for incentives for lower emission technology and products. Given the nature
of government ownership in public sector refineries and the special burdens
imposed on them on account of regulated pricing over the past several years,
they feel that direct fiscal assistance for their capital expenditure
programmes should be favourably considered. The private sector refineries
too have a complaint on account of the burdens that pricing policy has
exposed them too, leaving them holding unproductive retail outlets as they
were not considered eligible for subsidy.
These have been summarised below. However, given the nature of the
refining and oil industry, costs are generally recoverable from sales, as long as
208
Government does not prevent it. The suitable remedy in this case is that
Government should permit costs to be fully passed on. In the case of
alternative fuels, several requests have come up on account of incentives or
equitable treatment. This class of issues is discussed on merits. Finally, there
are some issues relating to tax treatment and these too are discussed on
merits.
11.6.1 Refineries Case
Examples are cited regarding fiscal incentives for the manufacture of low and
ultra low sulphur fuels. In the nineties, Japan had extended provisions for
additional deductions for corporation tax and accelerated depreciation on
equipment purchase. The local government in Tokyo had also initiated a two
year programme in 2001 to subsidise up to 10 yen/litre for supplies of 50
ppm sulphur diesel. Similarly Hong Kong in 2000 reduced the import duty on
50 ppm sulphur diesel and within two months, 50 ppm diesel became the
main fuel supplied at local filling stations. In 2007, the environmental
protection department of Hong Kong issued concessional duty to promote
market penetration of 10 ppm sulphur diesel.
The principal problem with automotive fuels in India is that policy has not
allowed the recovery of a full price from the customer. Since the exchequer
has been intervening in the process and doling out subsidies, the oil
companies have also got squeezed directly by way of contribution and
disallowance of appropriate mark-ups for fuel quality, including that for
sulphur.
The greatest assistance that Government can extend to help the oil
companies make the necessary investment in a financially sustainable
manner is to let the companies charge the customer the appropriate
competitive price. Gasoline prices have been deregulated and diesel should
be allowed to go the same way as early as possible.
209
Further it ought to be made clear that in the formulae that underpin both
regulated and (informally) the unregulated prices should adjust appropriately
and fully for the premium on account of lower sulphur diesel and gasoline, as
also for other quality/grade parameters such as octane rating for gasoline.
There are however some small refineries, especially those in the North East
where the large investments that are needed to bring them up to BS IV and
finally BS V may not be possible to be justified on financial grounds alone.
Here Government may be called upon to provide additional capital support
to make these investments viable and the emphasis should be on reasonable
investment rather than expansion, especially if the local market does not
warrant the increase in capacity.
11.6.2 Alternative Fuels
A range of requests for tax incentives/disincentives and subsidies have been

made by the Working Group dealing with alternate fuels. The issue of tax
treatment for imported LNG (vis--vis crude) and State VAT (vis--vis diesel)
has been dealt with separately later.
The other requests range from having lower road tax for vehicles using CNG
to exemption of Central Excise Duty/lower VAT for auto LPG kits, exemption
of excise duty on molasses used for manufacture of ethanol for blending with
gasoline, to capital subsidies for electric/hybrid motor vehicles.
As stated elsewhere, the principal assistance that Government can extend to

the fuel modernisation programme is (a) to give the mandates regarding
quality and timeline and (b) allow the refineries to fully recover their costs.
Excessive dependence on tax engineering and complicated fiscal concessions

has rarely delivered efficient solutions and inevitably has been the cause of
unintended outcomes which can incur heavy costs elsewhere in the system.
The impact on grain prices flowing from the tax concessions to ethanol
blending in the USA is a case in point. The ethanol blending programme in
210
India survives on account of the large concession on central excise duty made
as between conventional gasoline and ethanol. This has had consequences
for the users of ethanol in the chemical industry which can claim the same
environmental benefits as in the use of ethanol as a motor fuel.
However, for urban mass transit there is an unambiguous case for capital
assistance and this is indeed being provided by way of plan grants and
viability gap funding. State and local governments are also contributing from
their budget.
There is scope for greater budgetary subvention, including by way of related

resource raising, to ensure the quick and widespread roll out of urban mass
transit, including electric buses.
11.6.3 Relative Prices of BS III vis--vis BS IV Auto Fuels
The argument that it is proving counter-productive that BS III fuels, especially

diesel, are being priced lower than that of BS IV fuels has been separately
discussed above. There is a view that BS III fuel should be priced higher than
BS IV fuel on the ground that the cost of externalities (environmental and
health) should be reflected in the consumer price differential between BS III
and BS IV fuels. However, that would mean that proscriptive views would
inform pricing. For practical considerations, the main objective would be to
ensure that BS III fuel is not purchased when BS IV fuel is available, only on
grounds of private financial advantage, as indeed seems to be happening for
long haulage trucks and tractor trailers.
The cost and price differentials ranging from cost-approach to market-price

approach has been extensively discussed at paragraphs 11.5.1 through 11.5.3
above. It has also been noted that refineries are asking for an average (across
the different refineries) for a compensation of Re 0.90 and Rs 2.20 per litre
for gasoline and diesel respectively (paragraph 11.5.5).
211
Looking at the evidence available, it is felt that a compensation of 75 paise

per litre should be extended for both gasoline and diesel as between BS III
and BS IV automotive fuels.
If the base international price on which the pricing is done is 500 or 350 ppm
sulphur fuel, the add-on for BS IV should be 75 paise per litre. On the other
hand, if the base international price used for price build up is 50 ppm sulphur
fuel, then a discount should be applied amounting to 75 paise per litre. This
should be done immediately.
11.6.4 Equalising Retail Prices of BS III with BS IV automotive fuels
High Sulphur Cess
However, there should not be a difference between the retail selling prices of
BS III and BS IV automotive fuels since that creates a needless and
counterproductive incentive for people to choose to buy BS III fuel even
where BS IV fuel may be available. This equalisation can be achieved by
imposing a cess High Sulphur Cess of 75 paise per litre on BS III
automotive fuels and this amount should not go to the refiners but will
accrue to OIDB. Funds from OIDB can be recycled for helping finance the cost
of modernisation and upgradation needed to move rapidly towards BS IV
auto fuel and eventually to BS V auto fuel by 1 April 2020.
The penetration of BS IV for gasoline is about 25% and that for diesel 16%
presently. With the accelerated roll out this proportion is expected to
increase sharply from 1 April 2015 onwards. The equalisation of BS III and BS
IV retail prices will also incentivise movement in favour of BS IV from the
moment that this price action is taken. Assuming that the decision is given
effect from 1 July 2014, there will be a steady decline in BS III fuels up to
January 2017 (when BS III will stop being produced), it is estimated that an
amount of about Rs 10,000 crore will accrue over the three year period
2014-15, 2015-16 and 2016-17 that will be involved in the full transition to
BS IV automotive fuels.
212
11.6.5 Special Cess on Auto Fuels for Financing Refinery Upgradation
Special Fuel Upgradation Cess
It has been seen that the capital investment that will be needed for the
complete upgradation of refineries to BS IV and finally to BS V is of the order
of Rs 80,000 crore. It has also been seen that if things are left to their existing
course, including financial resources, this improvement will take many, many
more years to be completed than is contemplated in the Accelerated
Transition Path.
If the slower course were to be adopted five or more number of years will be
required for the transition away from BS III to BS IV and finally to BS V. This
would entail a large cost in terms of public health as discussed in Chapter 5
of this report.
Had it been technically possible this Committee would have opted for an
even earlier roll out of BS V automotive fuel and the corresponding BS V
emission norms. However, financial constraints are inherently different from
technical ones in that easing financial constraints are often within the scope
of public policy decision making.
The best way to ease the financial constraint is the imposition of a special
cess that will accrue to the OIDB and be made available to the refineries to
fund the investment needed for upgrading to BS IV and finally to full BS V
automotive fuel production.
It is hence recommended that a special fuel upgradation cess of 75 paise

per litre on all gasoline and diesel sold in India be imposed and this cess
accrue to the OIDB. Assuming that this cess is made effective from 1 July
2014, then over a period seven years up 30 June 2022, the total accumulation
would be Rs 64,000 crore. This assumes a modest 5% annual increase in
domestic sales volumes.
213
The accumulated OIDB cess can be deployed to finance the modernisation

and upgradation of refineries so as to enable them to produce BS IV and BS V
grade fuels in a manner that is consistent with the charter and regulations of
the OIDB.
It is likely that most or all of the funding from OIDB to the refineries will be in
the form of term loans. It is recommended, that keeping in mind the
financially stretched conditions of the refineries and oil marketing
companies, concessional sub-market rates of interest may be extended for
loans made for the purpose of installation of new plant or for upgrading of
existing equipment for the purpose of meeting BS IV and then BS V fuel
standards. The manner and project selection criteria will have to be in line
with OIDB guidelines and practice and guidance of the Ministry. However, the
tenor of the loan could be extended to more than 10 years so as to
incentivise the refineries to travel on the path of accelerated transition.
11.6.6 Tax Related Issues
11.6.6.1 Import Duty on Crude Oil and LNG
For many years now, the import duty on crude petroleum is nil, while
previously it had been 5% and before that 10%. The import duty on LNG
except when directly imported for power generation remains at 5%.
There is no logic for the separate treatment on account of import duty as

between crude petroleum and LNG. They go towards similar uses and LNG is
in many ways a preferable substitute for liquid fuels.
It is recommended that the tax treatment on imports should be identical as

between crude petroleum and LNG. If the former is accorded nil duty, the
latter should also get the same benefit. If the import duty in crude petroleum
is in future made a non-zero levy, the same should also be applicable in the
case of LNG. Exact equivalence in tax treatment would allow the individual
economics of the competitiveness of the two fuels play out fully.
214
11.6.6.2 Incidence of Central Excise Duties on Product Sourced from SEZ/EOU
A major issue of tax treatment has been raised by private refiners. Presently,
the units which are in the Export Oriented or Special Economic Zone can sell
product in the DTA on paying the applicable (for SEZ units) Basic Customs
Duty (BCD) and the Additional Duty in lieu of Central Excise Duty also called
Countervailing Duty (CVD). However, the CVD paid on the clearance of the
product from the SEZ areas into the DTA under the existing rules cannot be
set-off against the CVD payable on sales made in the DTA. Thus, in effect the
Central Excise Duty is imposed twice over, which clearly cannot be the intent
of policy.
This incidence of applicable central excise duties twice over makes the supply
of product from SEZ into the domestic market a financially prohibitive
exercise. Since the SEZ unit is capable of producing fully BS IV grade and large
quantities of BS V grade fuels, the rollout of better grade of fuels will be
assisted provided the domestic market is able to source these fuels from the
SEZ unit without having to incur the incidence of excise duties twice over.
It is recommended that in the computation of taxes payable on purchase

from SEZ/EOU the incidence of central excise (basic, additional and special)
be levied only once at the point of entry into the DTA when the concessional
import duty is also levied. Thereafter the product should be treated as
equivalent to tax paid product from refineries in the DTA.
11.6.6.3 Treatment of Import Duty for Computing Under Recoveries
Domestic refineries have raised the issue that in the computation of under
recoveries, the incidence of import duty on product has tended to be
ignored. The fact however remains that import duty on product is a notional
one for the purpose of computing the domestic retail selling price based on
215
international bulk sale prices. Import of crude for some time now does not
suffer any burden of customs duty.
Therefore the expectation that the Finance Ministry will agree to reimburse
amounts that are clearly linked to the payment of a tax (customs duty) which
has not been collected is a bit optimistic. However, by not reimbursing the
notional customs duty, to that extent the effective protection for domestic
refineries is reduced to nil, which may be excessively harsh especially
considering the older vintage and sub-scale units that continue to operate
and produce significant quantities of product at a relatively higher operating
cost.
The best course of things would of course be to deregulate the pricing system
so that the anomaly of making a demand for reimbursement against a tax
from the exchequer that has not been paid does not arise. As far as the
customer is concerned, the levy of customs duty in the computation is the
equivalent of the effective protection that policy has accorded to the
industry.
However, to the extent that the price of diesel continues to be regulated and
the under-recoveries need to computed and paid out, the customs duty
component fully or in part should be equated to a cost disadvantage
due to the sub-economic scale and vintage of some of the refineries in the
public sector.
11.6.6.4 State Taxes on R-LNG/CNG/LPG Auto Gas on vis--vis Diesel
The State VAT on Natural Gas/CNG varies widely and is in many cases as high
as 15% ad valorem. The State VAT on LPG other than that for domestic use is
also variable and high. The demand that CNG etc. should be treated as
declared goods has been made before this Committee.
However, the taxes concerned are State taxes and will be determined by the
respective State Governments. There is no public policy compulsion to treat
216
them as basic necessities of life and hence accord them declared goods
status.
However, the Committee recommends only a moderate rate of State VAT (or
GST as and when it rolls out) should be imposed, which will encourage the
use of this environmentally cleaner fuel.
11.6.6.5 Swapping Costs Connected with Tax
At present if refineries in the DTA were to swap product, the Central Sales
Tax (CST) in effect would have to be absorbed by the unit offering the swap.
During the roll out of BS IV area wise, recourse to swapping product across
geographies as between the OMCs can be of assistance.
However, the retail price is computed on the basis on import (and export)
parity where the payment or liability to pay CST does not enter the picture.
Therefore, the seller in such a swap is saddled with an unrecoverable cost
and this can become a disincentive that would not be in the public interest.
As long as CST exists, the payment has to be made by only one party to the
swap and the entity receiving the swap has to reimburse the manufacturer
on the one hand but not pass on the incidence to the retail customer on the
other.
There are other unrecoverable taxes such as octroi etc., and these are
presently being recovered through the State Specific Cost mechanism
where such taxes and duties are recovered on the sales made in the
respective State.
The CST involved on any amounts of product that may have to be swapped in
order to facilitate the roll out in the transition to BS IV across the country can
also be recovered through this State Specific Cost mechanism.
217
11.6.6.6 Rationalising Rates of Central Excise Duty on Gasoline & Diesel
There is a serious anomaly in the treatment of branded and regular

gasoline and diesel for the purpose of Central Excise Duty.
The situation is as follows:
Under Notification 12/2012/ S No 70: Applicable Duty

Motor Sprit commonly known as Petrol
i) Intended for sale without brand name Rs 1.20 p per litre
ii) Other than that specified at i) above Rs 7.50 p per litre
Under Notification 12/2012/ S No 71: Applicable Duty

Diesel
i) Intended for sale without brand name Rs 1.46 p per litre
ii) Other than that specified at i) above Rs 3.75 p per litre
Additional Excise Duty

Motor Spirit Rs 2.00 p per litre
High Speed Diesel Rs 2.00 p per litre
Special Additional Excise Duty

High Speed Diesel Rs 1.00 p per litre
Exemption under Notification 28/2002 for Special Additional Excise Duty:

High Speed Diesel NIL per litre
The upshot of this is that the total central excise duty (before application of
3% education cess) works out to be:
Motor Spirit without brand name Rs 9.20 p per litre

Motor Spirit with brand name Rs 15.50 p per litre
High Speed Diesel without brand name Rs 3.46 p per litre

High Speed Diesel with brand name Rs 5.75 p per litre
218
The same product for the same application is thus being charged widely
different rates of excise duty. The branded products are premium
automotive fuels that result in improved engine life and better long term
mileage and policy should encourage their use, not discourage it. But that is
indeed what the outcome of this differential duty structure has been since it
was introduced in 2008. Even the narrow revenue objectives would not have
been fulfilled as branded fuel sales have fallen sharply.
It is urged that the Department of Revenue make immediate changes in this

situation and bring the duty rates of gasoline and diesel on par, irrespective
of whether they are regular or premium, i.e. branded.
The rates of excise duty on gasoline and diesel are fixed rates, not ad
valorem. The argument can be made that a higher priced product which
premium fuels indeed are should be taxed at a higher rate. This legitimate
concern can be taken care of by imposing a small differential in the excise
duty of 50 paise per litre, which will more or less maintain the inter se tax
proportionality as between regular and premium automotive fuels, as long as
the duty rates remain fixed and do not change to ad valorem.
11.6.6.7 Dilution and other costs
During the phased roll out from BS III to BS IV and later from BS IV to BS V,
some is a one-time cost involved. Oil Marketing Companies will received BS
IV from 1 January of the year of transition. However, the switchover to BS IV
will be completed only on 1 April of the year. On receiving BS IV they will be
liable to pay the BS IV price, but sell at BS III rates at the retail outlets till 1
April of the year.
To resolve this problem of uncompensated costs it is recommended that Oil

Marketing Companies will begin to charge and receive the BS IV price part
way through the transition period, namely 1 February of the year, since the
dilution is front-ended. From 1 February the High Sulphur Cess will also be
219
Other Regulatory Issues
stop being levied in the concerned geography and therefore the price to the
customer will not change.
11.6.6.8 Other Tax Concessions Sought
A large number of other tax concessions have been sought by refiners and
OMC in respect of both direct and indirect tax (both Centre and State). They
include capital grants, concessional duties and accelerated depreciation for
income tax. However, it is felt that these lack merit and the main public
policy support should be in the form of deregulated retail prices that allow
refiners to fully reimburse their capital and operating costs. The only case for
capital assistance that the Committee can sympathise with is that of
modernisation of the small refineries in the North East of India.
11.7 OTHER REGULATORY ISSUES
There are a range of other regulatory issues involved which are dealt with
sequentially.
11.7.1 Actions Required for Ensuring Inspection and Maintenance of Vehicles

Related Issues
Inspection and Maintenance (I&M) is one of the areas that should be

improved to reach the goal of improved ambient air quality. Vehicle pollution
strategy consists of four components i.e. increasingly stringent new vehicles
standards, specifications for clean fuel, proper inspection and maintenance of
in used vehicles and transport and travel management.
Best practices for I&M include:
o Centralised I&M system where inspection and maintenance are carried

out independently.
220
o Identifying high emission vehicles that are in need of repair and ensuring
that they are properly fixed.
o Accelerated replacement of old vehicles or retrofitting them with after

treatment devices.
o Frequency of inspection should vary for vehicles with different mileage

accumulation rates.
o Linkage of I&M with registration data so that failure to present proof of

inspection leads to denial of registration.
o Data management system to enable transmission of all real time test data
as generated.
o Complement I&M with road side testing or remote sensing.
o Raise public awareness of health benefits that can result from successful
I&M programme.
o Ensure that service industry has sufficient equipment and know-how to

properly repair vehicles.
o Calibration audits test equipment and audits of test centres.
11.7.2 Retrofitting NOx Control Devices Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
Selective Catalytic Reduction after treatment device for NOx emission

reduction in diesel trucks and buses poses new enforcement challenges. To
keep the SCR function working as designed, vehicle operators need to
regularly replenish urea a reductant used by the SCR device to convert NOx
into nitrogen and oxygen, else NOx emission could be much higher than
earlier models.
One of the issues, which need to be resolved, is the issue of availability of

Urea Charing Facilities for vehicles using Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
Technology to meet Euro IV equivalent Bharat Stage IV emission norms for
NOx solution such as AdBlue to transform nitrogen oxides (NOx) passing
through the exhaust system, into nitrogen and water.
221
There are areas of concern on use of Urea for this purpose:
o There is a Fertiliser Control Order in place, which restricts the use of urea
to agriculture. Urea cannot be sold to industries other than specified. This
is a problem for sourcing urea for this use;
o Therefore urea producers cannot sell the product in the open market and
import licence for urea for industrial application is also restricted;
o The Department of Fertilisers needs to make change in its regulations

permitting urea to be sold for the purpose of use in after treatment
devices at the full price which excludes all element of subsidy. At the
present time, urea manufacture is virtually exempt from the application
of central excise duty on account of the agricultural use of the product.
For sale to non-agriculture use, central excise duty may be levied at the
general rate of 12% ad valorem. Likewise import permission should also
be provided on payment of a general basic customs duty and the
additional duty in lieu of excise duty at the general rate of 12% ad
valorem.
11.7.3 Retrofitting of Particulate Emission Control Devices
There are four primary PM exhaust after treatment technologies, namely,

crankcase filters, diesel oxidation catalysts, partial flow filters and diesel
particulate filters (DPFs). All four may be used in both new and retrofit
applications. However, DPFs is considered to be the best available control
technology for heavy duty diesel PM control.
11.7.4 Time-bound Retro Fitting Requirement for Commercial Vehicles
Retro-fitting is a particular area of concern for the existing stock of BS III

medium and heavy duty commercial vehicles which run on diesel. BS III
vehicles do not have adequate after treatment devices and particulate filters.
It is recommended, that once a geography is fully converted to BS IV grade
fuel, commercial vehicles are required by law to get the retro-fitting of
catalytic converters and particulate filters done within a period of two years
for the extension of their operating licence under the Motor Vehicles rules.
222
11.7.5 Manufacturing Specification for Motor Gasoline and Diesel
Motor Gasoline and Diesel are sold at retail outlets, at BIS specifications (BS
III and BS IV). Marketing companies require refineries to produce better
quality compared to BIS specs called manufacturing specifications. This is to
ensure BIS specs at retail outlets, even with certain quality deterioration
during product movement from refinery to retail outlets.
The above issue was deliberated in the 71st Meeting of the Scientific
Advisory Committee (SAC) on Hydrocarbons of Ministry of Petroleum &
Natural Gas held in June, 2012. As advised by SAC, a Working Group
constituted by SAC under the Chairmanship of Director (R), IOC had detailed
deliberations on the issue of Refinery Manufacturing Specifications for
dispatch of products through Tank Truck/Tank Wagons/Tanker and Pipelines
a) For movements through rail, road and dedicated pipelines, the BIS
specifications will be the Refinery Manufacturing Specifications.
b) In the case of transfers through Multi-product Pipelines, the
Group has recommended appropriate Refinery Manufacturing
Specification in line with the report published on 10 May 2011 by
Task Force No. 3 on Pipeline Quality Giveaway.
c) PPAC has been requested to incorporate the recommendations of
the Working Group I in the Industry Quality Manual for
compliance.
223
Approach
CHAPTER 12 : CONCLUS IONS AND RECOM MENDA TIONS
CHAPTER 12
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
12.1 APPROACH
The report has discussed in detail, the present and prospective availability of
BS IV and BS V gasoline and diesel from refineries. There is not enough BS IV
fuel to meet the entire needs of the country, but this objective can be
achieved by timely completion of ongoing projects and initiating and
completing some others. However, in order to be capable of meeting the
country-wide needs for BS V automotive fuel, significant additional
investment are needed to be initiated and completed to a tight time line. The
total investment that has been made and will have to be made in the future
in order to achieve the requisite BS V production capability is in the region of
Rs 80,000 crore.
The vehicle technology present and prospective is expected to be able to

meet the stated emission norms in the context of availability of BS IV/BS V
fuels in the time frame that is being recommended. The geography wise and
block wise transition is also expected to ease the transition for the
automobile industry. The emission norms for passenger cars, light & heavy
commercial and goods vehicles have been adapted from European emission
norms for these categories.
In the case of emission norms for 2 and 3 wheelers, there is a sizeable

difference between the extant Euro IV and BS IV proposed norms in this
report. However, the latter is tighter than what has been proposed by the
industry and notified for public comment, vide Gazette notification, 14 March
2014. The hiatus between the notified Euro IV emission norms and that being
proposed in this report is still large. However, given the status of technology
and economic dynamics of the industry which so far has been conforming to
224
Approach
BS III emission norms, it is felt that the industry perhaps needs some time to
be able to come into line with Euro IV norms with convergence to Euro IV
being possible only at the time of roll out of BS V emission norms in April
2020.
A roadmap for the transition to BS IV in the entire country has been laid out
in detail beginning April 2015 and completion with effect from April 2017.
The transition to BS V is slated to take place and completed by 1 April 2020 in
the entire country. The BS VI emission norms are expected to come into
effect from April 2024.
This is an undoubtedly ambitious transition trajectory. If all of the constraints

were to be preserved as presently perceived, this trajectory would not have
been possible.
The Business as Usual path would have meant a roll out beginning 2019 for
BS IV and to BS V five years after that, that is, by 2024.
The Committee has sought to relax many of the constraints, particularly the
financial compulsions, evaluated the entire logistics chain for severe
tightening in defining what has been called Accelerated Transition Path.
While the Business As Usual trajectory may have been a more comfortable
path for both refinery and automobile stakeholders, it would have failed the
test of public interest. The objective of the Committee (as it sees it) is
primarily to deliver to the citizens of this country the best possible solution in
terms of emission norms in the shortest possible time frame. After all, the
primary objective that is sought to be protected is public health.
The report has also proposed encouraging the use of alternative fuels,
including CNG, Auto LPG, Bio-diesel, and electric/hybrid vehicles. It is felt that
provisions of fiscal support is critical to the success of urban mass transit
systems which in the longer run is one of the most powerful instruments for
protecting the quality of ambient air. Mass transit systems also have the
greatest ability to use electricity as the source of energy both in rail cars
and in electric bus trolleys/trams.
225
Key Issues
12.2 KEY ISSUES
Some key issues including fuels availability discussed in earlier chapters and
which are relevant in formulating the recommendations are:
1. In India after 2000 differential norms were made applicable in metros and
in the rest of the country because of limited domestic availability of
higher quality automotive fuel in the country.
2. The trend globally in the area of fuel quality improvement suggests that
about half of gasoline and one third of diesel will be equivalent to Euro V
by 202021. The region wise projections are at Table 6.1 of this report.
3. Government of India plans to cover additional 50 cities with BS IV grade

fuel supply by 2015 over and above the 13 cities covered in 2010. Out of
the planned 50 cities 26 cities have already been expanded.
4. Individual countries have different quality parameters for diesel in

respect of density, distillation recovery, viscosity etc.
5. India is consuming proportionately more diesel relative to gasoline that

could be normally derived from crude oil. This results in a need to
maximise diesel production. In view of this, diesel quality in respect of
density, recovery and viscosity in line with South Korea, Japan, China and
USA is being proposed.
6. Government should iron out the anomalies in tax treatment that has
been discussed in the previous chapter and develop appropriate fiscal
provision for assisting in the funding of investment needs for transition to
BS IV and BS V emission regimes in the case of North East refineries and
for the purpose of Urban Mass Transit systems.
21
Tables 5.3 and 5.4, World Oil Outlook 2013, pp. 204-205
226
Proposed Roadmap for Auto Fuel Quality Upgradation in Refineries
7. It must deregulate the retail prices of diesel such that the refineries are
able to fully recover their costs and service the huge capital investments
that have been made and will have to be made in order to bring their
products in line with the BS IV and BS V regimes being recommended.
12.3 PROPOSED ROADMAP FOR AUTO FUEL QUALITY UPGRADATION IN REFINERIES
With the completion of on-going, new refinery commissioning and quality

upgradation projects of different refineries, gasoline and diesel production
during 2016, 2017 and 2020 is expected to be as under:
2016 BS IV gasoline production will increase to 28.0 MMT in 2016 (incl. 9.3
MMT from RIL-SEZ).
Likewise, BS IV diesel production will increase to 81.8 MMT in 2016

(incl. 16 MMT from RIL-SEZ).
2017 In 2017, gasoline output will be 18.6 and 15.0 MMT of BS IV and BS V
grade respectively (incl. 9.3 MMT BS V gasoline from RIL-SEZ).
As against this, the demand is expected to be 21.2 and 22.7 MMT in

2016 and 2017 respectively.
In 2017, diesel output is expected to be 54.4 and 41.0 MMT BS IV

and BS V grade (incl. 16 MMT BS V diesel from RIL-SEZ).
Full output of BS IV fuels by the end of December 2016
2020 Full Output of BS V grade automotive fuel
12.4 MAJOR ISSUES FOR REFINERIES
o In order to supply 100% BS IV fuels throughout the country, refineries as a

whole will need up to 3 years time after notification.
o However for implementing BS V fuels across all of India, up to 7 years

time will be required to carry out techno-economic studies, find cost
227
Major Issues for Refineries
effective solutions with a focus on refinery profitability issues such as

processing of more high sulphur and heavier crudes, minimisation of low
value stranded products, obtain investment approvals, land identification
for new facilities in existing refineries, statutory clearances and
implementation.
o The order of magnitude investment requirement for gasoline works out

to be about Rs 20,000 crore and for diesel, it is estimated to be Rs 60,000
crore. Thus, the total capital expenditure requirement for 100% BS IV/V
supply is expected to be in the region of Rs 80,000 crore.
o Reducing the sulphur content of auto fuel, especially diesel, opens up

greater options for emission control by way of after treatment devices.
12.4.1 Specifications for Assam Refineries
The refineries in the North Eastern Region of India, namely at Guwahati,

Numaligarh, Digboi and Bongaigaon which process Assam crude suffer
problems of vintage, small scale and lack in the necessary equipment to
produce fuels exactly conforming to BS IV and BS V standards. The
Committee recommends continuance with existing relaxation by maintaining
Cetane Number limit to 48. However, it ought to be made clear that these
refineries will be able to meet the sulphur limit of 50 ppm for BS IV diesel.
Assam refineries produces gasoline with an aromatic content in excess of the

prescribed limit of 35% on account of higher aromatics in its gasoline pool
owing to Assam crude oil processing. Specific relaxation along the lines of
Cetane Number will need to be extended to Assam refineries for sale of its
gasoline in the North East Region. The relaxation (for both BS IV and BS V) will
stipulate a maximum aromatics content of 40% for gasoline produced by
Assam refineries.
Since the facilities for meeting aromatic specification of 35% at BORL will
come up by September 2016, it is proposed to extend the relaxation in
228
Roadmap for Rollout of BS IV Gasoline Diesel Throughout India
aromatic content from 35% to 40% to BORL till such time only for supplies to
be made to Uttarakhand.
12.5 ROADMAP FOR ROLLOUT OF BS IV GASOLINE DIESEL THROUGHOUT INDIA
It is necessary to transit in a way which provides geographical integrity to the

fuel and hence emission regimes in the country. The transition period would
be 2015 to 2017. By 1 April 2017, all across the country, the retail outlets
would sell only BS IV gasoline and diesel, with the relaxations as already
described for the North East refineries viz. Guwahati, Digboi, Bongaigaon and
NRL in respect of Cetane, and Aromatics. The relaxation for aromatics shall
also be applicable for BORL till September 2016.
Considering the availability across refineries and the logistics for positioning
of product, the intermediate milestones (in addition to already converted
cities), taking the geographical blocks is proposed at the retail outlet from 1
April of the year (Maps 9.1 to 9.6):
2015 The whole of Northern India covering Jammu & Kashmir,

(except Leh/Kargil22), Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh,
Uttarakhand, Delhi and the bordering districts of and parts of
Rajasthan and Western Uttar Pradesh.
Where part of the State is being covered, the relevant districts

will be listed. This will be the case with Rajasthan and Uttar
Pradesh at this stage. The selected districts of Rajasthan are
Bharatpur, Alwar, Hanumangarh and Sriganganagar. The
districts of West Uttar Pradesh to be covered are Saharanpur,
22
Supplies to Leh and Kargil can be made only by road when the passes are open (Rohtang and
Zozilla passes). These passes are only in the months of April to September. Therefore, the process
of moving BS IV gasoline and diesel to these areas will begin from April 2015 and the retail outlets
will be converted by September 2015. Thus BS IV MS and HSD will be available at the retail level
in Leh and Kargil with effect from 1 September 2015.
229
Introduction of BS V Gasoline/Diesel
Muzaffarnagar, Baghpat, Meerut, Bijnor, Ghaziabad, Gautam

Buddh Nagar, Bulandshar, Jyotiba Phule Nagar, Rampur,
Moradabad, Aligarh, Badaun, Bareilly, Mathura, Mahamaya
Nagar, Etah, Agra, Ferozabad, Etawah and Mainpuri.
2016 All of Goa will be covered. All of Kerala, Karnataka, the newly
formed State of Telangana (formerly part of Andhra Pradesh),
Odisha, and the Union Territories of Daman & Diu, Dadra-
Nagar-Haveli and Andaman & Nicobar. Parts of Maharashtra
(Mumbai, Thane and Pune districts) will be covered. Parts of
Gujarat (Surat, Valsad, Dangs and Tapi districts) will also be
converted. In addition a corridor spanning the highway link
through Gujarat and Rajasthan linking Northern India to the
ports on the West Coast will also be sought to be covered.
2017 The rest of the country
12.6 INTRODUCTION OF BS V GASOLINE/DIESEL
While the investment for the transition to BS IV gasoline and diesel is for the
most part under execution or approved or likely to be approved, that is not
the case with the investments that will be required to shift to BS V.
The investments that will be needed to convert the older refineries of the
OMCs to 100% BS V fuel will be quite large and at the existing level of
depressed profitability it may be hard for them to justify raising the large
resources to fund the capital expenditure. This is the Business as Usual
scenario where they feel that it may be possible for them to upgrade their
refineries to become fully compliant with BS V by 2024. Hence, the retail level
transition can become effective from 1 April 2025.
However, the OMCs have submitted that if the funding sources are assured
to them then it will be technically possible for them to accelerate the
230
Emission Norms for Different Vehicles Categories
changeover such that the refineries become fully BS V compliant by the end
of 2019. In that event the complete transition to BS V will become possible at
the retail outlet by 1 April 2020.
The rollout plan of BS V fuels will begin with the Northern Region and part of
Gujarat and Rajasthan from 2019 as is being proposed for BS IV and all of
Gujarat and Rajasthan if logistics and supply conditions permit, and will be
completed in the entire country by April 2020.
This is the Accelerated Transition Scenario which from the public policy
point of view would be the desirable one.
This is however no reason for BS V fuels to await launch before the complete
transition to BS V. It can be introduced along with BS IV in retail outlets as a
premium fuel to the extent that BS V fuel is available at the refineries for
domestic sale. Considering that the catalyst life will be considerably extended
by the use of 10 ppm sulphur fuel, appropriate education will surely create a
significant demand for 10 ppm sulphur fuels especially in larger cities.
It could also be ensured that across the country, specified outlets on the
highways stock BS V auto fuels so that vehicle owners/operators who choose
to use BS V do not have to switch back to BS IV in the normal course of
events.
12.7 EMISSION NORMS FOR DIFFERENT VEHICLES CATEGORIES
12.7.1 Two Wheelers
BS IV emission norms
o For gasoline two wheelers other than mopeds, as per WMTC cycle,
the proposed emission norms are given at Tables 8.3 & 8.4. For
Mopeds the extant IDC test cycle will be used for BS IV and BS V
emission norms.
o A sub-limit for NOx is proposed within the overall limit of HC + NOx.
231
o BS IV emission norms for two wheelers will be applicable for vehicles

manufactured from 1 April 2016.
BS V emission norms
o BS V Emission norms for two wheelers will be applicable for new
models with effect from 1 April 2020 for new models and for
continuing models within one year thereafter. Norms are at Table 8.5.
o A sub-limit for NOx is proposed within the overall limit of HC + NOx.
12.7.2 Three Wheelers
BS IV Emission Norms
o Emission norms for BS IV have been proposed for both gasoline/
CNG/Auto LPG and diesel fuelled three wheelers. They are given at
Table 8.7.
o These emission norms will become applicable with effect from 1 April
2016.
BS V Emission Norms
o Emission norms for gasoline/CNG/Auto LPG and diesel fuelled three
wheelers for BS V regime are given at Table 8.8. They will come into
effect from 1 April 2020 for new models and for continuing models
within one year thereafter.
o Vehicle manufacturers have stated that deep change in technology

are involved, which do not have ready parallels elsewhere, in this
phase of the transition and a review be taken of the status in about
four years time in case there are problems of successfully completing
the technological transition.
12.7.3 Four Wheelers
BS IV Emission Norms
o The emission norms for all classes of four wheelers will be as per
extant notification.
232
o However, the applicability of BS IV will be rolled in as the fuel

becomes progressively available across the country and nationwide by
April 2017.
BS V Emission Norms
o Emission norms for all categories of four wheelers have been
proposed in line with Euro V and are placed at Tables 8.10 & 8.11 for
vehicles of less than 3.5 tonnes. Emission norms for heavy duty
vehicles (>3.5 tonnes) are at Tables 8.14 & 8.15.
o BS V emission norms will become applicable for new models with

effect from 1 April 2020 and for continuing models within one year of
that, that is, before 1 April 2021.
12.7.4 BS VI Emission Norms with effect from 1 April 2024
BS V fuel quality and emission norms are proposed to be implemented in the

entire country from 1 April 2020. There is no change expected in the fuel
quality as between BS V and BS VI fuels. Thus, it is only emission norms that
will have to be made more stringent.
No emission norms have been developed for BS VI by this Committee. This

higher level of emission norms have yet to be firmed across the world,
including the EU, North America and Japan.
Thus, at the time of the proposed review that has been suggested in five
years time, say 2019, the BS VI emission norms may be finalised.
However, conceptually the BS VI emission regime can become applicable with

effect from 1 April 2024 for all classes of vehicles. This will give a gap of four
years to the automobile manufacture, as has been desired by the latter, for
upgrading and adjusting their technology, design and standards.
233
12.8 FISCAL SUPPORT SOUGHT
The most suitable remedy in this case is that Government should permit full
costs to be passed on to the customer. In the case of alternative fuels, several
requests have come up on account of incentives or equitable treatment.
There are some issues relating to tax treatment and these too are discussed
on merits. Details are at Chapter 11.
12.8.1 Price Differentials for BS III and BS IV
It is recommended that the premium/discount as between BS III and BS IV

fuel (primarily due to the difference in sulphur content) be taken to be 75
paise per litre for both gasoline and diesel and that this difference be
reflected in the computed price. Use of premium or discount will depend on
what the base price is 350/500 ppm sulphur fuel or 50 ppm sulphur fuel
premium if the former is the base and discount if the latter is the base. The
differential should be put in place immediately.
12.8.2 Equalisation of BS III retail price with BS IV & High Sulphur Cess
It is recommended that the retail price of BS III fuel should be the same as
that for BS IV. This will eliminate the incentive to use BS III fuel, when BS IV
fuel is also available. However, the additional charge on BS III fuel will not
accrue to the oil companies but will be in the form of a High Sulphur Cess
which will accrue to OIDB and can be utilised to finance the capital
investment required for refineries to upgrade themselves to move to full BS V
automotive fuels by 2020. It is estimated that if this is done with effect from
1 July 2014, the collection assuming a graduated increase in BS IV penetration
will be about Rs 10,000 crore in the course of 2014-15, 2015-16 and 2016-17.
234
12.8.3 Special Fuel Upgradation Cess
As previously noted, the capital cost of changeover in the refineries from the
present scenario to 100% BS V is estimated to be of the order of Rs 80,000
crore. The oil companies are already in a stretched financial condition and
will not be able to generate the necessary resources in a financially
sustainable fashion in the normal course of events.
It has also been seen that if things are left to their existing course, including
financial resources, this improvement will take many, many more years to be
completed than is contemplated in the Accelerated Transition Path.
If the slower course were to be adopted five or more number of years will be
required for the transition away from BS III to BS IV and finally to BS V. This
would entail a large cost in terms of public health.
Had it been technically possible this Committee would have opted for an
even earlier roll out of BS V automotive fuel and corresponding BS V emission
norms. However, financial constraints are inherently different from technical
ones in so far as that easing financial constraints are often within the scope
of public policy decision making.
The best way to ease the financial constraint is the imposition of a special
cess that will accrue to the OIDB and be made available to the refineries to
fund the investment needed for upgrading to BS IV and finally to full BS V
automotive fuel production.
It is hence recommended that a Special Fuel Upgradation Cess of 75 paise

per litre on all gasoline and diesel sold in India be imposed and this cess
accrue to the OIDB. The estimated collection starting from 2014-15 and going
up to 2021-22 (seven years) will be Rs 64,000 crore assuming modest growth
in sales volumes.
The accumulated OIDB cess can be deployed to finance the modernisation

and upgradation of refineries so as to enable them to produce BS IV and BS V
235
grade fuels in a manner that is consistent with the charter and regulations of
the OIDB.
It is likely that most or all of the funding from OIDB to the refineries will be in
the form of term loans. It is recommended, that keeping in mind the
financially stretched conditions of the refineries and oil marketing
companies, concessional sub-market rates of interest may be extended for
loans made for the purpose of installation of new plant or for upgrading of
existing equipment for the purpose of meeting BS IV and then BS V fuel
standards. The tenor of the loan could also be extended to more than 10
years so as to incentivise the refineries to travel on the path of accelerated
transition.
12.8.4 Rationalisation of Rates of Central Excise Duty
There are two separate and widely different rates of each excise duty
applicable for motor spirit or gasoline and for high speed diesel. For
unbranded or regular gasoline the applicable central excise duty (before 3%
education cess) is Rs 9.20/litre and that for branded or premium gasoline is
Rs 15.50/litre. For unbranded or regular high speed diesel the applicable
central excise duty (before 3% education cess) is Rs 3.46/litre and that for
branded HSD is Rs 5.75/litre.
The premium fuels are designed for longer and more efficient engine life and
long term fuel efficiency. The separate treatment for the purpose of excise
duty was introduced from March 2008 and is actively discouraging the
demand for premium fuels.
It is recommended that the Department of Revenue make immediate

changes in this situation and bring the duty rates of gasoline and diesel on
par, irrespective of whether they are regular or premium, i.e. branded.
The rates of excise duty on gasoline and diesel are fixed rates, not ad
valorem. The argument can be made that a higher priced product which
236
Actions Required for Ensuring Inspection and Maintenance of Vehicles Related Issues
premium fuels indeed are should be taxed at a higher rate. This legitimate
concern can be taken care of by imposing a small differential in the excise
duty of 50 paise per litre, which will more or less maintain the inter se tax
proportionality as between regular and premium automotive fuels, as long as
the duty rates remain fixed and do not change to ad valorem.
12.9 ACTIONS REQUIRED FOR ENSURING INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF

VEHICLES RELATED ISSUES
Inspection and Maintenance (I&M) is one of the areas that need to be

improved to reach the goal of improved ambient air quality. Vehicle pollution
strategy consists of four components i.e. increasingly stringent new vehicles
standards, specifications for clean fuel, proper inspection and maintenance of
in used vehicles and transport and travel management.
Best practices for I&M include:
o Centralised I&M system where inspection and maintenance are

carried out independently.
o Accelerated replacement of old vehicles or retrofitting them with

after treatment devices.
o Frequency of inspection should vary for vehicles with different

mileage accumulation rates.
o Linkage of I&M with registration data so that failure to present proof

of inspection leads to denial of registration.
o Raise public awareness of health benefits that can result from

successful I&M programme.
o Making vehicle fitness mandatory for vehicle above 10 years.
o Strengthening of PUC norms.
237
Phasing out of In-use Vehicles
12.10 PHASING OUT OF IN-USE VEHICLES
There should be a policy for the phasing out of older commercial vehicles (15
years subject to MoRT&H judgement). Vehicles that are used as personal
transport cover progressively less and less distance with age. This is not the
case with commercial vehicles. It is therefore necessary to have a clear
process through which older commercial vehicles, especially those which are
clearly unable to meet extant emission norms be phased out of service.
12.10.1 Retrofitting NOx Control Devices Selective Catalytic Reduction
Selective Catalytic Reduction after treatment device for NOx emission

reduction in diesel trucks and buses poses new enforcement challenges. To
keep the SCR function working as designed, vehicle operators need to
regularly replenish urea a reductant to convert NOx into nitrogen and
oxygen. For this, the urea availability is to be ensured.
In India there are certain areas of regulatory concern on the use of Urea for
purposes other than agriculture.
There is a Fertiliser Control Order by Government of India in place.

As per the order, Urea cannot be sold to industries other than
specified. Therefore, marketing, trading and retailing of Urea is
restricted.
Urea manufacturers in India cannot sell the same in open market.
Proper license for import and/or handling of urea would be required.
The main concern of the Department of Fertilisers is that subsidised urea

should not find its way into non-agricultural use. There is no reason why
Government will not permit the sale of urea for the purpose of use in after
treatment devices at full cost and without one paise of subsidy. This matter
needs to be taken up with the Ministry concerned and a satisfactory solution
to the problem can be found. Given that at the margin India is a net importer
238
Vapour Recovery System
of Urea, the import restrictions ought to be used for this end use or domestic
sales transactions should be permitted.
12.10.2 Retrofitting of Particulate Emission Control Devices
There are four primary PM exhaust after treatment technologies, namely,

crankcase filters, diesel oxidation catalysts, partial flow filters and diesel
particulate filters (DPFs). All four may be used in both new and retrofit
applications. However, DPFs is considered to be the best available control
technology for heavy duty diesel PM control.
12.10.3 Time-bound Retro Fitting Requirement for Commercial Vehicles
Retro-fitting is a particular area of concern for the existing stock of BS III

medium and heavy duty commercial vehicles which run on diesel. BS III
vehicles do not have adequate after treatment devices and particulate filters.
It is recommended, that once a geography is fully converted to BS IV grade
fuel, commercial vehicles are required by law to get the retro-fitting of
catalytic converters and particulate filters done within a period of two years
for the extension of their operating licence under the Motor Vehicles rules.
12.11 VAPOUR RECOVERY SYSTEM
OMCs will be encouraged to implement vapour recovery system for gasoline

to minimise benzene emission in larger cities where sales are high and the
cost can be recovered. This can be gradually expanded.
239
Studies to be Carried Out and Other Recommendations
12.12 STUDIES TO BE CARRIED OUT AND OTHER RECOMMENDATIONS
The Committee also recommends following studies to be carried out in 2018

after implementation of BS IV norms in the entire country:
o Environmental impact, health impact and toxicology related periodic

source apportionment studies in various cities and regions,
assessment of background pollution, studying effect of certain kinds
of pollution amongst various cohort groups, developing and
implementing statistical tools for analysis and mining of such data,
etc.
o Establish an Empowered Monitoring & Evaluation Committee with the

Secretariat being provided by CPCB and with members drawn from all
the stakeholders as well as independent experts knowledgeable in
various aspects (including technical, financial, health, social,
environmental and institutional), to define the studies and analysis
that would be undertaken for effective implementation of the AFV&P.
o Assessment of impact of increasing octane number on fuel efficiency

of gasoline vehicles and financial/operational impact on refineries.
o Assess the effect of enhancing T95 point of diesel fuel on emissions of

vehicles. There is considerable debate in literature over this, however
it is worth assessing this impact since if the emissions are controllable,
then this can add considerably to the diesel pool in the country.
o Assessment of on-road performance of the after-treatment devices

(which is known to be distinct from testing on-chassis in well-defined
laboratory conditions).
o Process innovations in after-treatment devices, such as partial filter

DPFs, lean NOx traps etc. However, such projects should be
undertaken in association with interested automobile industry
partners.
o Auditing of inspection and maintenance facilities including calibration

of the analysers used.
o Development of calibration protocol for PM10/ PM2.5 sampler.
o Accreditation of suppliers of PM10/PM2.5 sampler by national institute

like NEERI/CPCB/CSIO/NPL etc.
240
Interim Review
o 95 RON gasoline should be made widely available in the larger cities

which are likely to be the main markets for high compression fuel
efficient passenger cars.
o Oil companies and vehicle manufacturers must see how to strive for
better lubricity as the sulphur content in diesel is progressively
brought down and what additives both naturally occurring, like
biodiesel and synthetic can be used in this pursuit.
12.13 INTERIM REVIEW
The Committee recommends that an interim review be undertaken in 2019

which can take stock of the progress of various recommendations of this
Committee and to finalise BS VI emission norms taking into account the latest
technological developments.
241
ANNEXURE 1: Constitution of the 4 Working Groups
ANNEXURE 1
ANNE XURE 1: CONSTIT UTI ON OF THE 4 WORKI NG GR OUPS
CONSTITUTION OF 4 WORKING GROUPS BY THE CHAIRMAN, EXPERT COMMITTEE,

AUTO FUEL VISION & POLICY 2025
During the 1st meeting of the Expert Committee held in Yojana Bhawan, New Delhi
on 22nd January 2013, following four Working Groups were constituted to deliberate
and recommend roadmap for fuel quality and its implementation:
1. Air Quality & Vehicular Emission Norms for all types of Vehicles, Vehicle
Technology and Fuel Quality:
i. Dr R.K. Malhotra, Director, IOC (R&D) Convenor

ii. Representative of Ministry of Heavy Industries
iii. Dr B. Sengupta, Former Member Secretary, CPCB
iv. Shri Shrikant R. Marathe, Director, ARAI
v. Shri K.K. Gandhi, ED (Technical), SIAM
vi. Shri Ashok Dhar, President, Industrial Marketing, RIL
vii. Prof. Shantanu Roy, IIT, Delhi
viii. Shri I.V. Rao, Executive Adviser, Maruti Suzuki Ltd.
ix. Ms Chitra Gupta, BIS
x. Shri B.D. Ghosh, ED, CHT
2. Automobile exhaust on Ambient Air Quality & Public Health, Emission

reduction programme, fuel economy, warranty of in-use vehicles:
i. Dr B. Sengupta, Former Member Secretary, CPCBConvenor

ii. Dr Leena Srivastava, ED, TERI
iii. Dr N.S. Dharmshaktu, Ministry of Health
iv. Representative from Ministry of RT&H
v. Dr Rashid Hasan, Ministry of E&F
vi. Shri Shrikant R. Marathe, Director, ARAI
vii. Shri K.K. Gandhi, ED (Technical), SIAM
viii. Shri Abhay Bakre, ED, PCRA
ix. Prof. L.M. Das, Centre for Energy Studies, IIT, Delhi
x. Shri B.D. Ghosh, ED, CHT
242
ANNEXURE 1: Constitution of the 4 Working Groups
3. Refinery Upgradation, Technology and Logistics, Funding & Fiscal

Measures:
i. Shri R.K. Ghosh, Director, IOC (R) - Convenor

ii. Prof. Shantanu Roy, IIT, Delhi
iii. Shri S.S. Saini/K. Balachandran, Site President, RIL
iv. Shri L.K. Gupta/C. Manoharan, Essar
v. Shri B.D. Ghosh, ED, CHT
vi. Shri S.K. Handa, ED, EIL
vii. Shri B.K. Datta, Director (R), BPCL
viii. Shri B.K. Namdeo, Director (R), HPCL
4. Suitable mix of auto fuels including gas, logistics, road transport:
i. Shri Prabhat Singh, Director (M), GAIL - Convenor

ii. Representative of MNRE
iii. Shri Balasubramanian, ED, IOC
iv. Prof. L.M. Das, Centre for Energy Studies, IIT, Delhi
v. Shri K.K. Gandhi, ED (Technical), SIAM
vi. Shri B.D. Ghosh, ED, CHT
vii. Shri S.P. Gupta, Director, PPAC
The Centre for High Technology would provide technical and secretarial
support to the Expert Committee.
243
ANNEXURE 2: Trend in Air Quality Parameters (SO2, NO2 and PM10) in 50 Cities during 2008 to 2012
ANNEXURE 2
ANNE XURE 2: TRE ND IN A IR QUA LIT Y PARAMETERS (SO2, NO2 A ND PM10) IN 50 CIT IES DURI NG 200 8 TO 2 012
Trend in Air Quality Parameters (SO2, NO2 and PM10) in 50 Cities during 2008 to 2012
State City 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012

SO2 NO2 PM10 SO2 NO2 PM10 SO2 NO2 PM10 SO2 NO2 PM10 SO2 NO2 PM10
Andhra Pradesh Hyderabad 5 26 85 5 23 81 5 24 79 5 28 74 4 28 83
Visakhapatnam 10 30 81 11 26 93 7 16 71 13 21 80 12 13 65
Vijayawada 5 28 96 6 15 87 6 14 93 6 11 90 6 12 67
Bihar Patna 7 39 120 5 37 146 7 40 181 4 36 158 6 34 162
Chandigarh Chandigarh 2 15 95 2 15 81 2 16 92 2 16 102 2 19 106
Chhattisgarh Raipur 19 43 192 18 46 263 15 43 289 15 42 310 14 41 284
Durg-Bhilainagar 17 25 109 15 25 112 9 22 109 8 22 104 8 22 105
Delhi Delhi 6 57 214 6 50 252 5 55 261 6 61 222 6 61 252
Gujarat Ahmedabad 12 20 88 16 21 94 15 21 95 14 25 83 12 23 79
Surat 17 24 87 19 26 90 16 24 76 20 29 106 16 26 97
Vadodara 14 28 77 16 30 86 17 29 93 18 30 92 16 31 99
Rajkot 11 14 105 11 15 105 13 17 96 13 18 98 13 17 97
Haryana Faridabad 13 24 150 15 23 154 18 29 164 20 43 174 12 39 190
Jharkhand Jamshedpur 37 51 172 36 49 172 35 48 153 36 48 152 37 49 149
Dhanbad 19 44 131 17 41 164 15 36 184 35 36 207 17 40 175
Ranchi 18 33 173 18 32 179 19 35 172 18 35 165 18 35 202
ANNEXURE 2 (Contd)
State City 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
Karnataka Bangalore 15 41 100 14 37 112 14 31 89 4 28 91 14 28 117
Kerala Kochi 4 12 43 4 12 42 4 11 36 3 13 38 3 8 70
Kozhikhode 2 7 34 2 9 32 2 9 42 2 8 46 2 8 55
Thrissur - - - - - - 2 7 31 2 14 33 2 15 73
Mallapuram - - - - - - 2 5 30 2 5 30 2 5 36
Thiru puram 10 26 67 9 21 61 9 24 56 10 23 58 9 22 54
Kollam - - - - - - 3 15 47 4 20 53 4 19 41
Madhya Pradesh Indore 10 19 196 9 17 183 14 18 120 12 14 132 12 20 143
Bhopal 6 20 102 7 17 119 9 18 133 4 16 170 3 21 172
Jabalpur 2 25 136 2 24 136 2 25 135 2 25 73 2 24 75
Gwalior 9 16 163 10 18 187 12 20 308 12 20 311 13 27 327
Maharashtra Mumbai 9 40 127 6 41 117 4 19 97 5 33 116 5 21 117
Pune 22 37 103 25 40 88 29 39 82 32 58 113 22 45 91
Nagpur 8 33 114 6 31 101 7 33 113 8 35 108 10 34 82
Nashik 30 25 79 23 29 89 21 26 77 25 27 96 24 27 95
Aurangabad 8 20 75 7 25 86 6 21 75 8 31 83 9 32 79
Punjab Ludhiana 10 40 271 9 38 253 9 32 214 11 28 221 11 27 229
Amritsar - - - 15 35 190 14 36 219 14 26 210 13 38 195
ANNEXURE 2 (Contd)
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
State City
Jaipur 6 35 127 6 36 151 6 37 164 6 37 139 9 51 184
Rajasthan
Jodhpur 6 24 176 6 23 140 6 22 181 5 23 168 6 24 191
Kota 9 25 125 6 24 91 10 29 132 7 31 139 8 31 155
Chennai 9 14 63 9 17 73 9 15 59 9 24 92 12 21 57
Tamil Nadu Coimbatore 6 30 75 6 27 77 5 27 78 4 26 102 5 27 68
Madurai 10 24 42 10 25 42 11 25 47 11 24 44 10 23 48
Tiruchirappalli - - - - - - - - - - - - 11 17 78
Kanpur 7 24 212 8 31 212 7 34 203 10 31 183 8 25 221
Ghaziabad 20 16 236 29 31 239 30 37 290 31 39 231 29 33 236
Uttar Pradesh Agra 6 23 198 6 21 185 5 20 185 3 23 155 4 22 181
Varanasi 16 19 106 17 20 125 18 20 127 17 20 127 18 21 138
Meerut 10 42 115 8 44 119 8 47 166 5 45 123 4 43 129
Allahabad 8 37 181 3 24 160 4 24 218 5 20 258 4 32 318
Lucknow 8 36 190 8 36 197 8 34 204 8 33 189 8 32 204
West Bengal Kolkata 8 64 103 11 68 126 11 62 99 12 65 113 9 59 125
Asansol 7 74 135 8 55 154 8 66 141 7 56 145 13 48 117
Note: Data not available. BDL Below Detection Limit (i.e., less than 4 micrograms per cubic meter for SO2 and less than 9 micrograms per cubic metre for NO2).
Data of Agra city is of Taj Mahal which has been identified as sensitive Area. National Ambient Air Quality Standard for Residential, Industrial, Rural and
others Areas (Annual average) for SO2 = 50 micro-gram per cubic metre, NO2 = 40 micro-gram per cubic metre and PM10 = 60 micro-gram per cubic metre.
Source: Air Quality Data as reported by CPCB/SPCBs/PCCs/NEERI in monthly summary sheet/environmental data bank/hard copy calculations for 2012 as per data
available on 31st March 2013.
ANNEXURE 3.1: Gasoline BS III & BS IV Specification
ANNEXURE 3.1
ANNE XURE 3.1 : GAS OLI NE BS I II & BS IV SPECIFI CATI ON
Gasoline BS III & BS IV Specification

S. Attribute Unit BS III BS IV
No. Regular Premium Regular Premium
1. Density@15C kg/m3 720-775 720-775 720-775 720-775
2. Distillation
E-70 % vol. 10-45 10-45 10-45 10-45
E-100 % vol. 40-70 40-70 40-70 40-70
E-150 % vol. min 75 75 75 75
FBP C max 210 210 210 210
Residue % vol. max 2 2 2 2
3. Sulphur ppm max 150 150 50 50
4. RON min 91 95 91 95
MON min 81 85 81 85
5. RVP @ 38C kPa max 60 60 60 60
6. VLI
Summer max 750 750 750 750
Other months max 950 950 950 950
7. Benzene % vol. max 1 1 1 1
8. Aromatics % vol. max 42 42 35 35
9. Olefin % vol. max 21 18 21 18
10. Gum content (solv mg/100 ml 5 5 5 5
washed) max
11. Oxidation stability Minutes, min 360 360 360 360
12. Lead as Pb g/l max 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005
13. Oxygen % wt. max 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7
14. Oxygenate % vol. max
Methanol 3 3 3 3
Ethanol 5 5 5 5
Iso-propyl alcohol 10 10 10 10
Iso-butyl alcohol 10 10 10 10
Tertiary-butyl alcohol 7 7 7 7
Ethers with 5 C 15 15 15 15
atoms/molecule
Other oxygenates 8 8 8 8
15. Copper strip Rating Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 Class 1
corrosion for 3 hrs.
@ 50C, max
Note: For gasoline processed from Assam crude, relaxation of Aromatics content for these
Assam units as provided in the present BIS specification.
247
ANNEXURE 3.2: Diesel BS III & BS IV Specification
ANNEXURE 3.2
ANNE XURE 3.2 : DIESE L BS I II & BS IV SPE CIFICA TION
Diesel BS III & BS IV Specification

S. Attribute Unit BS III BS IV
No.
1. Density @ 15C kg/m3 820845 820845
2. Distillation:
C 360 360
95% vol. Recovery @ C, max
3. Sulphur ppm max 350 50
4. Cetane Number Min 51 51
5. Cetane Index Min 46 46
6. Flash Point, Abel, min C 35 35
7. KV @ 40C cSt 2.04.5 2.04.5
8. Carbon residue (Ramsbottom) on % wt max 0.3 0.3
10% residue, max (without additive)
9. Water content mg/kg max 200 200
10. Lubricity corrected Wear Scar Microns 460 460
Diameter @ 60C, max
11. Ash % wt. max 0.01 0.01
12. Cold Filter Plugging Point:
a) Summer C 18 18
b) Winter C 6 6
13. Total contamination, max mg/kg 24 24
14. Oxidation stability, max g/m3 25 25
15. Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon % wt. 11 11
(PAH), max
16. Copper strip corrosion for 3 hrs. @ Rating Class-1 Class-1
50C, max
Note: For diesel processed from Assam crude, relaxation of Cetane Number &
Cetane Index by these Assam units and density shall be applicable as
provided in the present BIS specification.
248
ANNEXURE 4.1: Gasoline BS V Specification
ANNEXURE 4.1
ANNE XURE 4.1 : GAS OLI NE BS V SPE CIFI CATI ON
Gasoline BS V Specification
Sl.No Attribute Unit Proposed BS V
Regular Premium
1 Density @15 deg C kg/m3 720775 720775
Distillation
E-70 % vol. 1045 1045
2 E-100 % vol. 4070 4070
E-150 % vol. min 75 75
FBP C max 210 210
Residue % vol. max 2 2
3 Sulphur ppm max 10 10
RON min. 91 95
4
MON min. 81 85
0
5 RVP @ 38 C, max kPa 60 60
6 VLI (10RVP+7E70) max 750 750
Summer (May to July)
Other months max 950 950
7 Benzene % vol. max 1 1
8 Aromatics % vol. max 35 35
9 Olefin % vol. max 21 18
10 Gum (solvent washed) mg/100 ml max 5 5
13 Oxidation Stability Minutes, min 360 360
11 Lead as Pb g/litre max 0.005 0.005
12 Oxygen % wt. max 2.7 2.7
13 Oxygenates
Methanol 3 3
Ethanol 5 5
Iso Propyl Alcohol 10 10
Iso Butyl Alcohol 10 10
% vol. max
Tertiary Butyl Alcohol 7 7
Ethers with 5 or more C atoms 15 15
per molecule
Other Oxygenates 8 8
14 Copper strip corrosion for 3 Rating Class 1 Class 1
hrs @ 50C, max
249
ANNEXURE 4.2: Diesel BS V Specification
ANNEXURE 4.2
ANNE XURE 4.2 : DIESE L BS V SPE CIFICA TION
Diesel BS V Specification
S. Attribute Unit Proposed BS V
No
3
1. Density @15C kg/m , max 820845
2. Distillation T95 C max 360
3. Sulphur Ppm max 10

4. Cetane No min. 51
5. Cetane Index min. 46
6. Flash Point C min. 42
7. Viscosity @ 40C cSt 2.04.5
8. PAH % wt. max 11
9. Total Contaminants mg/kg max 24
10. RCR on 10% Residue % wt. max 0.3
11. Water Content mg/kg max 200
12. Lubricity, Corrected Wear Scar Microns, max
460
Diameter (WSD) @ 60C
13. Ash % wt. max 0.01
14. Cold Filter Plugging Point C 18
a) summer, max C 6
b) winter, max
15. Oxidation stability g/m3, max 25
16. Copper strip corrosion for 3 Rating Class 1
hrs @ 50C, max
250
ANNEXURE 5: Gasoline (Motor Spirit) Specifications in Different Countries
ANNEXURE 5
ANNE XURE 5: G ASOLINE (M OT OR SPIRIT) SPECIFI CATI ONS I N DIFFERENT COUNTRIES
Gasoline (Motor Spirit) Specifications in Different Countries

S. Attribute India Europe USA Japan South China
No Korea
BS IV EN 228: Convent JIS K Nation Beijing
2008 ional 2202 wide
Apr 10 Jan 09 Nov 11 Jan 08 Jan 09 Dec 09 Jan08
1 Density @ 15C kg/m3 720-775 720-775 783
max
2 Distillation
E-70 % vol. 10-45 20-48
E-100 % vol. 40-70 46-71
E-150 % vol. min 75 75
T-10 C max 70 70 70 70
T-50 C max 75-110 125 120 120
T-90 C max 180 170 190 190
FBP C max 210 210 220 225 205 205
Residue % vol max 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 Sulphur ppm max 50 10 80 10 10 150 50
4 RON Min 91 91 89 91 90/93 90/93
5 MON Min 81 81
6 AKI min 85/88 85/88
7 RVP @ 38C kPa max 60 45-60 44-75 44-65(s) 44-82
44-43(w)
8 VLI max 1050
Summer max 750
Others max 950
9 Benzene % vol. max 1.0 1.0 0.62 1.0 0.7 1.0 1.0
10 Aromatics % vol. max 35 35 24 40
11 Olefin % vol. max 21 18 16 30 25
12. Existent Gum g/m3 max 50
13 Oxidation stability Minutes, 360 360 240 480 480 480
min
14. Lead as Pb g/l max 0.005 0.005 0.013 0.001 0.013 0.005 0.005
15 Phosphorous g/l max 0.0013 0.0013 0.0013
16 Manganese g/l max 0.0083 0.016 0.016
17 Oxygen % wt. max 2.7 2.7 2.7 1.3 0.5- 2.7 2.7
2.3(s)
1-2.3(w)
18 Oxygenate % vol max
Methanol 3 3 0.5 0.1% wt 0.3% wt 0.3% wt
Ethanol 5 5 3
Iso-propyl alcohol 10
Iso-butyl alcohol 10
Tertiary-butyl alcohol 7
Ethers with 5 C 15 15 7
atoms/molecule
Other oxygenates 8
251
ANNEXURE 6: Diesel Specifications in Different Countries
ANNEXURE 6
ANNE XURE 6: D IESEL S PECIFI CATI ONS I N DIFFERENT COUNTRIES
Diesel Specifications in Different Countries
S. Attribute India Europe USA Japan South China

No. Korea
BS IV EN ASTM JIS K Nation Beijing
590:2009 D 2204- wide
975- 2007
11
No.2
April Oct 09 April Jan Jan Jan 10 Jan 08
10 11 07 09
1. Density @ 15C kg/m3 820- 820-845 -- 860 815- 810- 820-
$ $
845 max 835 850 845
2. Distillation
T-50 C max -- -- -- -- -- 300 300
T-85 C max -- 350 -- -- -- -- --
T-90 C max -- -- 282- 360 360 355 355
338
T-95 C max -- 360 -- -- -- 365 365
FBP C max -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Recovery @ 360C % vol. min 95 -- -- -- -- -- --
3. Sulphur ppm max 50 10 15 10 10 350 50
4. Cetane Number min 51 51 40 50 52 49 51
5. Cetane Index min 46 46 40 50 52 46 46
6. Flash Point C min 35 55 52 50 40 55 55
$ $
7. KV @ 40C cSt 2.0- 2.0-4.5 1.9- 1.7- 1.9- 3-8 3-8
4.5 4.1 2.7 5.5
$
8. Total Aromatics % wt max -- -- 35 -- 30 -- 3-8
9. PAH % wt max 11 11 -- -- 5 11 11
10. Total sediments mg/100 -- -- -- -- -- None None
ml max
11. Total mg/kg 24 -- -- -- -- -- --
contamination max
12. Oxidation stability g/m3 max 25 -- -- -- -- -- --
13. RCR on 10% % wt max 0.3 -- -- -- -- -- --
residue
14. CCR on 10% % wt max -- 0.3 0.35 0.1 0.15 0.3 0.3
residue
15. Water content mg/kg 200 0.02 -- -- -- Trace Trace
max
16. Water + sediment % vol. -- -- 0.05 -- 0.02 -- --
max
17. Lubricity corrected Microns 460 460 520 -- 400 460 460
WSD max
18. Ash % wt. max 0.01 0.01 0.01 -- 0.02 0.01 0.01
19. Oxygen % wt. max 0.6* -- -- -- -- --
20. FAME % vol max -- 7 5 -- 5 0.05 --
Note: * Applicable only for diesel with 5% v/v bio-diesel at 20C
$
At 20C
252
ANNEXURE 7: Process Units Installed for Fuel Quality Improvements
ANNEXURE 7
ANNE XURE 7: PROCESS UNITS I NSTA LLED F OR FUEL QUA LIT Y IMPR OVEME NTS
Process Units Installed for Fuel Quality Improvements
Sl No Attribute Process units/Operational changes

Fuel Gasoline
1 Lead free CRU/CCRU and MTBE units
2 Benzene reduction Feed management and operational changes
besides putting up facilities like Bensat and
Isomerisation units, pre & post reformate and FCC
gasoline splitters
3 Sulphur reduction FCC Gasoline Desulphurisation unit

4 Octane Number CRU/CCRU/Alkylation
Enhancement
5 Olefins and Aromatic BENSAT & FCC Gasoline Desulphurisation unit
management
Fuel Diesel
1 Sulphur reduction DHDS, DHDT, VGO HDT and Hydrocracker units
2 Cetane Number DHDT and Hydrocracker units

improvement
3 Distillation recovery DHDT and cut point management in VDU
4 Limiting Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocracker unit
Hydrocarbon (PAH)
253
ANNEXURE 8: Gasoline Production Numbers
ANNEXURE 8
ANNE XURE 8: G ASOLINE PROD UCT ION NUMBERS
Gasoline Production Numbers
(Figs in TMT)
Co Refinery 01.04.16 01.04.17 01.04.20 01.04.25 Invest. Remarks
Location BS III BS IV Total BS III BS IV BS V Total BS BS IV BS V Total BS BS IV BS V Total Rs
III III Crore
1 Digboi 104 104 110 110 110 110 110 110 Aromatics of 42% cannot be
reduced
2 Guwahati 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 400 BS III being made thru stream
sharing. BS IV after IndAdaptG
and new CRU commissioning
3 Barauni 1045 77 1122 1045 77 1122 1100 1100 1100 1100 500 BS IV subject to successful
trials being done. CRU block
and Prime G units revamp is
considered for 2018
4 Gujarat 935 550 1485 935 550 1485 1600 1600 1600 1600 500 Prime G+ in 2017; Post J-18 in
2020
5 Haldia 60 420 480 60 420 480 830 830 830 830 Reformate ex Paradip
IOC
6 Mathura 960 960 960 960 1150 1150 1150 1150 8630 Production based on 8
MMTPA. Capacity expansion
to 11 MMTPA @ 2018-19
7 Panipat 1485 1485 1485 1485 1700 1700 1700 1700 Post CCRU, catalyst change in
2014. Post P-20.2 @ 2020
8 Bongaigaon 206 206 69 446 515 69 446 515 69 446 515 1830 Considering INDMAX from
1.4.2017. Without INDMAX,
only 206 TMTPA of BS III MS
will be available.
9 Paradip 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 PDRP commissioning in 2015.
Production No. based on MS
mode operation of FCCU.
10 CPCL Manali 636 324 960 960 960 780 180 960 780 180 960 200 Gasoline desulphurisation
required
11 CBR 0 0 0 0 No gasoline production
ANNEXURE 8: Gasoline Production Numbers
Co Refinery 01.04.16 01.04.17 01.04.20 01.04.25 Invest. Remarks

Location BS III BS IV Total BS III BS IV BS V Total BS BS IV BS V Total BS BS IV BS V Total Rs
III III Crore
12 Mumbai 900 900 1800 1840 460 2300 1840 460 2300 1840 460 2300 3352 CCR stabilisation @ July 2014.
BPCL Isom stabilisation @ July 2016
13 Kochi 1894 1894 947 947 1894 947 947 1894 947 947 1894 IREP completion in Dec 2015
14 HPCL Mumbai 672 588 1260 1260 1260 1700 1700 1700 1700 180
15 Vizag 1200 480 1680 1680 1680 1390 1390 1390 1390 180
16 NRL Numali- 264 60 324 264 60 324 662 662 1324 662 662 1324 Capacity expansion from 3 to
garh 9 MMTPA @ 1.04.2020
17 MRPL Mangalore 805 805 855 855 805 220 1025 805 220 1025 1500 New NHT, CCRU & 18.FCC
gasoline tre19.ating unit and
revam20.p of Isom unit21.
18 HMEL Bhatinda 1000 1000 1000 1000 1400 1400 1400 1400 500
19 BORL Bina 385 400 785 385 400 785 785 785 785 785 250 Facilities would be required
for BS IV and BS V
20 RIL DTA 3500 3500 2000 1500 3500 2000 1500 3500 2000 1500 3500 660
21 RIL SEZ 9300 9300 9300 9300 9300 9300 9300 9300 Product availability from SEZ if
duty is same as at DTA
22 Essar Jamnagar 1440 1440 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 380 BS III gasoline being exported.
Investment to be firmed up.
Associated facilities 938 For all the refineries
Total 6561 28083 34644 2868 18594 15007 36469 179 14014 24844 39037 179 14014 24844 39037 20000
% demand 132.47 81.91% 66.11% 49.35 87.48% 34.10 60.45%
% % %
Excl. RIL-SEZ 6561 18783 25344 2868 18594 5707 27169 179 14014 15544 29737 179 14014 15544 29737 20000
% demand 88.6% 81.91% 25.14% 49.35 54.73% 34.10 37.82%
% %
Demand 21.2 MMT 22.7 MMT 28.4 MMT 41.1 MMT
ANNEXURE 9: Diesel Production Numbers
ANNEXURE 9
ANNE XURE 9: D IESEL PROD UCTI ON NUMBERS
Diesel Production Numbers

(Figs in TMT)
Co Refinery Invest
01.04.16 01.04.17 01.04.20 01.04.25 Remarks
Location Rs
Crore
BS III BS IV Total BS III BS IV BS V Total BS BS IV BS V Total BS BS IV BS V Total
III III
1 Digboi 340 340 350 350 350 350 350 350 0
2 Guwahati 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 0 BS III/IV diesel thru
stream sharing of
industrial kero from
other refineries
3 Barauni 2820 2820 3080 3080 3080 3080 3080 3080 40 100% BS IV in 2016
subject to crude
restriction to 5.8
MMTPA due to DHDT
limitation. 100% BS IV
@ 2017 with DHDT
revamp to 3.3 MMTPA.
IOCL
4 Gujarat 5280 550 5830 5280 550 550 7300 7300 7300 7300 800 New DHDT considered.
Post J-18 @ 2020
5 Haldia 2500 500 500 3050 3050 1510 1540 3050 1970 730 2700 450 New DHDT @ 2016.
New CGO-HDT under
coker @ 2017 AT 8
MMTPA
6 Mathura 2650 2650 2650 2650 5000 5000 5000 5000 8668 Production No. based
on 8 MMTPA
processing. Presently,
50% BS III & 50% BS IV
being produced.
Capacity expansion to
11 MMTPA @ 2018
Co Refinery Invest
01.04.16 01.04.17 01.04.20 01.04.25 Remarks
Location Rs
Crore
7 Panipat 6800 6800 6800 6800 10300 10300 10300 10300 50 DHDS catalyst
replacement in 2014.
Gasoline Merox to ATF
Merox. Expansion to
20.2 @ 2020
8 Bongaigaon 1108 200 1308 1092 1092 1092 1092 1092 1092 1848 Limited BS IV from
IOC
2016. Crude capacity of

2.7 MMTPA @ 2018
9 Paradip 6200 6200 6200 6200 6000 6000 6000 6000 240 Change of catalyst in
VGO-HDT considered
after 2 cycle operation
in 2020-21 for BS V
diesel
10 CPCL Manali 2900 1000 3900 4500 4500 3600 900 4500 3600 900 4500 565 Higher diesel
production from
01.04.17 after coker
commissioning and
OHCU revamp + new
SRU. 3600 TMT BS IV
diesel with DHDS
catalyst replacement.
900 TMT BS V diesel
after DHDT catalyst
replacement
11 CBR 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 500
12 Mumbai 4200 950 5150 4200 950 5150 4560 1140 5700 4560 1140 5700 1993 Based on EIL study for
80% BS IV and 20% BS V
diesel production. New
DHDT is considered
BPCL
under the study. BS IV
and BS V would be
possible only after
DHDT from April 2019.
13 Kochi 7882 7882 5159 2707 7866 5159 2707 7866 5159 2707 7866 14225 IREP completion in Dec
2015. New DHDT is
required
Co Refinery Invest
01.04.16 01.04.17 01.04.20 01.04.25 Remarks
Location Rs
Crore
14 HPCL Mumbai 2196 2196 3504 3504 3000 3000 3000 3000 2424
15 Vizag 3800 3800 3800 3800 3500 3500 3500 3500 3880
16 NRL Numaligarh 1650 300 1950 1590 360 1950 3051 3050 6101 3051 3050 6101 15050 Capacity expansion
from 3 to 9 MMTPA @
1.04.2020. Capex
Rs15000/- Crore
17 MRPL Mang-alore 5216 1261 6477 6339 300 6639 7942 600 8542 7942 600 8542 3375 Revamp of DHDT &
SRUs and new DHDT &
associated facilities
18 HMEL Bhatinda 4300 4300 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 300
19 BORL Bina 2800 2800 1400 1400 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 270
20 RIL DTA 11150 11150 11150 11150 11150 11150 11150 11150 360
21 RIL SEZ 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000 0 Product availability
from SEZ if duty is same
as at DTA
22 Essar Jamnagar 9540 9540 9420 9420 9420 9420 9420 9420 280
Associated facilities 4682 For all the refineries
Total 20574 81839 102413 6010 54384 40977 101371 220 53544 65807 119571 220 50924 68077 119221 60000
% of demand 95.72% 60.03% 45.23% 50.18% 61.67% 36.35% 48.59%
Excl. RIL-SEZ 20574 65839 86413 6010 54384 24977 85371 220 53544 49807 103571 220 50924 52077 103221 60000
% of demand 77.00% 60.03% 27.57% 50.18% 46.68% 36.35% 37.17%
Demand in MMT 85.5 90.6 106.7 140.1
ANNEXURE 10: Gazette Notification of Fuel Efficiency Norms
ANNEXURE 10
ANNE XURE 10 : GAZETTE NOTIF ICATI ON OF FUE L EFFICIE NCY NORMS
Gazette Notification of Fuel Efficiency Norms
259
260
261
262
263
264
ANNEXURE 11: Order Constituting Expert Committee for Preparing a Draft Auto Fuel Vision & Policy 2025
ANNEXURE 11
ANNE XURE 11 : ORDER CONSTI TUTI NG E XPERT COM MITTEE FOR PRE PARING A DRAFT AUTO FUEL VISI ON & POLICY 2025
Order Constituting Expert Committee for Preparing a

Draft Auto Fuel Vision & Policy 2025
265
266
267

Auto Fuel Policy Vision 2025

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Auto Fuel Policy Vision 2025

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Auto Fuel Policy Vision 2025

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AUTO FUEL VISION AND POLICY

REPORT OF THE EXPERT COMMITTEE

TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................................................................. i

PREFACE .............................................................................................................................................. xii

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................... 1

1.1 The Background ....................................................................................................................... 1

1.2 Auto Fuel Policy 2003 ............................................................................................................... 3

2.1 Objectives and Expectation of this Expert Committee ............................................................. 6

2.2 Terms of Reference................................................................................................................... 6

2.3 Members of the Expert Committee .......................................................................................... 7

CHAPTER 3: APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY ADOPTED................................................................................... 9

3.1 Mission Statement ................................................................................................................... 9

3.2 Consultation and Discussion..................................................................................................... 9

3.3 Constitution of Four Working Groups .................................................................................... 10

3.5 Two Dimensions Fuel Economy and Human Health ............................................................ 11

3.6 Issues Examined ..................................................................................................................... 15

CHAPTER 4: REVIEW OF THE EXPERIENCE .................................................................................................... 17

4.1 Review of Initiatives to Improve Fuel Quality & Emissions ..................................................... 17

4.2 Some Learnings of the Past Decade ....................................................................................... 27

4.3 Status of Compliance of Auto Fuels and Automobiles............................................................ 27

4.4 Status of Recommendations of the Auto Fuel Policy (2003) .................................................. 28

4.5 Extension of BS IV Auto Fuels Coverage to 50 Cities .............................................................. 30

4.6 Key Issues Regarding BS IV Quality Auto Fuels....................................................................... 31

4.7 Lessons for Geographical Fuel Standard Integrity.................................................................. 33

4.8 Review of Initiatives Taken to Upgrade Quality of Automotive Fuels .................................... 34

4.9 Fuel Efficiency of Indias Road Transportation Vehicles ......................................................... 35

5.1 Human Health, Source Apportionment and Continuous Monitoring ..................................... 37

5.2 Human Health and Vehicular Emissions................................................................................. 37

5.3 Harmful Emissions from Motor Vehicles ................................................................................ 39

5.4 Impact of Specific Pollutants on Human Health ..................................................................... 40

5.6 Source Apportionment Study ................................................................................................. 50

5.7 Background of Source Apportionment Study 2010 ................................................................ 55

5.8 Scope of the Study .................................................................................................................. 57

5.9 Some Findings From the Study ............................................................................................... 57

5.10 Summary of Source Apportionment Study Findings ............................................................... 64

5.11 Steps Required for Improving Air Quality ............................................................................... 65

5.12 Towards Better Understanding of the Emission Inventory ..................................................... 66

CHAPTER 6: GLOBAL EXPERIENCE AND DEVELOPMENTS ON AUTO FUEL STANDARDS ............................................ 75

6.1 Direction of Thinking on Emission Standards Worldwide ....................................................... 75

6.2 Factors Driving Achievement of Better Air Quality................................................................. 76

6.3 Trends in Global Auto Fuel Standards .................................................................................... 77

6.4 Expected Sulphur Content in Automotive Fuels ..................................................................... 81

6.5 Review of Indias Current Fuel Specification .......................................................................... 82

6.6 Reducing Sulphur in Auto Fuel................................................................................................ 88

6.7 Specifications for BS V Auto Fuels .......................................................................................... 91

6.8 Standards for Euro VI ............................................................................................................. 97

6.9 Bottlenecks in North East India .............................................................................................. 97

7.1 BS IV and BS V Auto Fuel Production Capability ................................................................... 100

7.2 Changes in the Refining Business ......................................................................................... 100

7.3 Specifications for BS V Automotive Fuels ............................................................................. 104

7.4 Capability to Produce BS IV and BS V Grade Automotive Fuels ............................................ 105

7.5 The Issue of Fuel Supply Logistics ......................................................................................... 118

CHAPTER 8: DEVELOPMENTS IN THE INDIAN AUTOMOBILE INDUSTRY .............................................................. 121

8.1 Indias Automotive Industry ................................................................................................. 121

8.2 Automotive Industry Growth and Challenges ................................................................... 122

8.3 India The Fuel/Emission Road Map ................................................................................... 123

8.4 In-Use Vehicle Management/Inspection & Maintenance Programme ................................ 123

8.5 History of Emission Regulation in India ................................................................................ 124

8.8 Specifications for Gaseous Fuel ............................................................................................ 127